JEwk2hrb

1German Hollow Quest 16
2written by Spookyng
3--------------------qst2txt--------------------
4
5You jump backwards to gain some distance from your enemy.
6The pile of goo that his weapon is pierced starts to slowly dissolve around the blade and the small piece of wood still attached to it.
7Thanks to your surprise attack the shinigamis weapon is now broken.
8Unfortunately it came at a great cost.
9Your bald adversary grabs the remainder of his weapons shaft and pulls it out of your doppelgänger.
10He twirls it around a bit while trying to figure out its balance, it seems he is still capable of using it as a machete of sorts.
11 
12He throws his new knife in the air and catches it as it falls, posing dramatically with it.
13Meanwhile he connects the last two segments of his weapon back together, creating a nunchaku.
14"Hmmm, not bad.
15I can work with this!"
16He takes up a stance he clearly just made up while holding his two new weapons.
17 
18Unfortunately for you while he is still in perfect condition you are in a bad spot.
19It seems that using Fata Morgana to create a clone caused your new technique to end prematurely, due to the mucus leaving your system.
20You pant heavily as your muscles deflate and the steam slowly starts to die down as your body stops boiling the water content of your body.
21The pressure and temperature of your blood also decreases and due to this change your body returns to its original white color.
22 
23As proper sensation slowly starts to return to your body you can feel just how much damage Assault Mode did to you.
24While it was active the increased tension caused most of your muscles to tear themselves apart while only your advanced healing powers were keeping them together, putting them into a cycle of constant destruction and renewal.
25It also seems that while not all of them broke but most of your bones were at least cracked by the increased mass of the surrounding tissues.
26The pain is unbearable and with a loud heave you exhale the hot air still in your lungs, you can even see some embers appear as particles spontaeneously combust around you.
27--------------------------
28When you are done you can see the bald shinigami staring at you.
29"What's this?
30Don't tell me you're done already."
31He says with an annoyed look on his face.
32 
33After you regain your composure and manage to ignore the pain you talk back to him.
34"Not at all.
35I've just never done this before so I made a few mistakes."
36With that you spit out the blood that gathered up in your mouth.
37"But I'm surprised you actually waited for me like that."
38 
39"Yeah well it's no fun if they can't fight back, is it?
40And hopefully you won't be so crazy fast now either.
41Prepare yourself hollow."
42He makes the first move and dashes straight to you.
43 
44With your speed returned to normal you can't evade him so easily like before and he'll be expecting Fata Morgana as well.
45And he intends to fully capitalize on this by unleashing a barrage of blows so savage it would make most hollows proud.
46While his weapon is broken it doesn't seem to affect him much, he is quite impressively chains together the rapid slices and stabs of his new knife with the brutal strikes of those long nunchucks.
47 
48At first you wanted to simply endure his blunt attacks and focus your attention on the sharpened piece of metal in his right hand but that wasn't a good idea as they hurt, a lot.
49He might not seem like it but behind his speed is a surprising amount of muscle that allows him to do some quite powerful attacks.
50So your new course of action was to intercept his blows and redirect them so they deal only minimal amounts of damage while dodging his lunging attacks and trying to counter attack.
51The only problem with this strategy was that he is also a very talented fighter, he managed to quickly switch his weapons around and throw off your timing which cost you your hand.
52You use sonido to get some space between the two of you and you stare him down while holding your new stump.
53 
54He twirls his weapons around and switches them around rapidly to taunt you.
55"Heh, looks like I finally got you."
56--------------------------
57With a grunt you focus on your missing arm and sprout a new one from the stump.
58You give it a good few squeezes to get a feel for it as it seems your healing powers are not at one hundred percent right now.
59 
60"Oh that's nice.
61This means I can keep going for a while."
62He smirks.
63 
64After making sure everything is in its place you look back at him.
65"Creating openings on purpose to lure the enemy in and doing it so well.
66You are smarter than I gave you credit for."
67 
68"Ready for round two then?"
69He raises his weapons.
70 
71How do you proceed?
72>Beat him with pure martial arts.
73>Keep up the trickster act.
74>Start using long range attacks.
75>*I could just run away, couldn't I?*
76>Other? (write-in)
77--------------------------
78-omitted one small post.
79"Yeah."
80
81You use sonido to close the distance between the two of you.
82Your opponent quickly reacts to your assault and tries to guard with his knife but it's futile, his weapon might be incredibly dangerous but it doesn't allow for too much defense.
83While he manages to block your barrage of jabs he couldn't react when you brought up your tail and stabbed him in the stomach with it.
84
85The shinigami gets blown away and starts cursing as he flies.
86While he is still soaring through the air you catch up to him with sonido and come face to face with him.
87"You think I'll let you?" 
88He shouts and tries to stab you with his blade but instead of striking flesh it gets tangled up in a bunch of mucus threads that you have woven while still catching up to him.
89"Oh fu-"
90But he couldn't finish before you slapped him down with your tail.
91
92You watch as he keeps heading straight for the ground and as he slowly stops himself.
93He is looking upwards at you while he is trying to hold his sides, you guess some of his ribs might have broken.
94As you are about to continue your assault though you can feel a ripple in the air, the garganta.
95
96You look around a bit trying to figure out just how many portals are about to open soon but you give up about halfway through.
97Instead you use sonido to get to the same elevation as the shinigami below you.
98He looks at you with an expression of both fear and excitement.
99
100"Heh, and here I was worrying that I'd have to chase you down."
101He says while still holding his sides.
102
103But rather than attack him you point forward and speak.
104"You should look behind you."
105
106"HAH!
107You think I'll fall for tha-"
108But as he was about to finish numerous gateways to the garganta begin to open up and with each of them space distorts a little further.
109"What?!"
110
111"It's not that I don't want to continue but you probably have other things to worry about."
112--------------------------
113As he keeps staring at the tidalwave of hollows that keeps pouring out of the garganta you can see the shinigami coming upwards to face them.
114The clashes quickly start and it's quite a massacre, hollows and shinigami are falling one after another.
115
116Ikkaku is clearly incapable of making a decision on his own so he looks at you and speaks.
117"And let me guess you won't let me go that easily, will you?"
118
119You have a few options now.
120>Let Ikkaku go and help his comrades.
121>Keep fighting with him.
122>Tell him to go and then stab him in the back.
123>Start killing hollows.
124>Go away without saying a word.
125>Other? (write-in)
126
127Also: Heal Ikkakus wounds?
128>Yes
129>No
130--------------------------
131-omitted one small post.
132There is a brief moment of silence when neither of you are saying or doing anything, but after weighing your options you make your move.
133With a sonido you appear before Ikkaku who looks genuinely scared.
134
135"You're right, I won't let you off that easily."
136He readies his weapon but it's too late, you strike his chest with the back of your hand.
137More specifically the area where you focused your attacks previously.
138He lets out a loud gasp as he reels backwards.
139
140You say with a sly grin.
141"I actually enjoyed that.
142So here's the deal: we decide the winner by which one of us kills more.
143How does that sound?"
144
145He is looking at you confused but he doesn't have much time to wonder as his bones snap back in place and grow back together.
146After a few deep breaths he does a little chest pump and concludes that he can breathe again.
147"I'm not even going to question that."
148But he gives you a serious look and asks.
149"Why?"
150
151"Why not?"
152
153He starts to laugh and gives the most vicious grin you've seen from a human.
154"HELL YEAH!"
155
156With that the two of you dash off into the army of hollows in front of you.
157The two of you split up and go right in the thick of things.
158
159"3rd seat Madarame!"
160You can hear many shinigami shout these exact words.
161
162The only thing most people can make out are the corpses or at least parts of them keep flying in all directions from your and Ikkakus location.
163He is clearly overtaken by some insane bloodlust and you are also in a similar trance state where you are lost in all of this mayhem.
164This overwhelming feeling of joy is so familiar, like a part of you that was forgotten and only now have you rediscovered it.
165Both of you are laughing like maniacs as the hollows in front of you turn into bloody chunks.
166
167But you can't really stay far from each other for long.
168With the two of you there the scales have been tipped in the shinigamis favor and the hollows start to surround you.
169Eventually you two end up back to back while you are completely surrounded.
170--------------------------
171"How much?"
172He asks.
173
174"One hundred, give or take."
175
176He gives a hearty laugh and starts to speak.
177"I guess I have to step up my game then!"
178He gives you his left elbow.
179"Toss me will ya'?"
180
181You grin and lock arms with the shinigami whom you then throw right at the mass of hollows in front of you.
182He begins to cleave them apart while also crushing the head of the hollows that try to jump at him.
183
184You give your neck a good crack and look around.
185"Guess I have to get serious as well."
186You extend two fingers forward and start condensing your reiatsu until it emits a crimson glow.
187"Cero"
188Meanwhile the shinigami at the very edge of the danger zone simply stare in bewilderment.
189"Oy, does it look like to you as if 3rd seat Madarame of squad eleven is fighting together with a hollow?"
190
191"Y-yeah..."
192
193*What's the meaning of this?*
194Tetsuzaemon thinks to himself.
195But he quickly starts to give orders to the other shinigami.
196"Keep up the defense men!
197We have to stall for time until the others down there can send the Pluses to Soul Society!"
198--------------------------
199As you two keep tearing the incoming hollow to pieces your pesquisa alerts you of incoming danger.
200You can feel several gillians approaching through the garganta.
201Without giving it much thought you use sonido and escape the small fry to go up to the garganta.
202
203Ikkaku starts to shout at you.
204"Hey!
205What are you doing?"
206
207But you don't answer and simply stare into the abyss as the menos are approaching.
208You can hear the shinigami screaming far away at their approach, but you don't even flinch as you start to hear their roars.
209When they get into viewing distance you let out a roar of your own.
210
211At the sound of your voice you can see the pupils of the gillians shrink as they become enthralled to you, the alpha.
212You point your finger at the mass of hollows and scream once more.
213Each of the dozen gillians begin gathering energy at their mouths and discharge the blasts into the crowd.
214Hollows disintegrate by the hundreds.
215
216Ikkaku is imply shocked at this and after he picks up his jaw from the ground shouts.
217"Okay, BUT THESE DON'T COUNT!"
218
219You force them to fire three more ceros until the number of hollows is reduced to a manageable amount.
220Then you simply pull on the string that you tethered around their necks already.
221"Endlösung."
222The gillians heads are severed from their bodies and the corpses quickly start to disintegrate.
223"Fine, but each of these are worth one hundred."
224
225As you look around you can see the shinigami desperately trying to hold back the hollows that didn't get distracted by the two of you.
226You can also see Ikkaku as he is still knee deep in hollows.
227Without giving it much thought you dive right back and keep killing the few hollows that still remain.
228
229By the time you are done both of you have been entirely covered in hollow blood.
230Ikkaku is panting, his bloodlust sated.
231"You are a monster, you know that?"
232He says while you are picking some leftover hollow bits from your teeth.
233--------------------------
234"You are just jealous because I won."
235
236"I don't remember agreeing to the gillians asshole!"
237He spits.
238
239But you don't have too much time to chat as you can see the other shinigami already approaching your position.
240With the hollow threat gone you are free to leave.
241And being surrounded by the reapers isn't something you are looking for.
242
243>Stay and chat.
244>Go home.
245>Stay in the human world and look for Asher.
246>Other? (write-in)
247
248Also:
249Give Ikkaku a handshake before you go?
250--------------------------
251-omitted one small post.
252Yes, it's about time for you to leave.
253You look down on Ikkaku sitting beside you.
254"Boy they are in a hurry, aren't they?"
255
256You extend your arm to him to help him up.
257"Huh?"
258He looks confused at first but then grabs your hand as you help him stand up.
259
260Once the two of you let go he turns to his fellows and starts waving to them.
261"Hey guys, check this shit out!"
262
263But as he turns around to look at you he can see you poking the air as it contracts and creates a passage to the garganta for you.
264You step right through it but after two steps you stop and turn around at your heel and point your finger at the shinigami before you, while your hand is as if you are holding a gun.
265You meant this gesture partly for Ikkaku and partly for the other shinigami in the goofy sunglasses.
266
267As the KÅ«mon starts to close you give a wink to the shinigami before disappearing into the void.
268"Well that was fun."
269You say to nobody in particular as you begin your march home after a job well done.
270
271After reaching your destination you open up the garganta and step through arriving in the Azure Forest once more.
272"Honey I'm home!"
273
274You shout to your fellows.
275Neliel can be seen waiting for you.
276"Don't call me that.
277Also, you are late."
278
279"I was talking to Pesci...
280And I had shit that needed sorting over there."
281
282"Yata is not in a good shape."
283
284"I'm aware.
285Where is he?"
286
287"At his usual place and he doesn't let anyone near.
288But he is in a state of rage I've never seen from him."
289
290"I figured.
291What did they tell you?"
292
293"Nothing.
294Pesci told me that it'd be best if I heard it from you."
295
296"Damn that pig.
297Well it has to wait. I think I have to have a little talk with Yata first."
298--------------------------
299As you are walking to the part of the tree where Yata usually is several people stop you.
300These include: Pesci, Alistair, Alex and a variety of other guys who just wanted to greet you after your return.
301But you tell them all to piss off and that you'll kill the next bastard who interrupts you.
302Afterwards they clear out of the way.
303
304You march towards your bird like friend but as you are getting closer and closer to him you can hear loud cursing and the sound of things being smashed together.
305When you finally see him it's easy to make out what he was smashing, his own head against the tree itself.
306Blood can be seen trickling down from all the cracks on his mask, it's impossible to tell how long was he doing this.
307As you are slowly walking up to him you can also see that his hands are covered in wounds and they are bleeding profusely.
308
309He keeps screaming and punching the tree repeatedly.
310When he finally stops you can hear him sobbing as he rests his forehead against the cracked surface of the tree.
311He slumps down and bursts out completely.
312"Th-they blew it up...
313MY HOME!
314THOSE BASTARDS BLEW IT UP!" 
315
316He keeps crying as he curls up into a ball.
317You don't really tell him anything instead sit down next to him and put a hand around his shoulder to comfort him for a while.
318Eventually he simply passes out from all the crying and the exhaustion.
319You pick him up and carry him to one of the treehouses that has a better bed than most and put him down to sleep.
320When the others arrive you order Pesci to get him a blanket.
321
322After climbing down you tell the gathered up crowd to disperse and let them know that if any of them wake him up they'll probably get a disease not even you can cure.
323
324When all of this is done only the core group is still here.
325They are all staring at you expectantly.
326>I also need some sleep damn it.
327>Neliel I have some explaining for you.
328>Pesci, Alex let's talk.
329>Other? (write-in)
330--------------------------
331-omitted one small post.
332After a deep breath you speak up.
333"Pesche, Dondochakka could you leave us for a moment?"
334
335"Huh?
336But we are curious, don'tcha know?"
337
338Pesche steps over to him and starts to nudge him away.
339"Come now Dondochakka!
340Who cares about this?
341Let's go and watch Alistairs boys beat each other up huh?"
342
343"O-okay."
344
345With that the two of them left the perimeter.
346If Neliel deems it necessary to tell them then she can do it herself, but you don't want to burden those two goofballs.
347Now the only ones here are Pesci, Alex and Neliel herself.
348
349"Kaizar, what's going on?
350What's wrong with Yata?"
351
352You are scratching the back of your head to try and find a way to tell it in a way that won't be too bad for Alex.
353But it seems to be almost impossible to do so.
354"What we saw there was Japan.
355Yata told me that he was Japanese when he was alive."
356
357She looks up at the tree house.
358"So the war isn't over yet..."
359She mutters.
360
361Well, your guess is that with this the war is pretty much over.
362"He took the bombing of his home pretty hard."
363You tell her.
364
365She is thinking for a moment.
366"I'll go up to him."
367
368Pesci helps her climb up the ladder.
369When she is up there you signal the others to go out of earshot.
370Neliel looks concerned.
371"What happened really Kaizar?"
372
373"Yeah Boss, not even I don't know what made you so worried there.
374We've all seen bombings before."
375
376Damn, that's right.
377Pesci didn't get a good look at it.
378
379You decided there isn't any point to withhold the information from them.
380"It was done with a single bomb.
381An entire city almost completely wiped out with a single bomb."
382
383The two of them look quite shocked.
384You can see their pupils dilate.
385
386"Oy Boss.
387Stop joking around!
388That's impossible!"
389
390When you don't say anything it becomes obvious that you weren't lying.
391
392"Oh my God."
393Pesci collapses on the ground.
394
395Neliel is just trying to process the scope of the whole thing.
396"How big of a town are we talking about?"
397She asks.
398--------------------------
399"It could have been a thousand square kilometers.
400It was hard to tell.
401The second was about half as large."
402
403"Second?!"
404They speak in almost perfect unison.
405
406You sit down and just look down as the weight of the situation starts to overwhelm you.
407"It happened when you guys left.
408Only Yata and I saw it.
409The entire night sky lit up as if it was day.
410We felt the death of all those people, even those that started to die slowly after the explosion.
411Then hundreds if not thousands of hollows started to gather for all the pluses."
412
413They are at a loss for words.
414Pesci quickly gets to his senses and starts walking away.
415"Sorry Boss.
416I have to get my mind off of this."
417
418"Yeah, you do that."
419
420Now there is only the two of you remaining.
421Neliel kneels down next to you and puts a hand on your shoulder.
422"And are You alright?"
423
424"Y-yeah...
425I am processing it better than them.
426But damn it!
427Not even I can handle this shit."
428
429She stares at you intently.
430"True, your first instinct was to safekeep Alex.
431You comforted Yata.
432And even now you try to spare them from all that horror.
433But you just can't do all of this alone."
434
435"I know..."
436You pause for a brief moment, breathing heavily.
437"But hey, at least I made a new friend today.
438That's something, right?"
439
440"A friend?"
441
442"I wanted to save those pluses.
443It just didn't seem right."
444
445"Kaizar...
446You idiot..."
447
448"*sigh* Then the shinigami showed up.
449And one of them almost kicked my ass.
450But I somehow teamed up with him to kill all those hollows.
451Now that's something you don't hear often, right?"
452You laugh uncomfortably.
453
454Neliel sits down next to you.
455And then the two of you doze off right next to each other.
456The last thing you can hear from her is "idiot".
457--------------------------
458When you wake up you can see the trees off in the distance and Neliel is nowhere to be found.
459Pesci can be seen walking toward you.
460
461"Neliel told me you fell asleep out there so I brought you here, to your favorite resting place."
462
463Now that he mentions it this is indeed not the place where you dozed off but the base of the quartz tree.
464You stand up and give a good stretch to your limbs.
465"Thanks Pesci.
466I appreciate it."
467
468He gives you a thumbs up.
469"No problem Boss.
470By the way, Yata woke up.
471He is much calmer now and he even tolerated Alex for a while before he sent her away to play."
472
473"That's good.
474Anything else important?"
475
476"Not really.
477Oh wait, yes.
478Your secret project stopped making weird noises.
479I think it might be ready."
480
481That's nice.
482Yata could use it right now.
483But then again you wanted to go and meet with Asher for a while now. Who knows, maybe you can introduce him to Alex.
484While you also feel like working off some stress in the fight ring.
485
486What to do...
487What to do...
488
489>Go and give Yata some comfort.
490>Visit your little prodigy.
491>Bash some faces in.
492>Other? (write-in)
493--------------------------
494-omitted one small post.
495Yata is sitting quietly in one of the corners of his work station.
496For once he is not working, not thinking, not planning nor creating anything.
497He is simply trying his best not to think about anything, because when he thinks his thoughts inevitably take him to a place he doesn't want to go to.
498He picks up a handful of sand and just watches the grains flow out of his palm.
499But he can hear footsteps coming from the distance.
500
501"Hmm.
502Must be Kaizar..."
503
504When he looks up he can see that damn axolotl walking around the corner.
505He is carrying something.
506
507When he gets close and doesn't say a damn thing Yata is pressured into starting the conversation.
508"If you brought that for me to work on then I have to disappoint you.
509I tried to take my mind off of things with work but I didn't feel anything.
510Not even the smallest amount of excitement or joy."
511
512He gives a coy smile.
513"Really?
514That's a shame.
515More for me then."
516
517He sits down in front of you and sets the large object next to him.
518Now that you can see it closer it's obvious just what it is, a keg.
519
520"And what exactly is it that you are so excited about?"
521
522"Let's just say you aren't the only one who is gifted with the art of creation."
523With that he breaks the lid open and the powerful smell hits you like a truck.
524
525You can't help but chuckle.
526"You have the power to create almost anything and you choose to make a poison?
527Funny."
528
529"Alcohol might be poison, but as the old saying goes: "What doesn't kill you makes you stronger!""
530
531You laugh at this idea and then spend most of the day passing the keg around and getting shitfaced.
532It doesn't take much for you to get inebriated but Kaizar just never stops drinking and he always insists that you take a swig as well.
533
534When you wake up the next morning you have the mother of all headaches.
535You feel newfound hatred mixed with fondness towards Kaizar.
536Also, your chest weighs considerably less now.
537--------------------------
538Around the time the keg got emptied Yata passed out.
539Which is good, considering he kept spewing nonsense for the past hour or so.
540When you stand up you can feel yourself a bit light headed as well.
541
542You make your way to the others who are currently busy making lunch for everyone.
543Pesci is the head cook as always and he immediately starts to question you.
544
545"Well, how did it go?"
546
547"Could have been worse.
548But I think he'll be better once his hangover will pass."
549You shrug.
550
551"I was asking about the booze..."
552
553"What does it look like genius?"
554
555He laughs a little.
556"You are right.
557I just had to look at you and see that it works."
558
559"Keep up that victims Pesci and we'll eat bacon tomorrow.
560Anyway, how's everyone?"
561
562"Good, good.
563We are just about done making the good stuff.
564In about ten minutes we can eat."
565
566"Okay.
567I'll just go and look for a wall to support until then."
568
569And like that you took off somewhere to wait while food was being made.
570When you found a stable enough spot to help you stand you firmly plant yourself near it and don't let go.
571But sadly some people didn't get the memo about you being unavailable now and Alistair is walking toward you.
572
573"Kaizar, we have a problem."
574
575"Unless it concerns my next meal I don't want to hear it.
576Find Neliel and bother her with this."
577
578"But this is urgent!
579Our scouts reported that we have hollow incoming!"
580
581"So what?
582We've kicked everyones ass who came looking for trouble.
583What's so scary about these fools?"
584
585"The fact that they are the underlings of Baraggan!"
586
587"Well, shit...
588Okay, how much time?"
589
590"A few minutes, tops.
591And they are all adjuchas class."
592
593"How many?"
594
595"A dozen, maybe more.
596They are led by one of Baraggans elite lackeys.
597A real bastard."
598
599"Okay, let me think."
600
601>Go and talk with Nel, she can handle this.
602>You gather about twice as many of your strongest men, no survivors.
603>I'll go and face these guys for diplomatic reasons.
604>Let them come and let the citizens beat them up.
605>Other? (write-in)
606--------------------------
607-omitted one small post.
608"Right, right.
609I'll go and handle this."
610
611"Huh?
612A-are you sure about that?"
613
614"Yeah...
615Tell Pesci to put a plate aside for me.
616And if any of you eat it that bastard will be my meal instead!"
617
618You walk towards a group of three hollows and quickly tell them that they have a new job.
619After they are informed about the situation you tell them to obey your orders at any cost if things go bad.
620
621With that you take off.
622It's probably not that big of a deal as he makes it out to be.
623What could possibly stand a chance against your little army anyway?
624
625As you leave the perimeter of the Azure forest and go where the attackers were said to be coming from you lay down a few basic traps just in case, nothing serious just a few things to slow them down should you retreat.
626When you start to get a reading of their power in the distance you figure that your little group will be sufficient for these ruffians if you take the brunt of the enemies attack.
627
628You order your men to stop behind you and line up to meet these invaders.
629It was hard to figure out just how many of them there are but now that you can see them approaching you count eleven adjuchas class menos.
630They show no sign of slowing down when getting closer and instead they stop at a moments notice way closer to you than you'd like.
631
632They line up and start trying to intimidate you by various means.
633Their strongest member steps forth and...
634
635"My, my, my.
636It is you!
637Looks like it's my lucky day after all!"
638
639That voice, that fat body, that pungent odor.
640
641"Heqet..."
642You say after finally recognizing him.
643It seems the alcohol still has an effect on you.
644
645"Hah hah hah.
646People are talking about you, you know?
647The pathetic little lizard who acts as if he owns the place.
648I had a feeling it was you, so I begged Lord Baraggan to give me the honor of bringing your head to him!
649So, will we do this the easy way or the hard way?"
650--------------------------
651You swallow a little, not because he is intimidating but because you are still producing way too much saliva.
652"Come on old pal...
653I'm sure we can settle things peacefully."
654
655"Hah!
656In your dreams lizard!
657You acted like a bigshot so I came to crush you like the insect you are.
658Lord Baraggan IS Hueco Mundo.
659And if he tells you to die then you die.
660Besides, I was looking forward to crushing your skull for a long time now!"
661
662One of your followers steps forth and speaks.
663"I don't think he is listening chief."
664
665You put a finger on his mouth and hush him.
666"Let me handle this."
667
668With that you turn forward and begin speaking to your amphibian acquaintance.
669"Okay Heqet.
670You really want to do this?"
671
672"Yeah."
673
674"You really, really want to do this?"
675
676"Yes."
677
678"Are you absolutely sure you want to do this?"
679
680"YES! YES! YES A THOUSAND TIMES YES YOU IMBECILE!"
681
682"Well shit, I tried."
683You shrug and then disappear with blinding speed.
684
685The next thing that happens is the four hollows spontaneously explode behind Heqet.
686"What?!"
687He looks back at his fellows, shocked.
688
689Then via a quick sonido you appear behind one of them and snap his neck.
690You then dash to the side and kick another ones feet out and as he falls backwards you put his neck in a chokehold and crack that one as well.
691One of them is fast enough to react to you and lunges at you but you simply deliver an uppercut to his jaw and send his head flying in the air.
692There are only three more hollows beside Heqet and your men are quick on their feet and dispatch each of them via a cero.
693
694Heqet is standing in front of you and sweating profusely.
695"You see, I had a feeling that I wouldn't be able to hold back while drunk.
696So I really wanted to avoid brutally murdering you, but since you insisted..."
697You prepare to attack.
698
699But he raises his hand and starts to rant.
700"Wait! Wait! Wait!
701Y-you can't do this!
702Lord Baraggan will kill you!
703If you let me go I-I'll tell him you're dead!
704Sounds good huh? Huh?!"
705
706>Yeah
707>Naw (Kill)
708>Other? (write-in)
709--------------------------
710-omitted one small post.
711You stare him down for a good minute.
712
713"You know what?
714I accept."
715
716His eyes shine up.
717"Really?"
718
719"No"
720
721With that you grab him by the throat and lift up his body.
722As you are choking the life out of him his eyes roll back into his head.
723Amidst the gargles you can make out a few words that he is trying to say.
724
725"K-kaizar!
726B-bastard!"
727
728"Sorry Heqet.
729Cross me once, shame on you.
730Cross me twice and this happens!"
731
732With that you toss him high up into the air.
733As he is trying to breathe again he begins to fall back to you.
734You squat and begin building up your energy.
735With each heartbeat you can feel your power rising until your body reaches the critical point once more.
736Your skin turns red and your muscles swell.
737
738"Assault Mode!"
739
740When Heqets body reaches the same level as you are you punch him straight up in his stomach with all of your might.
741His body gets eviscerated and the huge mass of blood and gore begins to shoot upward with all the kinetic energy that was transferred to it.
742As the geyser shoots upwards it penetrates the "ceiling" above you and shoots for the surface.
743
744It is said that hollows from miles away bore witness to the "red rain" of Hueco Mundo.
745--------------------------
746-omitted one small post.
747Social links have been edited: http://pastebin.com/7BaeUVGW
748
749A few alterations here and there as well as a new addition.
750
751As always feel free to notify me if I made a mistake or if you feel like I forgot something.
752--------------------------
753=========== END THREAD ===========
754German Hollow Quest 17
755written by Spookyng
756--------------------qst2txt--------------------
757
758With a mighty blow the humongous adjuchas was propelled towards the ceiling of the cavern system and then beyond.
759His organs, muscles even the bones were liquefied by the insane amount of kinetic energy that was released by the punch.
760As your muscles deflate and the built up, high pressure steam leaves your body you heave a couple of times before your system recovers.
761While it was much better than last time, partly because now you cancelled Assault Mode normally, it still managed to take a toll on you.
762Several of the muscles in your upper body either cramped or got damaged by the insanely taxing technique.
763 
764While you are still hunching forward the hollows who accompanied you stare upwards in disbelief.
765"Holy shit..." one of them mutters.
766 
767As your head clears you look back at them and they stand at attention and they don't even dare to make a sound.
768"sigh... At ease boys.
769I'm not going to kill you or anything."
770 
771They start to relax after you say that, clearly you managed to scare the piss out of them.
772"S-sorry boss.
773I've just never seen you in action from so close before."
774 
775"It's alright.
776This was a bit of a unique thing anyway.
777Also, don't call me boss.
778Kaizar is just fine."
779 
780"R-right...
781So what do we do now?"
782 
783You look over your handiwork once more now that you are more collected.
784It seems that your increased bodyheat managed to purge most of the alcohol from your system.
785 
786The sight is quite gruesome, a couple hollow corpses completely eviscerated while a few others had been disintegrated from the waist up.
787You still remember what you did, you weren't that drunk but these results are still surprising.
788It seems you really didn't pull your punches this time.
789 
790You scratch the back of your head and sigh a little.
791"We gather whatever is left of these poor bastards and take it home.
792At least they'll make good fertilizer."
793 
794"Roger!"
795They speak up in unison.
796--------------------------
797https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jsbkku1b0kA
798 
799As you and your entourage are on your way home you notice that something is a bit off as you are getting closer.
800You can hear the usual commotion but this time it's much louder and more concentrated than before.
801 
802"What in the...
803Those... bastards..."
804 
805"What's wrong Kaizar?"
806 
807"MY BARRELS!"
808 
809You pick up the pace and leave your comrades behind in a huge dustcloud as you use sonido to arrive at the location.
810When you arrive your suspicions were confirmed, apparently someone snuck in and nicked your precious storage of alcohol.
811 
812In a large crowd that probably contains every hollow in the forest you can see Neliel currently armwrestling some poor idiot who dared to challenge her.
813When Pesche gives the signal for them to begin Neliel defeats her opponent immediately whom afterwards tumbles several times before knocking over several other hollows.
814She gives off a hearty laughter and starts to make fun of the poor adjuchas for losing to a woman.
815 
816And just so happens that they used one of the emptied barrels as the place for their little contest.
817You almost drop the bits of hollow flesh that you were carrying when you see Neliel chugging straight from a barrel after her victory.
818Pesci comes to you already embarrassed.
819"Sorry Boss but I couldn't keep them out of your larder."
820 
821But as he spoke you could smell the alcohol in his breath.
822After sniffing a few times you simply turn around and haunch forward, depressed.
823"It's okay...
824I'll just go and kill myself..."
825 
826Pesci freezes and begins begging you to not say such silly things.
827"C-come now Boss!
828I-I promise I'll make some more for you!
829I'll make it up to you, I promise!"
830 
831But you simply keep up your little performance.
832"What's the point?
833My best friend just betrayed me like that.
834There's no point in keeping this up anymore, I'll go and hang myself with my own mucus!"
835 
836But as you are about to head off Neliel sneaks up on you and puts you in a headlock.
837--------------------------
838"Coome on Kaizar!~
839Doon't be such a party pooper!"
840 
841It's clear that she drank waaay too much.
842In fact, you are so used to her being always serious that seeing her carefree like that is scary.
843But at least she is clearly enjoying herself.
844 
845But as you struggle to breathe under her arm you manage to gargle some words.
846"P-party pooper?
847Those are some serious accusations coming from Ms Ice-queen of all people!"
848 
849"What did you say?"
850She responds as she tightens her hold on you.
851This time it's too much and you stop breathing while she makes it even tighter until a loud cracking noise can be heard.
852You go limp for a moment and you can feel your soul escaping your body.
853When she sees this she grabs your shoulders and starts shaking you violently.
854"KAIZAR!!
855NO WAY!
856WAKE UP!"
857 
858Meanwhile Pesci desperately tries to calm her down.
859"Lady Neliel, please stop!
860You are killing him!"
861 
862After he manages to wrestle Neliel off of you she goes back to party with the others while you are making sure she didn't do any real damage.
863Pesci is sitting next to you as you keep trying to move your stiff neck around.
864"Again, sorry Boss."
865 
866"It's alright Pesci.
867It was made to be drunk but next time ask before you take all of my stuff!"
868 
869"Okay..."
870 
871When your neck is in working order once more your boys arrive and start asking you if they can join the others.
872"Sure go ahead.
873But drop these off at Yatas place before you do, okay?"
874 
875"Okay..."
876They speak in unison.
877 
878But as you are about to join the fun yourself you notice Alex sitting away from the others.
879If you had to guess she is probably pouting under her mask since she is sitting with her arms crossed.
880You sigh a little as you decide to check up on her.
881 
882"Not enjoying the party?"
883 
884"That meanie Pesci told me I'm not old enough to drink.
885I'm a ghost for fucks sake!"
886 
887"To be fair he probably didn't let you because otherwise I'd have kicked his ass..."
888 
889"Then fuck you too!"
890 
891She's a hopeless case...
892--------------------------
893-omitted one small post.
894-omitted one small post.
895You stare at Alex who in turn starts to stare straight back at you.
896This keeps on going for a minute until she finally speaks up.
897
898"The fuck are you looking at?"
899
900"Let's go for a wal-"
901But Alex decks you in the face just before you could finish your sentence.
902
903The loud impact could be heard from almost anywhere within the forest and what followed was even louder.
904Both of you are swearing profusely, you because your head hurts and Alex because her hand hurts.
905When you are done she finally agrees to go with you only because she has nothing better to do at the moment.
906
907As you are walking she gives you a puzzled look and asks:
908"Where are we going?"
909
910"It's a surprise."
911You reply and then begin opening the Garganta for you to traverse.
912
913When she sees the gaping void she gets nervous.
914"The human world?
915Why?"
916
917"I've told you.
918It's a surprise."
919
920You reassure her with a pat on the head and a wide smile.
921She sighs and steps forward onto the raging storm of reishi and starts making her own little walkway.
922
923
924It was quite hard to try and pinpoint the place where Asher might be but somehow you managed.
925Your first idea was to open a path to Germany which took a few hours to reach but when you arrived it became apparent that he was not even remotely close to the fatherland.
926As you tried to pick up where he might be your instincts began to tug at your nerves and pull you back into the Garganta.
927Alex was of course pissed about your mistake.
928
929"Are we lost?"
930
931"No, I know precisely where we are.
932I just don't know where I should be going."
933
934"So we are lost!"
935
936You open the Garganta once more and point towards it.
937"Get in!"
938
939After another hour of walking around in the pitch black abyss you arrive at the place where your gut was leading you.
940When you step through the portal you can see many buildings surrounding you.
941It seems you are in a city of some sort.
942Upon closer examinations you notice something that's off.
943All the signs are in english of all things.
944--------------------------
945"Where are we?"
946Alex asks, almost as confused as you are.
947
948"I think this might be England actually..."
949You say uncertainly.
950The only reason you came to that conclusion was the old look of the surrounding buildings.
951What little you knew about America was that they don't have many old fashioned cities there.
952
953But luckily for you Ashers presence is much easier to detect now.
954It's quite clear that he is in the vicinity at least.
955You signal Alex to start ascending and when you get above the houses the full view of the surrounding are lies before you.
956Beyond the city borders many green hills and plains can be seen, which further reinforces your idea that you are in fact in England.
957As you follow the trail of reiatsu to the boys location Alex slowly starts to figure out your intentions.
958
959"Is that where we are going?"
960She points towards Ashers location.
961
962You give her a sly grin.
963"Yeap."
964
965It doesn't take you too long to reach the place but when you do arrive you are honestly surprised.
966The place appears to be a christian orphanage judging by the proximity of the local church and the cross on the front door.
967You simply stare at the place, it appears to be quite a nice spot for children with a rather large area fenced off where the children could run around.
968But you weren't expecting this at all.
969
970"Okay, I admit it.
971I'm lost."
972Alex simply looks at you confused.
973You try to collect yourself before you begin descending.
974"Whatever, let's go and say hello."
975
976When you land you can see a bunch of kids playing tag all over the place.
977There is about two dozen of the little rascals and amongst them you can see Ashers older brother but Asher himself seems to be absent.
978The trail of reiatsu he left behind leads to an old abandoned shack which seems to be on the verge of collapsing.
979As you are getting closer to it however you feel something.
980
981"Duck!"
982Alex shouts and goes almost prone, dodging the incoming chain.
983You on the other hand simply stand there and grab the flailing weapon.
984--------------------------
985As the black and green chains wiggle around in your hand you speak up.
986"Is that how you greet me boy?
987I can't decide whether to be angry or proud..."
988
989At your words the small boy comes out from behind the shack.
990When he sees you his eyes light up.
991"KAIZAR!"
992
993He runs towards you and gives you a hug.
994You ruffle his hair and and start laughing a little.
995"I could barely recognize you now that you have hair and some meat on your bones my boy!"
996
997He lets go and takes a few steps back.
998"You're one to talk!
999I barely recognized you!"
1000
1001But as he retracts his weapon Alex jumps up from the tall grass and starts shouting.
1002"Hey twerp!
1003Watch where you swing that thing!"
1004
1005Both him and his serpent look bewildered.
1006He turns to you, completely ignoring her.
1007"Who is this?"
1008
1009"THAT'S MY LINE DUMBASS!"
1010She turns to you as well.
1011"Who is this brat Kaizar?!"
1012
1013"Alex meet Asher, Asher meet Alex!
1014He used to be my mascot before you."
1015You try to diffuse the situation to the best of your ability.
1016
1017The two of them look at you pissed and speak up at the same time.
1018"MASCOT?!"
1019
1020But when they realized what they did they look each other in the eye and headbutt one another.
1021"Just so you know, I've met him before you!"
1022
1023"Oh yeah?
1024Well I was with him for longer!"
1025
1026They growl at each other for a little more before you pull them apart.
1027"Now, now.
1028Be nice to each other!"
1029They turn their backs to the other and stubbornly refuse to talk.
1030"Come now, I'm sure you could have some fun together.
1031After all you are roughly the same age, right?"
1032
1033Asher gives in and turns to Alex.
1034"D-do you want to play tag?"
1035
1036You look at Alex who is still pouting a little.
1037"S-sure..."
1038
1039"That's the spirit!
1040Now come on, don't let this old man drag you down.
1041Go on!"
1042
1043And with that they partook in one of the fastest games of tag in history.
1044Both of them were so fast that even you had trouble following their movements.
1045At first they tried to compete with the other but the joy of running wild quickly overtook them and they started to laugh.
1046--------------------------
1047While they were busy with that you found a nice little spot to sit down and observe them.
1048When they worked out their frustration they came back to you, both of them are clearly exhausted.
1049
1050"Not bad for a human."
1051Alex makes a snarky comment.
1052
1053"Oh yeah?
1054Ready for round two then?"
1055Asher taunts her.
1056
1057You laugh loudly as they both slowly walk up to you.
1058"You'll have plenty of time to play.
1059Now sit down and rest a little, because I'd like to chat."
1060
1061"Sure."
1062They sit down in front of you.
1063
1064"So, how did you get here my boy?
1065England isn't exactly close to Germany."
1066
1067He looks down and frowns a little.
1068"After you left, I ran away with my brother.
1069It was tough but I managed to survive.
1070After walking so much we actually reached France where I found a smuggler who was willing to bring us here.
1071When we got here we asked the people at the orphanage to take us in.
1072They are very nice people, all things considered."
1073
1074You whistle as he said that.
1075"Not bad.
1076I'm proud of you!"
1077
1078He gives a mile wide grin.
1079"Thanks!
1080I also got a lot better with my fullbring too!
1081Since then many hollows tried to attack me, so I got a lot of practice."
1082
1083"Yeah, I noticed.
1084That was not a bad ambush."
1085You nod.
1086
1087"Well, sometimes I get carried away.
1088At first the older kids bullied us but I shut them down quickly."
1089He starts to scratch his nose as he says this.
1090"But no one suspects a thing!"
1091
1092"Let me ask one thing.
1093Why a christian orphanage?
1094Wouldn't you be happier with your people?"
1095
1096He shrugs.
1097"It makes no difference to me nor to my bro.
1098They are nice to us.
1099Besides people want to help us now that the war is over, so we get many nice gifts."
1100
1101That one sentence froze you.
1102"What?"
1103
1104He looks at you confused.
1105"You didn't know?
1106The war is finally over Kaizar.
1107The germans lost!"
1108
1109You don't know what to say.
1110>"Go ahead and play kids."
1111>"Let's play together, shall we?"
1112>"I-I need a moment."
1113>Other? (write-in)
1114--------------------------
1115-omitted one small post.
1116"The germans lost"
1117These words ring in your ears as if an explosion went off next to you.
1118
1119You shamble backwards towards the crumbling shack, trying to grab it with your hand for leverage.
1120You slowly fall down as your legs give in.
1121In moments wild images begin flashing in front of you.
1122Krieger as he kept insisting you leave him as you were trying to amputate his leg and carry him away from the battlefield.
1123Rudolf as he kept talking about the family that is waiting for him back home.
1124The faces of all the men that were under you.
1125That monstrous explosives that were dropped on the japanese.
1126
1127Such memories assaulted you at once.
1128And the crowning moment, the realization that your life and the lives of all those people who died fighting for their country was pointless.
1129You thought back then that you were on the right, that the righteous Germany won't lose as long as everyone gave it their all.
1130All the atrocities that were committed for the greater good...
1131The death of all the innocents, including your wife...
1132There was no point to any of it.
1133
1134You simply look up at the cloudy sky and give an awkward and very quiet laugh.
1135The children are looking at you concerned.
1136
1137"Is everything alright?"
1138They ask.
1139
1140This question snaps you back to reality.
1141You hold your aching head for a moment.
1142"Y-yeah.
1143S-sorry about that."
1144You stand up after you managed to gather yourself.
1145"How about playing a game, huh?"
1146
1147They look at each other, then back at you.
1148"Game?
1149What game?"
1150They ask.
1151
1152"Isn't it obvious?"
1153You reach forward and flick Alex on her nose.
1154"Tag!"
1155
1156And with that you make a mad dash for it.
1157The young adjuchas gets angry at you and reaches for Asher who quickly gets away from her, laughing all the way.
1158"Curse you!"
1159She roars as she accelerates herself toward you, shooting off like a cannon.
1160--------------------------
1161https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4fRaWZji_Co
1162
1163With the special ability of Alex to accelerate herself she is quite a challenge to run away from.
1164But luckily for you you know the full extent of her skills.
1165So when she dashes for you, you simply take a step to the side and she flies past you.
1166When she sees that it's almost pointless to go after you she makes for Asher.
1167
1168Watching the two of them enjoying themselves brings a smile to your face while you are still trying your damnedest to distract yourself.
1169Every time you don't occupy yourself your thoughts drift to your past life.
1170You can feel your chest getting heavy, as if a giant orb of molten steel wedged itself into your heart.
1171Blood starts to flow from your fist as you are clenching it as hard as you can.
1172With every ounce of your being you are concentrating on keeping it together.
1173
1174But the memories are too vivid.
1175The faces and the names of all the people you've watched die appear again and again.
1176You can feel a sharp pain in your throat getting worse every time you swallow.
1177
1178In one of your weaker moments Asher manages to touch you with Anguis while he keeps bouncing around the air.
1179"You're it Kaizar!"
1180
1181"You cheating little bastard.
1182Come here!"
1183You pursue him and as you take off the small amount of water that was swelling on your eye falls off in fragments.
1184
1185After about half an hour Asher gets completely exhausted and asks for a time out.
1186The nuns start calling for him when you descend.
1187You ruffle his hair once more and let him go.
1188"I'll have to eat dinner or the nuns will get mad at me.
1189Will you stay until then?"
1190
1191"Sure.
1192Now go, before they start worrying about you."
1193
1194With that he goes off and with him gone Alex gives up on her facade and starts heaving.
1195"The air ish sho dry here Kaizhar.
1196No reishi..."
1197
1198"Yeah, it's annoying.
1199We can go home after we say goodbye to him."
1200
1201"Okhay."
1202--------------------------
1203While you wait for him to return the two of you sit down near the entrance of the church.
1204You let the massive wall to support your back and as you are sitting Alex curls up right next to you and looks at you with her puppy eyes.
1205"What's wrong Kaizar?"
1206She asks.
1207
1208You instead of answering just stroke her head and say.
1209"Nothing."
1210She gets up closer to you and rests beside you.
1211
1212When Asher returns he already looks much better.
1213"Man, I was starving."
1214He looks at the two of you in bewilderment, at Alex in particular.
1215
1216"You can stroke her if you want to."
1217You say.
1218
1219"Hey!
1220That's not for you to decide asshole!"
1221She replies angrily.
1222
1223"Oh?
1224You object?"
1225
1226"N-no..."
1227
1228With that Asher gets close and strokes her behind her ear.
1229
1230When he is done he looks at you.
1231"Are you going to leave again?"
1232
1233"Yes.
1234We really shouldn't stay here for too long.
1235It might attract danger."
1236You tell him the truth.
1237
1238He looks sad.
1239You sigh at this and say this:
1240"But Alex can come visit you anytime she wishes.
1241And by the way, so can I."
1242
1243His eyes shine once more and gives you a tight hug.
1244"Promise me that you'll come back!"
1245
1246"I promise."
1247
1248With that the two of you stand up and you begin opening the garganta.
1249You catch a glimpse of the two youngsters awkwardly parting ways as well.
1250
1251The road back was long but otherwise uneventful.
1252When you step outside you can breathe properly once more as the reishi heavy air fills your lungs.
1253The party is still going albeit with much less steam than before.
1254
1255"Well, I'm beat.
1256See you later Kaizar."
1257And with that Alex goes off to her treehouse.
1258
1259What do you do now?
1260>I need a rest.
1261>The thieves still need to be punished.
1262>Join the fun.
1263>Chat with Neliel.
1264>Other? (write-in)
1265--------------------------
1266-omitted one small post.
1267The guilty must be punished.
1268There is just no way around it.
1269And you have a very good idea about who it might have been.
1270
1271So you take off into the remaining crowd and start looking for the culprit.
1272It doesn't take you too long to arrive at your destination.
1273You can see one of the hollows holding a barrel above himself while drinking the whole thing.
1274Around him are other adjuchas who keep chanting "chug".
1275
1276Out of this group you grab the target out of there by the mouth.
1277Both of them in fact.
1278
1279The two try to scream as hard as they can while you drag them away from prying eyes.
1280You slam the two of them down who immediately kneel and start begging for mercy.
1281
1282Pesche is the first to plead while tears keep running down his mask.
1283"P-p-p-please Kaizar don't hurt us!
1284We didn't mean any harm, w-w-we just thought everyone could use some fun."
1285
1286"D-d-don'tcha know?"
1287
1288Both of them look completely sober.
1289It's clear that they only did it for shits and giggles.
1290
1291You look Pesche straight in the eye to which he reacts by practically freezing.
1292It appears he's too scared to even breathe.
1293
1294"I have only one question to you..."
1295
1296"Yes?"
1297
1298"Why?"
1299
1300"W-well..."
1301
1302But saying that word was the last straw for you.
1303Something inside of you has finally snapped.
1304You place both hands on Pesches shoulders as tears begin to pour from your eyes.
1305
1306"WHY?!"
1307You scream while sobbing uncontrollably.
1308
1309The two of them are completely silent.
1310You get on your knees as your legs give out.
1311While looking down on the ground you begin bawling.
1312"WHY DID YOU TAKE IT FROM ME?!"
1313
1314You punch the ground so hard the sound can be heard from anywhere within the forest.
1315The hollows that were too busy drinking up until now turn their heads towards you.
1316But there is something blocking their view.
1317Pesche is standing between you and the crowd, arms spread wide.
1318
1319"There is nothing to see here!
1320Party is over!
1321All of you, go home and get some sleep!"
1322
1323The crowd disperses leaving only you and the two adjuchas remaining.
1324--------------------------
1325"Dondochakka, go and make sure Lady Neliel is occupied.
1326I'll take care of him."
1327
1328"Right!"
1329He dashes off to wherever Nel is.
1330
1331Meanwhile Pesche kneels down next to you and simply puts a hand on your shoulder while you keep crying.
1332He simply watches as you keep punching the ground and scream all the while.
1333When you've worked out your aggression you simply keep crying.
1334
1335Pesche grabs a hold of your arm and gets under your armpit to lift you up.
1336He is carrying you on his shoulders to your home.
1337
1338Somehow you manage to string together a proper sentence in between howls.
1339"You don't have to do this..."
1340
1341"I do Kaizar.
1342Don't worry, just let it all out."
1343
1344He personally takes you to your treehouse and carefully puts you down at the pile of leaves you use as a bed.
1345After you curl up you keep uncontrollably sobbing.
1346Pesche doesn't leave you for a second and only takes off after you've cried yourself to sleep.
1347
1348He leaves your house and makes it to his friend Dondochakka who is currently paying attention to a passed out Neliel.
1349"Was she hard to handle?"
1350
1351"A lil' bit.
1352But she's fine now.
1353Might get a headache though."
1354
1355"I see."
1356
1357Dondochakka looks up at Pesche.
1358"What happened to him?"
1359
1360"No idea.
1361What I made out was incoherent at best.
1362Poor guy had a breakdown from something.
1363Not asking about the details was for the best."
1364
1365"I see."
1366
1367The two of them slowly drifted to sleep as well.
1368--------------------------
1369The morning comes late for you, having slept for much longer than you normally do.
1370But even after you woke up you don't get up and do your chores.
1371Instead you keep turning around on your bed for at least an hour, staring blankly into space.
1372
1373What forces you to get out of bed was the fact that you were getting hungry.
1374You get up and make your way to the fields where you are planning on taking a piece of fruit and just nibble on it for a while.
1375
1376On the way there however someone stops you.
1377It's Neliel whom is grabbing her own head, probably struggling with a headache.
1378
1379"Hey..."
1380She greets you.
1381
1382"Hey...
1383So...
1384What was the deal with you yesterday?"
1385
1386*sigh*
1387"Pesche and Dondochakka convinced me that I'm way to stressed out and that I need to relax for a while.
1388I am always on edge so they thought it would do some good to me.
1389Now I have this damn headache.
1390How about you?"
1391
1392"I don't want to talk about it..."
1393
1394"So I can spill my story but you refuse to tell yours?
1395I thought you trust me."
1396
1397"I do...
1398But I won't tell this stuff to you for the same reason I won't tell Pesci or Alex.
1399It's none of your business."
1400
1401"You don't have to spare me.
1402I am probably more capable than you are anyway."
1403
1404"DON'T START THIS SHIT WITH ME!
1405It's your god damn ego!
1406That's the problem with you!
1407Neliel the oh so mighty, looking down at us simple peasants!"
1408
1409"AND YOU ARE AN INSENSITIVE ASSHOLE!
1410You refuse to accept help from others with the excuse of "sparing them" while all you care about is yourself!
1411You are so blind that you can't see how worried your friends are about you!"
1412
1413But as the two of you keep screaming at each other a nervous little hollow approaches the two of you.
1414"Erm...
1415Excuse me..."
1416
1417"WHAT?!"
1418Both of you explode at him.
1419
1420"We have a problem.
1421The scouts said we have shinigami incoming!"
1422--------------------------
1423You can't believe what you've just heard.
1424Shinigami? Here?
1425
1426"That's just fucking excellent!
1427As if I didn't have enough problems already!"
1428You burst out.
1429
1430"OH, I'M A PROBLEM NOW?!"
1431Neliel replies angrily.
1432
1433But as you were about to open your mouth Pesci punches you in the face with a loud crash and Pesche slaps Neliel.
1434"Get yourself together!"
1435The duo speaks up at the same time.
1436
1437Of course, you have no time for bickering right now.
1438If the reports are true then you are in trouble.
1439How would you like to handle this situation?
1440>Let them come here
1441>We'll go and meet them. (Who?)
1442>Other? (write-in)
1443--------------------------
1444-omitted one small post.
1445You make eye contact with Neliel and instead of continuing to argue the two of you simply share a nod and than you take off.
1446
1447As you leave you turn back quickly and give a quick shout to the small hollow.
1448"Tell the others to get read for a real shitstorm!"
1449
1450"R-roger!"
1451
1452The two of you make it past the borders of the forest and already you can feel two faint presences off in the distance.
1453As you get closer and closer you can feel their powers growing but not to the point where you'd start to worry.
1454Even Neliel has a very calm expression right now.
1455
1456As you reach your targets you can see two humanoid individuals with black cloaks hiding their bodies completely.
1457You don't even bother with the careful approach and the two of you make an explosive entrance.
1458When the dust settles you can see the two individuals trying really hard to hold onto their shrouds.
1459
1460Neliel doesn't waste any time instead addresses them.
1461"Who are you people and what do you want?"
1462
1463The guy on the left steps forth and pulls back his hood revealing a dorky guy with shaggy hair and glasses.
1464"Greetings.
1465My name is Aizen Sosuke and I'm the captain of the 5th division of the Gotei 13.
1466This here is my friend Tōsen Kaname.
1467We've come in search of a fabled forest in Hueco Mundo and it appears we've found it."
1468
1469You cross your arms and take up a defensive posture.
1470"That's nice, now can you leave?
1471You are ruining the scenery."
1472
1473"Ah, you are the axolotl.
1474I've heard many things about you.
1475Kaname, is this him?"
1476
1477"Yes Captain Aizen.
1478It's as they said, this hollow gives off no spiritual energy whatsoever.
1479He doesn't even register for me."
1480
1481"Marvelous..."
1482The shinigami caresses his chin.
1483"To find the two things I was looking for in the same place.
1484What a coincidence."
1485
1486"Looking for me?
1487Why?"
1488
1489"I've heard a great deal about you.
1490You've earned yourself quite a reputation with both shinigami and the hollows.
1491Fear Eater, Kiga no Kage you have many names.
1492And you are fascinating."
1493--------------------------
1494"So I have a fan.
1495I'm humbled."
1496
1497"Now that I've answered your question can you answer mine?"
1498
1499"That depends on the question."
1500
1501"Are you the guardians of this forest?
1502I've never seen anything like it anywhere else in Hueco Mundo so I assume it's important."
1503There is just something wrong with this guy.
1504Something about him doesn't sit well with you.
1505
1506"You could say that.
1507It's called the Azure Forest because people refuse to use its proper name for some reason."
1508
1509"And what is that?"
1510
1511"Vanaheim."
1512
1513"And what makes this place so special that you'd need to defend it like that?"
1514
1515"It's our home."
1516
1517"I see.
1518In that case there is no point in beating around the bush.
1519I'm planning on betraying my shinigami brethren but in order to do that I need an army.
1520So I'm looking for powerful hollows to be my warriors in the upcoming battle."
1521
1522Neliel cuts him off before he could continue.
1523"And why would any hollow serve a shinigami?"
1524
1525"Isn't it obvious?
1526Because I'm strong.
1527But also because I have something to offer them.
1528I have knowledge of how to turn hollows into arrancar.
1529My plan is to make an army of arrancar to combat Soul Society and for that I require Menos class hollows.
1530And I've heard of this mysterious place that makes hollows grow stronger."
1531
1532You feel the need to shut this guy up before he drowns you with his speech.
1533"I'm going to have to stop you right there.
1534This place is our home and if you think about taking it you'll come face to face with the army that you are planning on creating.
1535Also even if you'd manage to kill all of us which is impossible, you'd still be fucked because only we know how to tend the gardens so it doesn't simply rot away."
1536
1537"Impossible huh?"
1538With that he begins emitting an ungodly amount of reiatsu, enough to make you and Neliel almost pass out.
1539The two of you are breathing heavily as you come to your senses.
1540
1541"What? The? Fuck?"
1542
1543"A mere fraction of my full power.
1544But don't worry, I'm not a conqueror.
1545I simply bring you an offer."
1546--------------------------
1547After Neliel collects herself she speaks up.
1548"And what's that offer?"
1549
1550"To join my ranks.
1551What else?"
1552
1553"And if we refuse?"
1554
1555"Then I'll take my leave.
1556I'm not a barbarian.
1557But know that in the future there will be change and your people will either bow down to me or they'll be made an example of."
1558
1559You dust yourself off and straighten your back.
1560"That's good to know."
1561
1562"So, what is your answer?"
1563
1564>Accept him.
1565>Refuse him politely and suggest an alternative. (Join when you reach vasto)
1566>Refuse him completely.
1567>Tell him to fuck off.
1568>Other? (write-in)
1569--------------------------
1570-omitted one small post.
1571-omitted one small post.
1572"I have a question first.
1573Why?"
1574
1575He smiles but that smile makes every strand of non-existent hair on your back rise up.
1576"It's because the shinigami are incompetent fools bound by the tyrannical rule of a bunch of self centered nobles.
1577I saw the world for what it is and I want to break it apart.
1578That's all there is to it."
1579
1580You grin a little.
1581"Then the answer is no."
1582
1583"What?"
1584He looks disappointed.
1585
1586"You said you want Menos, right?
1587Wouldn't you rather want a Vasto Lorde?"
1588
1589"Oh, you think you have what it takes?"
1590
1591"Think?
1592No.
1593I'm already becoming one."
1594--------------------------
1595That got his attention.
1596"Really?"
1597
1598"Yeah, while I'm not sure how long it takes I can already feel the effects of the transformation.
1599So if you are willing to wait then I can join your ranks like that.
1600But I have a few conditions."
1601
1602"Name it."
1603
1604"First off, Vanaheim remains as it is today.
1605Free of all outside influence, but loyal to me and by extension you.
1606And its people are protected."
1607
1608"But of course."
1609
1610"Also if it's okay I want to become an arrancar on my own."
1611
1612"Why?"
1613
1614"Crutches are made for those that need them."
1615
1616He smiles.
1617"Very well.
1618Anything else?"
1619
1620You shake your head.
1621"Nothing comes to mind, but the others might."
1622
1623"That's fine.
1624So you are saying that you'll seek me out once you become a Vasto Lorde at least?"
1625
1626"If you have a better idea than say it."
1627
1628"No that's fine.
1629I'll send someone over soon with the means of locating me.
1630If that's fine with you of course."
1631
1632"Sure."
1633
1634"Come Kaname, let us leave."
1635When all is said and done the two shinigami disappear with their equivalent of sonido.
1636
1637When the area is clear Neliel speaks up.
1638"What was that about?"
1639She asks with a concerned look on his face.
1640
1641"I think we've just dodged a bullet."
1642
1643"So that stuff about becoming a Vasto Lorde?"
1644
1645"A lie.
1646But I think it bought us some time at least."
1647
1648"I was going to voice my concerns but you managed to surprise me with that."
1649
1650"Yeah, for some reason every fiber of my being warns me that the guy is dangerous.
1651I just hope I made the right decision."
1652--------------------------
1653-omitted one small post.
1654-omitted one small post.
1655=========== END THREAD ===========
1656German Hollow Quest 18
1657written by Spookyng
1658--------------------qst2txt--------------------
1659
1660After that quite dangerous encounter with the shinigami calling himself Aizen, you and Neliel head back to Vanaheim to relay the news to the others.
1661On the way back you can see Neliel looking at you, clearly concerned.
1662 
1663"What?"
1664You ask her.
1665 
1666She shakes her head.
1667"Nothing.
1668I just thought I was clear before!
1669You can't just throw yourself out like that as a sacrifice!"
1670 
1671"Really now?
1672So you are saying there was an alternative?"
1673 
1674"That's not-"
1675 
1676"Whether you like it or not, that man meant a danger to everyone.
1677So either I submit to him or he kills us all."
1678 
1679That managed to silence her.
1680Even Neliel is aware of the severity of the situation.
1681 
1682You sigh a little and give her a reassuring look.
1683"Look, I apologize for that.
1684I shouldn't have insulted you before.
1685It's just... I have a lot on my mind right now.
1686So for what it's worth: I'm sorry."
1687 
1688The rest of your journey goes by in complete silence.
1689When you get back to Vanaheim you can already feel the presence of your friends gathering at the base of the quartz tree.
1690As you land you can see them waving at you.
1691 
1692"Hi there guys!
1693So how fucked are we?"
1694Pesche asks the two of you about the situation.
1695 
1696"So I take it you felt that..."
1697Neliel replies.
1698 
1699"Sense it?
1700I could taste it!
1701Don'tcha know?"
1702 
1703You ignore the clowns and point at the large tree to signal your desire to gather there.
1704When everyone, including your friends and Alistair get to the large gathering hall carved into the tree, you take your seats at the large table in the middle.
1705Normally you use this large piece of furniture to play Liars Dice once a week but the atmosphere is a little lighter now that your lives are in danger and you aren't at each others throats because of the game.
1706After a lengthy explanation of the news everyone is sitting there in dead silence, just simply staring down at the table.
1707 
1708It's Alistair who breaks the silence with his question.
1709"So you're telling me you accepted that offer?
1710Why?"
1711--------------------------
1712You raise your head and respond as such:
1713"You're saying this like I had a choice.
1714It was either bowing before him or facing death."
1715 
1716"Oh yeah?
1717And how are you planning on becoming a Vasto Lorde then?
1718Because last time I checked there were only a handful of them around despite everyones intentions."
1719 
1720He got you there.
1721Although you probably have plenty of time since it's doubtful that Aizen knows how long becoming a Vasto takes.
1722 
1723"I'll just have to give it my best shot.
1724If it doesn't work you guys can still make a run for it before shit hits the fan."
1725You reply.
1726 
1727Silence falls once more and everyone keeps staring at the other participants, hoping someone would say something.
1728And it appears that Neliel has something on her mind.
1729 
1730"I was actually thinking about joining Aizens cause..."
1731 
1732Everyone looks at her confused as heck.
1733"Come one Miss Neliel, don't joke like that!"
1734Pesci is the first to respond to her with an awkward laugh.
1735But after seeing that Nel isn't laughing he quickly pipes down.
1736 
1737"You remember Dordoni, right?
1738He looked almost like a regular human.
1739Think about how better things would be if we all reclaimed a part of our past lives.
1740If we could call ourselves human once more.
1741We wouldn't be mere monsters anymore."
1742 
1743You crash your fist into the table when she finishes and the large slab of quartz cracks under your fist.
1744You look at Neliel with anger in your eyes.
1745"Monsters?
1746Look around you Neliel!
1747We built this place up from nothing because we believed we could live proper lives even if we were such deformed creatures.
1748All that we wished for was a normal life and despite the difficulties we achieved just that!
1749We, the monsters!"
1750 
1751But she doesn't seem phased by that.
1752"I understand you Kaizar.
1753You are proud of what you made.
1754This place is a safe haven for those that wish for peace, yes.
1755But even if you oppose the idea of serving Aizen, you can't deny that it has benefits."
1756--------------------------
1757You look at your friends and comrades all of whom look at you expectantly.
1758 
1759"So let me guess...
1760All of you want to become arrancars, don't you?"
1761 
1762"Don't get me wrong Kaizar, we are behind you one hundred percent!
1763But it'd be nice to be human again..."
1764Alex speaks up giving voice to the collective opinion of the group.
1765 
1766And upon closer inspection almost all of them seem to be yearning for just that.
1767A human body.
1768 
1769Neliel already made up her mind and you probably won't be able to stop her but you might be able to influence the others.
1770 
1771What do you wish to do now?
1772>Allow everyone to decide for themselves.
1773>"Some of you can but only if you speak with me first."
1774>"Not on my watch!"
1775>Other? (write-in)
1776--------------------------
1777-omitted one small post.
1778You don't see much point in forbidding them from becoming an arrancar, it'd just make them hate you.
1779But you can't let them throw away everything like that.
1780
1781They look at you expectantly when you take a deep breath and begin your little speech.
1782"All of you have the right to decide what you want to do.
1783I just want to let you know that no matter how tempting that might sound, becoming an arrancar won't change much.
1784Except maybe the fact that you'll have your appearance changed and that you've sold your souls to the one bastard that is even slimier than me.
1785Make no mistake, he'll either get us killed or will kill us himself.
1786Just so we're clear, I did this to protect you guys.
1787If you bend the knee for this man then you'll simply forfeit your freedom.
1788I've made my case."
1789
1790With that you stand up from the table and walk out.
1791It's doubtful that it conceived much effect but perhaps some of them will listen to you.
1792But it just doesn't sit well with you, the last time you served someone blindly it came back to bite you in the ass.
1793
1794You don't feel like doing any work nor do you want to socialize with anyone after this.
1795The only thing you can do is to walk up to your treehouse and go to bed, getting some much deserved rest after the ordeal that was Aizen Sōsuke.
1796After hours of struggling to fall asleep you finally close your eyes and loose yourself in thought.
1797
1798When the morning comes you don't feel like getting out of bed.
1799You keep rolling around on your pile of leaves trying to find a comfortable position to lay in and threatening anyone who dares to try and wake you up.
1800
1801After you send away the sixth person you can hear someone ascending the ladder.
1802"I thought I was clear!
1803Fuck off!"
1804
1805Pesci stops in his tracks and only his head is peeking in through the door.
1806"Boss, we have visitors..."
1807
1808You toss your blanket aside and dust yourself off.
1809"For fucks sake!
1810Fine!"
1811--------------------------
1812When you walk out the dim light of the underground actually hurts your eye a little after staying indoors for so many hours.
1813Pesci leads the way down to the ground and to the place where your supposed "guests" are.
1814
1815To your surprise at the base of the tree you can see a familiar figure there.
1816It's Dordoni standing idly in his white clothing with two arrancars standing next to him, one is a tall, black man with an orange afro and the other is a woman with purple hair in a gothic dress, both of their clothings resemble Dordonis as they are almost all white.
1817When you get there you see Dordoni waving at you.
1818
1819"Oy amigo!
1820It's good to see you again."
1821The man who is very small compared to you extends an arm to shake your hand.
1822
1823You return the gesture and leave his palm covered in slime.
1824"It's been too long.
1825And I see you brought friends this time."
1826
1827"That I have!
1828Allow me to introduce them.
1829These two are my fellow Espada, Cirucci Sanderwicci and Gantenbainne Mosqueda."
1830
1831The lolita girl speaks up from behind Dordoni.
1832"Hey, hey, hey.
1833Don't tell me that this Slimeball is the one all that fuss is about."
1834Well she is certainly charming...
1835
1836But as if struck by lightning you realize something.
1837"What did you just call yourself?"
1838
1839"Hmmm?
1840Why we are the Espada.
1841The ten strongest members of our organization.
1842Or at least we will be, once we have the sufficient numbers."
1843
1844Things are finally starting to click.
1845"You are serving Aizen aren't you?"
1846
1847He looks confused.
1848"As do you now amigo.
1849I came to finally welcome you among us and I thought I'd bring some friends.
1850I thought that was obvious."
1851
1852Of course he is working for him.
1853"So what?
1854Did he send you to keep tabs on me?"
1855
1856"Oh no amigo.
1857Master Aizen simply ordered us to protect this area should someone come to attack it.
1858I just thought we could have some fun while we are here."
1859He shrugs a little.
1860"But if it's too much trouble, we'll leave."
1861
1862"I'm not going back into the dessert Dordoni!"
1863The girl erupts once more.
1864--------------------------
1865You grab the bridge of your nose and let out a heavy sigh.
1866"Sorry if I'm a bit jumpy.
1867It's just that I'm frustrated a bit.
1868You guys can stay if you wish, I'm sure the others are preparing for lunch as we speak."
1869
1870The man with the orange afro steps forth.
1871"'Ey man, is it true that you guys are makin' actual food here?"
1872
1873But before you could reply the closing presence of Neliel gets your attention.
1874It seems every major member of the forest is on the way to meet the arrancars.
1875
1876"Well, yes.
1877All three of you are welcome to partake in the festivities of course.
1878The name's Kaizar by the way."
1879
1880When Neliel and the gang arrives they immediately begin introducing themselves, it seems that Gantenbainnes personality sharply contrasts that of Cirucci.
1881And after the introductions are over and they had a little conversation Neliel drops a bombshell.
1882
1883"Mr Dordoni if it wasn't too much trouble could you tell me how to become an arrancar?"
1884She brought this up out of the blue and everybody is stunned by how blunt she is.
1885
1886Dordoni scratches his head before answering.
1887"I suppose señora, since we are on the same side now.
1888But are you sure about this?
1889This is a one way thing you know."
1890
1891She nods.
1892"I am."
1893
1894You can't really let this go and decide to interrupt them.
1895"Only after lunch!
1896We have guests here and we will be proper hosts Neliel!"
1897
1898She blushes a little, it seems that she might actually be embarrassed about asking such a thing from Dordoni.
1899You tell your arrancar "friends" to follow you to the central part of the forest where you have the dining area.
1900When ordered Pesci shows each of them to a seat and afterwards begins assembling quick makeshift meals for them.
1901Hollows from all around Vanaheim start to gather for lunch and you soon have a large crowd.
1902
1903What would you like to do now?
1904>Scold Neliel in private.
1905>Go and spend some time with your guests (Which one in particular, if any)
1906>Help Pesci with the preparations.
1907>Other? (write-in)
1908--------------------------
1909-omitted one small post.
1910You look at Pesci and see that he could use a hand.
1911"Okay, you guys just enjoy yourselves.
1912I'll go ahead and get things ready."
1913With that you excuse yourself as you head off to your friend.
1914
1915The second you leave the hollows assault the three arrancar and you can see them busting out the dice and the cups already.
1916You just wish that none of them are sore losers or people might die here.
1917
1918Pesci is already cooking the food and seems to be quite busy with it.
1919"Need a hand?"
1920
1921"Oh thanks Boss.
1922Could you get the plates ready?"
1923
1924"Sure."
1925
1926With that you take off to get the cutlery from one of the storage containers.
1927When you get back to Pesci you can see Alex pestering him.
1928You put down your stuff and start chatting with them.
1929
1930"Pretty nuts huh?"
1931
1932"What?
1933The arrancars or the stuff with Aizen?"
1934Alex asks.
1935
1936"Both, actually."
1937
1938"At least they seem like nice people."
1939Pesci adds but the second he finishes you can hear Cirucci explode and accuse the other hollows for cheating.
1940"Well, most of them are...
1941Oh, food's done!"
1942
1943"Hey Alex, wanna help me with this?"
1944
1945"Sure!"
1946
1947The two of you then proceed to bring everyone their portion of the food, the first to receive it are your guests of course.
1948When the plates arrive Dordoni is already salivating and keeps praising it to his fellows.
1949The two arrancars don't seem to believe him but after taking a bite even Sanderwiccis expression changes to that of pure joy.
1950Afterwards the two of you proceed to give everyone their food and then take your own share.
1951
1952Rather than sitting down with the arrancar who seem to be the center of attention today, you sit down with your friends.
1953To your surprise even Yata came to join You, Pesci and Alex.
1954He looks over to the three Espada in the center of the crowd.
1955"So these are the arrancars?
1956Interesting."
1957
1958"Even you think so Yata?"
1959You ask.
1960
1961"Of course, they are fascinating.
1962But I'd personally not do it even if I knew how."
1963
1964You blink a few times in surprise.
1965"Really?
1966How come?"
1967--------------------------
1968"It really makes no difference if you think about it.
1969We have everything we'd possibly need.
1970Food, shelter even clothing if I so wished.
1971What would I gain if I ripped my mask off? More power?
1972Really, what's the point?"
1973
1974It truly speaks volumes of the situation when the only person who agrees with you is Yata.
1975The rest of your meal goes by peacefully with Alex talking about her new human friend and Yata being way too interested in him.
1976When you finish your food you are informed by Pesci that there is still one more barrel of booze stashed away and that you should give it to your guests.
1977You agree and get the remaining alcohol for the arrancars.
1978
1979They see you coming from a mile away with a large barrel on your shoulder and they give you a puzzled look.
1980"What's this amigo?
1981If it's more food then I'll pass, I can't eat another bite."
1982
1983"It's better."
1984
1985"Oh?"
1986
1987"Let's say that it's a welcoming gift."
1988With that you set down the barrel and punch a hole into it, then you give a tankard to each of them.
1989
1990After giving it a smell they are all shocked.
1991"Aw hell naw!
1992You didn't!"
1993Gantebainne is the first one who speaks up.
1994
1995"I did!
1996Now drink before I change my mind!
1997This is the last one after all."
1998
1999The other hollows also take from the booze and what ensues is another day of belligerent partying.
2000You decided to skip drinking this time and instead went to your friends to a few games of dice.
2001
2002As the alcohol ran out so did the energy of the hollows and the party died out.
2003Dordoni comes up to you, not quite drunk but a little tipsy.
2004"Kaizar you loco!
2005Making booze in Hueco Mundo!
2006Brilliant!"
2007He laughs heartily and even smothers a small tear under his eye.
2008
2009"The Boss is a miracle worker.
2010Whatever he gets into his head, he'll turn it into reality."
2011
2012"Really?
2013Then I guess you WILL become a Vasto Lorde, won't you?"
2014He gives you a much more serious look.
2015
2016"That's the plan."
2017You reply.
2018
2019"Good, I'd hate to see you disappointing Aizen.
2020Especially after I put my neck on the line for you."
2021--------------------------
2022"What do you mean?"
2023
2024"Remember when we first met?
2025I was going to report you to Master Aizen but I felt ashamed even thinking about it after you were so nice to me.
2026So I didn't.
2027I even tried to avoid the area since then.
2028Too bad he found out by himself."
2029
2030This news shocks you a little.
2031"T-thanks Dordoni."
2032
2033"Don't mention it.
2034Now, could you tell me where the young señora is?
2035I made a promise to her."
2036
2037But you didn't need to show the direction to him as Neliel was already coming up from behind him.
2038"Mr Dordoni..."
2039
2040"Ah, señora!
2041I was just about to get you.
2042Are you ready?"
2043
2044"Yes..."
2045
2046"Good.
2047But before we do this I have a condition.
2048You can't tell others how it's done, it's a bit of a "family secret" if you know what I mean.
2049If your friends would like to do it then they can ask me themselves."
2050
2051"Of course.
2052Pesche, Dondochakka."
2053
2054And the two clowns stand at attention right behind Neliel.
2055They bow down and start asking the arrancar at the same time.
2056"Please, allow us to become arrancars as well Sir!"
2057
2058"Oy just wait a minute!
2059I said I'd do it but I didn't mean right now!
2060I can only do one at a time!"
2061
2062After sorting things out the three of them make their way to the quartz tree.
2063Alex and Pesci are looking at you expectantly.
2064You sigh a little and speak up.
2065"I already told you that you can do what you want.
2066Just make sure if you are okay with it, got it?"
2067They both give an affirmative nod while Yata keeps sipping on his juice, not caring the least.
2068
2069But as you were about to leave for some fresh air Gantebainne comes up to you.
2070"Yo man!
2071Thanks for the food an' everythin', it was amazing."
2072
2073"You're welcome."
2074
2075But he scratches the back of his neck and speaks up once more.
2076"Can I ask a favor of you?"
2077
2078"Depends on the favor..."
2079
2080"Will you fight with me?
2081Just a little sparring."
2082
2083Well that was sudden.
2084>Yes
2085>No
2086>Other? (write-in)
2087--------------------------
2088-omitted one small post.
2089The question was sudden.
2090So sudden in fact that you needed a few moments before you could even respond.
2091"May I ask why?"
2092
2093"Lord Aizen has sent us to protect a "long term investment".
2094I assumed it's some promising hollow but I'm honestly disappointed.
2095You're a great dude an' all but you are NOT cut out for the Espada.
2096I just want to see what you can do with my own eyes."
2097
2098"Fair enough.
2099But only if it's not serious."
2100
2101"Not killin' each other is as "not serious" as I can get.
2102Sorry."
2103
2104The two of you then move to the fight-ring.
2105When you two step in the other hollows begin gathering at the sight of an ensuing battle.
2106They begin chanting "fight" over and over again.
2107
2108Gantebainne looks at them and smiles a little.
2109"Well they are lookin' excited!
2110Ready man?"
2111
2112You raise both of your fists and place your left leg forward, taking up your natural fighting stance.
2113"Ready."
2114
2115With that he launches at you with a sonido and tries to deliver a punch to your stomach.
2116You respond with raising up your right leg and redirecting his punch with your knee.
2117When you successfully deflect his attack you follow up with a straight jab.
2118
2119Gantebainne then uses sonido once more but this time he moves at such speed that you can't follow his movements.
2120He managed to avoid your fist and he is now even closer to you.
2121The weapon attached to his left wrist flicks forward and electricity begins to run between the two blades.
2122
2123"Uno!"
2124With an astonishing punch he strikes you right in the abdomen.
2125His claws dig deep into the tissue and deliver a shock of electricity which causes your muscles to begin contracting uncontrollably.
2126Now he activates the weapon on his right arm.
2127
2128"Dos!"
2129But what follows is not the punch that you were expecting.
2130Instead exactly 198 attacks hit you in the gut, each one delivering another jolt of electricity.
2131His barrage is incredibly dangerous, since if you take the first hit you'll be unable to dodge the follow-up.
2132
2133"Cientos!"
2134And he finishes it up with a powerful overhead strike.
2135--------------------------
2136When you hit the ground the kinetic energy causes the ground to explode, leaving a small crater under you.
2137Gantebainne seems to be satisfied with the results.
2138
2139"Damn! You actually survived.
2140I didn't hold back because I thought it'd be humiliation' for you.
2141I guess God really must favor you."
2142
2143That hit a nerve.
2144You push yourself up with both of your hands and stand up, you cough up a little blood as you do.
2145Your body is severely cracked and most organs in your abdomen are damaged.
2146But currently you are too pissed off to take note of it, that one line of his will be his downfall.
2147
2148You extend your left arm and with an open palm you beckon him.
2149"What?
2150You didn't have enough?"
2151He says.
2152
2153He charges you again and tries to attack you in a similar fashion but this time you have other plans.
2154As his fist gets closer to you your tail intercepts the attack.
2155His weapon pierces your tail and delivers a small shock once more but this time his fist got stuck.
2156You pull your tail closer and place your foot so he trips over it.
2157Once he is falling your glowing, yellow eyes start sinking into the abyss until they are barely visible.
2158
2159With all of your anger you deliver a powerful downward punch straight into his face.
2160You can feel his cheekbones shattering and his face molding to the shape of your knuckles.
2161His body hits the ground under you and bounces off of it.
2162While his body is in the air you raise up your other fist and deliver an equally powerful blow.
2163This time it's him that creates a small explosion when he lands.
2164
2165But much to your surprise he stands up with only a large bruise on the right side of his face.
2166Your fists on the other hand are hurting.
2167Like, a lot.
2168Punching him felt like ramming your fist into a steel beam.
2169
2170He deactivates his weapons and starts to fondle around inside his mouth.
2171After grunting a few times he spits on the ground.
2172It appears one of his molars just fell out.
2173
2174He caresses his cheek as it starts to swell up.
2175"Damn man, you are ice cold!"
2176--------------------------
2177"Sorry about the arms though."
2178He says as blood starts to drip from your broken arms.
2179"Guess I should've warned you about our Hierro... Huh?!"
2180He looks at you confused as your high speed regeneration starts to kick in.
2181
2182With your arms and organs healed you are ready to keep going.
2183"What do you say about round two?"
2184
2185"Naw man.
2186I see what you're made of.
2187You managed to hurt me, that's an accomplishment."
2188He begins to caress his cheek.
2189"Damn, this' gonna be a bitch to fix."
2190
2191"Thanks."
2192You leave your fighting stance.
2193"Now come here so I can heal up your face."
2194
2195"Say what?"
2196
2197Without saying another word you splash some goo in his face which begins to fix him up.
2198As his cheekbones are restored and his pain is gone he is staring you dumbstruck.
2199"What the fuck?"
2200
2201"I can heal people."
2202
2203"Again. What the fuck?"
2204
2205"It's a long story.
2206Also, sorry about messing up your face."
2207
2208"Water under the bridge man."
2209
2210Alistair whom was observing the fight comes forth and starts to actually sing praises of you.
2211"If you wanted proof of his strength then all you had to do is ask anyone around here.
2212They don't call him El Salvaje for nothing."
2213
2214Cirucci speaks up from the crowd.
2215"Wow, what an original name.
2216This just shows how much you beasts lack in imagination.
2217You can't even come up with good names!"
2218
2219Alistair responds to her.
2220"Excuse you?
2221This guy is the only El Salvaje around here, Thunder-bitch!"
2222
2223"What did you just say?!"
2224
2225You step between them before Alistair would get killed.
2226"I apologize in his place.
2227He is lacking when it comes to manners."
2228
2229"Hmph!
2230Whatever..."
2231
2232"May I ask what did you mean by that?
2233Someone else also has this name?"
2234
2235"Yeah, around a year ago when I was searching for Vasto Lordes I found some scrawny looking hollows.
2236They seemed intelligent so I asked them politely if they knew any strong hollows.
2237After I beheaded one of them for being uncooperative they started to tell some shitty stories about a real monster of a hollow going by that name."
2238--------------------------
2239"They said that this legendary beast ate shinigami as if they were pluses and that it reigned over a field of death as its king.
2240After I stopped laughing I killed all of them for trying to deceive me with such a ridiculous tale."
2241
2242Alistair looks at you and judging by his expression he could shit a brick any moment.
2243It looks like he doesn't want to say anything unless you tell him so.
2244
2245>Tell Sanderwicci that it's actually you and that the myths are true.
2246>Let Alistair handle this.
2247>Don't do tell her anything and leave.
2248>Other? (write-in)
2249--------------------------
2250-omitted one small post.
2251-omitted one small post.
2252You are grabbing the bridge of your nose in frustration as you reply.
2253"I hate rumors.
2254They spread like wildfire and they get more ridiculous with every minute.
2255But actually that stuff is incredibly exaggerated.
2256I did eat a few dozen of them, but it was only this one time!
2257Also, I vaguely recall snatching one from a group of four and then eating her, but that's it."
2258
2259Both Sanderwicci and Gandebainne are staring you as if their brains just shut down.
2260They look at Alistair with that dumb expression on their faces.
2261"I-it's true!
2262He got the name by tearing off my arms and legs in front of my crew then eating it.
2263Also, fuck you for that!"
2264
2265"Hey!
2266I thought we were past that!"
2267
2268"We'll never be past that asshole!"
2269As the two of you keep bickering Cirucci actually collects herself.
2270
2271"Oh yeah, very funny!
2272Ha! HA!
2273I almost fell for it!
2274But I bet you two bastards don't even know where that rumor originates from!"
2275
2276You stop pulling on Alistairs mane and he loosens his jaw around your arm.
2277The two of you look at her and speak in unison.
2278"Poland."
2279
2280After she hears you say it, Sanderwicci freezes in place and curiously enough a strange phenomena occurs and she looks like all color has simply left her body.
2281Gantebainne grabs a hold of her by her shoulders and shakes her back and forth.
2282"Yo, Sanderwicci!
2283Wake up!
2284What's wrong?"
2285
2286"It's over...
2287It's all over..."
2288
2289While they are busy the two of you return to beating the living crap out of each other.
2290--------------------------
2291While Cirucci is in a vegetative state and you are busy showing your fist down Alistairs throat a huge explosion of reiatsu can be felt from the tree.
2292Everyone stops what they were doing and even Sanderwicci returns to the living from the shockwave.
2293
2294All eyes are on the large Quartz tree on the mound.
2295Your jaw drops as you finally start to realize just whose power it is.
2296"Neliel..."
2297
2298In but a fraction of a second everyone makes a mad dash towards the large quartz formation.
2299But before you could go around Dordoni actually stops everyone from going any further.
2300"NONE OF YOU SHALL PASS!"
2301
2302His face is red as a tomato and he has an even more red area on his cheek in the shape of a palm.
2303The uninitiated hollows all start to question him about what happened to their beloved leader.
2304
2305You on the other hand actually start figuring it out the more you think about it.
2306You walk right next to him and start whispering in his ears.
2307"It worked didn't it?"
2308
2309He snickers a little.
2310"Yeah."
2311
2312"And you were expecting this..."
2313
2314He snickers once more.
2315"Yeah."
2316
2317And in that moment you punch the top of his head with as much force as you could muster.
2318Your arm broke but at least you gave him a slight concussion.
2319
2320"What was that for?!"
2321
2322"What do you think genius?"
2323
2324But as you were about to deliver another one Cirucci and Gantebainne start showing the hollows aside.
2325"Make way assholes!"
2326
2327Sanderwicci tramples forward and grabs Dordoni by his collar.
2328She raises him above and you can see veins appearing on her forehead.
2329"You have three, THREE seconds to explain!
2330One!"
2331
2332"We have a new Number 3..."
2333Dordoni says.
2334
2335In that moment Cirucci drops her weapon which has the shape of a large disc on the end of a whip.
2336"What did you just say?"
2337
2338"I'm just telling you what you already knew.
2339I suggest you both brace yourselves for demotion."
2340
2341In that moment a tall and curvaceous women with long waving greenish-blue hair and hazel eyes steps forth.
2342She wears similar clothing to that of Dordonis gang.
2343--------------------------
2344From her long, beautiful hair and the shape of her masks remains you know it's Neliel but you have a hard time believing your eyes.
2345On her side is a katana that has a green sheath, a light green hilt, and a tsuba that resembles a pair of crescent moons joined together at the back.
2346
2347She takes a few steps forward and looks over the gathered up group with her piercing gaze.
2348You are still speechless from her transformation and the fact that her power has been multiplied.
2349
2350She gives a warm smile and speaks up.
2351"What are you guys looking at?"
2352She seems rather cheerful and not at all uncomfortable with her new body.
2353
2354Yata comes up from behind you and taps your shoulder.
2355"I was the one who made the outfit for her.
2356Since everyone was overzealous about changing into an arrancar I thought we might need clothes."
2357
2358"How did you know her size?"
2359
2360"What do you think I am?
2361I made it so it'd take up the form of the owner.
2362Bloody savages..."
2363With that he is off.
2364
2365You take a step forward and look down at Neliel who is almost half as tall as you now.
2366"I hope it was worth it, Neliel."
2367
2368Her smile slowly fades away and her expression becomes more serious.
2369"It was."
2370
2371There is an awkward silence after that which Dordoni breaks.
2372He clears his throat as he speaks up.
2373
2374"Now that this is out of the way we need to come up with your aspect."
2375
2376Neliel looks at him confused.
2377"What aspect?"
2378
2379Cirucci steps forward.
2380"Your aspect of Death.
2381Each Espada represents an aspect of Death.
2382Mine is Sadism.
2383Gantebainne is Worship.
2384Dordoni is Tragedy.
2385What's yours?"
2386
2387She puts her finger on her chin and looks upward as she muses.
2388"I'm not sure.
2389Any suggestions Kaizar?"
2390
2391"Actually, yeah..."
2392
2393"Really now?
2394Name it."
2395
2396"Pride."
2397--------------------------
2398Dordoni claps his hands together happily.
2399"And with that, Neliel Tu Odelschwanck, welcome to the Espada!
2400This is still unofficial though as only Master Aizen can give that title to you alongside the tattoo."
2401
2402"Shiet man.
2403And here I was gettin' used to No. 7"
2404
2405"Tch, don't think you are above us just because of your strength!
2406As long as Lord Aizen doesn't make you an Espada you are still a Números, you got that?"
2407
2408Neliel touches her sword and disappears out of sight only to reappear before Sanderwicci with her sword at her throat.
2409Cirucci is at a loss for words, luckily for her Neliel speaks up.
2410"Understood."
2411With that she sheathes her sword.
2412
2413Cold sweat starts to appear on Sanderwiccis body, her legs are shaking.
2414Gantebainne simply whistles at the display of power from Neliel.
2415
2416Dordoni on the other hand steps forward.
2417"I know this is a bit early, but would you like to name your aspect as well, amigo?
2418Since we are already doing this and since you'll probably be one of us soon."
2419
2420>You can choose an Aspect for yourself. (If no consensus is achieved or other complications arise I'll use the default Aspect: Murder)
2421--------------------------
2422-omitted one small post.
2423-omitted one small post.
2424"Honestly, there's no nee-"
2425
2426"BRUTALITY!"
2427Alistair cuts you off.
2428"I mean the guy is the personification of overkill!"
2429
2430Sanderwicci steps forth.
2431"Fool.
2432Obviously it should be terror."
2433
2434"How about Cunnin'?"
2435Gantebainne also gives his opinion.
2436
2437What ensues is a three way verbal debate between them.
2438Dordoni is just staring in silence and you are just sitting there while they keep arguing about Your title.
2439Meanwhile you stare into your own palm and then clench your fist.
2440
2441Without any of them noticing you walk to Dordoni who is still dumbfounded.
2442"What's their problem?"
2443He asks.
2444
2445You tap his shoulder once.
2446"Yeah... let's just say it's Grief and be done with this.
2447Okay?"
2448
2449"S-sure..."
2450
2451After all of this was done Dordoni proceeded to help your friends become arrancars as well.
2452The ones that took his offer were: Pesche, Dondochakka, Alistair, Alex and Pesci.
2453Others also asked him but he simply refused to sire any more arrancars.
2454Yata was the only one he was willing to transform but he didn't care about the whole idea of arrancars.
2455
2456What followed was a sort of golden age for your little community, with its newly empowered guardians and the trio of Espada who became frequent visitors and protectors of the place.
2457
2458The next 10 years passed by without anything significant happening.
2459You've heard that Baraggan was planning on starting a war with you but that never came to fruition for some reason and any other threat was easily destroyed by your forces.
2460Your newly minted arrancars enjoy their new existence as pseudo humans.
2461
2462Alex frequently visited the Living World to meet Asher.
2463You've accompanied her a few times but not always, he is currently a priest in training under the Catholic church which brings endless amusement to you.
2464
2465During this time you kept training with your friends and occasionally Neliel who pretty much outclasses you in every aspect.
2466Your own powers also increased but to this day you haven't achieved the state of Vasto Lorde yet.
2467--------------------------
2468Aizen was patient up until now but even his patience is starting to run out.
2469
2470You are pondering on the past ten years in secluded area of the forest.
2471Dordoni actually tries to sneak up on you from the treetops but he falls face first into the ground before he succeeded.
2472
2473You let out a sigh as you pluck him out of the ground.
2474"I thought it was obvious that I want some peace and quiet."
2475
2476"*cough* *cough* Yeah...
2477But you know you are running out of time amigo."
2478
2479"I don't need you to remind me of that.
2480Anything else?"
2481
2482"Nah, I just wanted to screw with you."
2483
2484"Okay, can you leave now?"
2485
2486"...sure."
2487
2488And with that he takes off.
2489He actually interrupted an important train of thought that you were following.
2490You tried to recollect the events of the past 10 years.
2491In it you felt joy, happiness and fulfillment as your little community grew and almost doubled in size.
2492You watched with pride how your surrogate daughter slowly grew and got stronger with each day.
2493
2494It was a fulfilling 10 years.
2495In retrospect you couldn't wish for more.
2496And strangely enough the past doesn't bother you anymore.
2497Back in the day when you felt happy there was always a little guilt mixed in alongside sorrow about your losses.
2498
2499You pick up a handful of sand and watch as the specks simply flow out of your hand.
2500It reminds you of the flow of time and how much the world changed in that time.
2501The fall of Germany seems like a distant memory alongside your own death.
2502
2503It shows how far you've gone when you heard the news about Germany being split in two.
2504Normally you'd have popped a vein but after all that you've been through you couldn't feel angry about something so meaningless to an everlasting creature such as you.
2505
2506In short, this is the point where you feel everything will start from.
2507A new beginning.
2508You've moved on.
2509
2510And that's when the explosion happened.
2511--------------------------
2512When the last particle of sand left your arm a crack appeared on your palm.
2513As the turquoise light began to emanate from within the cracks began to spread.
2514In a moment they encompassed your entire body.
2515
2516With a torrential release of reiatsu illuminating the entirety of the Forest of Menos all hell broke loose.
2517Everyone assumed it's an attack of some sort.
2518Hollows from miles away began fleeing in terror.
2519
2520From that surge of blueish-green light a shadow steps forth as the pillar dissipates.
2521The cracks are still present but they aren't glowing anymore.
2522
2523As the chrysalis crumbles a small shadow emerges from within.
2524
2525Pristine white gauntlets and greaves begin gleaming in the moonlight.
2526Two large pauldrons are connected to his chest armor.
2527A black waistcloth flows from the gentle wind that's blowing after the storm.
2528A mask reminiscent of an axolotl is closely fitted to his face with a small horizontal slit revealing pristine blue eyes.
2529A few strands of blonde hair that reach to his shoulders appear from under his helmet.
2530--------------------------
2531-omitted one small post.
2532Okay I'm back.
2533
2534I'll start editing the pastes now starting with character sheet.
2535
2536This shit gon be long yo!
2537
2538>>47491701
2539I apologize if it came out like that.
2540But understand that going that route will be fuckhard.
2541--------------------------
2542-omitted one small post.
2543=========== END THREAD ===========
2544German Hollow Quest 19
2545written by Spookyng
2546--------------------qst2txt--------------------
2547
2548Your eyes open slowly.
2549At first the world is just a blur to you but after a few blinks with your heavy eyelids the image slowly clears.
2550It feels quite uncomfortable laying on the table that Yata prepared just for you.
2551The edge of the table offers sufficient support as you slowly sit up, still dizzy.
2552 
2553When you look around you can see your avian friend cleaning his hands.
2554Your throat feels a bit dry but you still manage to speak up.
2555"How long?"
2556 
2557"Five hours."
2558 
2559"Took your sweet time huh?"
2560 
2561"Have you operated on someone who can regenerate before?
2562It's quite tedious."
2563He simply shrugs as he answers.
2564 
2565Naturally you aren't surprised by this lengthy procedure, it was obvious that he'd enjoy taking a peek inside you now that you achieved the pinnacle of hollow evolution.
2566The first thing you did was coming over to him as it was agreed years ago.
2567When you blink you can still see the expression of everyone around you, their eyes filled with equal parts fear and awe.
2568But you shake that imagery from your head, the others can wait a bit longer.
2569 
2570"So...
2571Did you find out anything?"
2572You ask him now that your head is slowly clearing.
2573 
2574He puts down the towel and comes before you.
2575"What do you want to hear first, the obvious or the interesting part?"
2576 
2577"Let's get the basic stuff out of the way.
2578Am I good or not?"
2579 
2580"Depends on your definition of good.
2581The metamorphosis was perfect, no ill side-effects whatsoever.
2582And you do indeed have the anatomy of the average human.
2583But calling you human would be like considering a spec of dirt a mountain.
2584On the surface you have organs like a human and you have them at the correct places BUT, and this is a big but, it looks like every tissue and organ inside of you has been completely remodeled and therefore the capabilities of your body have increased immeasurably.
2585It's still not optimized perfectly but most flaws that are present in living organisms seem to have been corrected."
2586--------------------------
2587You look at your own hands and give them a few squeezes.
2588Yata meanwhile simply looks at you.
2589 
2590"So, how does it feel to be a superior life form?"
2591 
2592You clench your fist and look back up.
2593"It feels weird.
2594I've gotten so used to my old body that having this new one is disorienting."
2595 
2596"I can imagine worse things happening to you."
2597 
2598"Yeah, I bet you could.
2599So, was that all or did you make some other discoveries?"
2600 
2601He puts his fingers together and gives you a quite menacing grin.
2602"Indeed I have.
2603You see, while I was operating..."
2604 
2605"You mean dissecting..."
2606 
2607"Keep complaining and the next time I won't use anesthesia.
2608Now, where was I?
2609Oh yes, the operation.
2610I said it took me five hours didn't I?
2611Well, I was done with your examination in about an hour due to my familiarity with human anatomy.
2612So I decided to do something fun while you were still knocked out."
2613 
2614"For some reason I don't like where this is going..."
2615 
2616"Don't worry, I did nothing to you.
2617I merely decided to observe your bodily functions for a while.
2618And guess what!
2619I managed to figure out the rate of your regeneration!"
2620 
2621You blink a few times and then cock your head a bit.
2622"I'm sorry what?
2623I thought we agreed that my healing rate can vary depending on the situation..."
2624 
2625"No, not that!
2626I mean that I was observing your nano-hollows.
2627It was no surprise that they help out with your bodies basic functions, such as transporting oxygen to your muscles or delivering nutrients.
2628But what I realized was quite stunning.
2629Turns out, those little bastards inside of you are constantly dismantling individual cells within your body and then reconstruct them according to the various information that they gather, making certain cells stronger if they are frequently damaged etc.
2630And they do this sequentially, reconfiguring each cell one by one including important organs as well."
2631--------------------------
2632Naturally it takes different amounts of time for different types of cells but the cumulative amount of time it takes for them to COMPLETELY re-forge your body is approximately 4 days.
2633Meaning that every four days you get a new, better body.
2634The change might be insignificant at first but over time this adds up to a ridiculous increase in your power.
2635Considering that your body takes in the reishi particles around you, it's no wonder you managed to get so powerful in such a small amount of time."
2636 
2637You look back at your still clenched fist and think about all the things that these little guys did for you.
2638They are the foundation upon which everything around here was built and no one even knows, except You and Yata of course.
2639"Wow..."
2640 
2641"Wow, indeed.
2642So, what are you going to do now?"
2643 
2644You shove your fist into your palm as you stand up.
2645"I'm going to go for a test-drive."
2646 
2647Yata smiles and then sends you off, you've contaminated his lab for long enough.
2648As you take a few steps outside the enclosed lab area you can see basically the entire population gathered up and waiting for your arrival.
2649Everybody is admiring your new form and you can hear the occasional whistle in the agitated crowd.
2650At the forefront are your arrancar friends: Pesci, Alex, Neliel, Pesche, Dondochakka, Alistair, Dordoni, Gantenbainne and Cirucci all eager to finally talk with you.
2651 
2652Dordoni is the one who steps forth to greet you with open arms.
2653"Amigo, you actually did it!
2654You are looking fine too!
2655Truth be told, we were all a bit scared first and didn't pay much attention to your appearance but this look really suits you!"
2656 
2657As he says that you look over your new form once more, the pristine white segments of your armor, your white skin peeking out where it's not covered, the black cloth and underneath it your tail.
2658It still feels odd but somewhere deep down you enjoy this.
2659--------------------------
2660"Unfortunately I don't think we have much time for a pleasant chat amigo.
2661Look at this crowd!
2662They are all here because they are excited about your achievement!
2663They want to see a performance and I think you should give them just that.
2664What do you say about a little brawl?
2665It should be good for showcasing your skills..."
2666 
2667It's true, the crowd will get out of control if they don't see a fight soon.
2668There will be plenty of time for pleasantries later and Dordoni probably wants to report your new power to Aizen as soon as possible.
2669But who would be a good fighting partner?
2670 
2671As you are thinking about just that Dordoni pokes your shoulder.
2672"Amigo if you don't mind, I might have just the thing for you..."
2673 
2674"Really?
2675What is it?"
2676 
2677"It's a secret..."
2678 
2679Who do you want to fight with?
2680>A group of adjuchas, no need for fancy stuff
2681>One arrancar (Who?)
2682>Two arrancars (Which two?)
2683>Dordonis mystery fighter
2684>Other? (write-in)
2685--------------------------
2686-omitted one small post.
2687"Okay Dordoni, let's see what you got."
2688You give in to the temptation that this mystery entails.
2689
2690"Bueno!"
2691He says with a sly grin.
2692"I was hoping you'd say that, especially after your performance against Gantenbainne.
2693At the very least I feel relieved I don't have to face you, amigo."
2694He then looks at his comrades.
2695
2696Gantenbainne is trying to avert his eyes from you and strokes his chin, probably due to his phantom pain returning to him.
2697Cirucci on the other hand seems to be more annoyed than anything from your sudden transformation.
2698But neither of them seem to be willing to fight you, indeed you'd be a challenging opponent.
2699
2700"Just don't think you are better than us or anything Slimeball!"
2701She gives voice to her anger.
2702
2703"Calm down chica!
2704It's not wise to insult him, especially since he'll probably become Segunda Espada in the near future!"
2705
2706"Yeah, girl.
2707You remember that he managed to brute force his way through my Hierro, right?"
2708
2709"Tch..."
2710You can practically see her veins popping up from under her forehead.
2711
2712You were expecting them to bicker for a while but to your surprise they managed to calm Cirucci down and then the four of you proceeded to the fighting pit.
2713When you look around at your spectators you start to realize just how many of the denizens of Vanaheim showed up for this.
2714The seats are packed with spectators and that's only a fraction of the crowd, the rest of them are flying up above to observe the performance.
2715You can see your friends in the first row, all cheering you on.
2716Even Neliel seems to be in her "carefree" state and keeps shouting to get you fired up.
2717
2718"Do your best Kaizar!"
2719
2720You just wave to them, not wanting to take up unnecessary time.
2721
2722When you finally avert your eyes from the crowd you can see the three Espada lined up in front of you.
2723
2724"Is this a joke?"
2725You ask.
2726
2727Dordoni just waves his fingers.
2728"Tsk, tsk, tsk.
2729Do you really underestimate us this much amigo?
2730Of course this is not a joke.
2731Ready fellas?"
2732--------------------------
2733https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FS1lKA2GNF0
2734
2735The other two Espada simply nod as they grab their upper arms.
2736Dordoni follows suit and then shouts.
2737
2738"NOW!"
2739
2740Your eyes widen and you let out and audible gasp at what they do afterwards.
2741The three arrancars dig deep into their own flesh with their bare hands and begin tearing their own limbs off!
2742They look like they are in an excruciating amount of pain right now.
2743Blood and bits of flesh fall on the ground under them.
2744When they are done they throw their limbs forward, each touching the others.
2745After this a torrential amount of reiatsu begins to build up as the pile of flesh melds together and begins to expand rapidly.
2746
2747"Quimera Parca!"
2748They all shout at the same time.
2749
2750Small reishi barriers form around their arms which then staunch the flow of blood.
2751The stadium is dead quiet with the sound of expanding and growing flesh being the only sound that you can hear.
2752In a few moment a gargantuan monster towers before you, it's spiritual pressure even manages to shake you a bit.
2753As you keep staring at the beast you can feel yourself falling into a bottomless abyss.
2754
2755Nobody is making a sound now and the only thing you can hear is the heavy breathing of the creature.
2756Finally Dordoni speaks up.
2757
2758"Quetzalcoatl.
2759That's its name.
2760Don't let your guard down amigo, for this will be a proper test of your capabilities.
2761Also, I recommend you start attacking it soon.
2762Not even we can properly control it."
2763
2764"Shit..."
2765Is the only word that can leave your mouth.
2766You can't help but swallow as you look at this monstrosity.
2767
2768How will you fight?
2769>Wait for it to make a move and counter.
2770>Hit it fast and hard!
2771>Keep your distance and start shooting it.
2772>Other? (write-in)
2773--------------------------
2774-omitted one small post.
2775There is no other way around it!
2776You have to take this thing down before it has a chance to do the same to you.
2777As your muscles begin to contract you can practically hear your muscles tensing up.
2778
2779You dash towards the creature and you create a huge gust of wind which almost blew away some of the smaller spectators.
2780In the blink of an eye you managed to close the gap between you and your opponent and with all the strength you could muster you deliver a straight punch into the chimeras mid section the sound of the impact rivals that of a small cannon.
2781
2782The blow was strong enough to send the monster reeling back, its spine bends backwards as if you simply broke it in half.
2783To your surprise it recovers as its back straightens, it seems it's not only tough but also quite flexible.
2784But that doesn't mean the attack did nothing, in fact you can see a few drops of blood dripping from its mouth, whether it simply bit its own tongue or he coughed it up is hard to tell.
2785Too bad that it apparently didn't even register that it got damaged.
2786
2787As you are trying to figure out just how much your attack actually did or if this beast actually has any weakpoints the monster begins its own offense.
2788In a burst of speed that you seriously didn't see coming the creature uses sonido to get close to you.
2789Though large this freak is incredibly fast, so much so that you couldn't even block the attack.
2790
2791The Quimera swings its hand and hits you right on the head, like a hammer striking a nail.
2792When you land you create a small crater as the dust particles fly around you.
2793Luckily you managed to decrease your momentum before hitting the ground so the explosion wasn't as bad as it could have been.
2794You straighten your back and look up at the towering monster.
2795
2796But as you are about to move again you can feel something trickling down from the edge of your mouth.
2797You smear it and see that it's blood.
2798You smile.
2799--------------------------
2800You look right at the beast and then without a moments notice you jump up with your fist raised in the air.
2801The decision has been made, no holding back this time!
2802With all the force that you could muster you practically impale the creature as you hit it straight in the chest and begin to push your way forward.
2803To the observers of the fight this is quite an unusual spectacle as they can see your fist protruding from the Quimeras back as you keep pushing forward.
2804
2805What started out as a simple punch ended up as you forcing your way ever forward while the beast tries its hardest to resist you.
2806It's almost like this being has no organs of any kind and the elasticity of its skin is insane.
2807You keep pushing even now as his stomach becomes more and more concave.
2808But eventually the body gives in and starts to follow the chest of the creature which was coming out of its back mere moments ago.
2809
2810The result of all your exertion is that the beast is now sent flying straight up and now you are trying to catch your breath from trying to propel yourself into the monsters chest.
2811As the humongous freak finally falls it creates an explosion of dust much larger than yours.
2812Its body contorts in all sorts of impossible directions as it stands up.
2813You can still see the image of your fist etched into its hide and blood dripping from its mouth, this time you are sure that he threw up blood.
2814
2815It begins to howl in an ungodly manner and you can feel chills running down your spine, you managed to piss it off.
2816Meanwhile Dordoni is stroking his chin with his only remaining arm, clearly amused.
2817
2818How do you follow up?
2819>Keep punching!
2820>Switch things up, kill it with bug-bites
2821>Finish it off with something big.
2822>Throw in the towel, you don't want to risk people getting hurt.
2823>Other? (write-in)
2824--------------------------
2825-omitted one small post.
2826"Time to die ugly!"
2827
2828As the beast keeps roaring and it unhinges its jaw you jump up high to avoid collateral damage.
2829It doesn't waste much time and jumps at you with savage rage.
2830You begin charging your Cero while it's still far away from you and it begins to do the same.
2831
2832Red energy begins to gather at the mouth of the beast as it prepares to retaliate with the same attack that you were about to unleash.
2833Too bad yours is sure to win.
2834You begin to gather up your slime and mix it into the concentrated reiatsu and watch as it turns from crimson red to turquoise in a matter of moments.
2835It takes a lot of concentration to hold the energy together with two hands but it goes off without a hitch and the attack is now ready.
2836
2837"Cero Absoluto"
2838
2839The creature then unleashes the massive Cero it created at his unhinged jaw.
2840The two blasts collide and bits of red and blue energy begin to scatter in the wind.
2841Cero Absoluto however begins to do what it's meant to do, consuming an opponents Cero and using it to further empower your already impressive attack.
2842As your condensed reiatsu begins to tear into the enemies the slime core of the blast collects the residual energy and infuses it into your blast.
2843Soon your Cero literally consumes the opponents and comes out twice as large as it was before.
2844
2845However even though it's a clean hit the creature doesn't stop in its progress and simply presses onward through the wave of energy and straight to you.
2846It manages to deliver a hit straight to your face in a downward motion.
2847
2848This time you didn't manage to cushion the fall and took some serious damage upon landing.
2849You pant heavily as you look up at your assailant and your eyes open wide.
2850That freak of nature is now missing roughly half of its torso but it still kept going on despite the serious injury.
2851
2852It touches the wounded area then looks at its own bloody hands.
2853The monster then howls once more, this time with even more rage.
2854--------------------------
2855You honestly didn't think that this thing could get any angrier but clearly you were mistaken.
2856And this time it seems to swell up as it starts to build an ungodly amount of reiatsu.
2857After witnessing such a thing you actually start to worry a little but you calm down when a hand touches your shoulder.
2858
2859Dordoni is standing right behind you with his only remaining arm patting you.
2860"That's the stuff amigo!"
2861
2862He then lets go of you and they all extend their arm towards the chimera.
2863The beast then slowly starts to disperse and the limbs return to their original owners.
2864The process of flesh refusing to the body seems to be painful and they all hiss as their wounds mend.
2865
2866When the process is done he laughs heartily.
2867"Didn't I tell you guys that it's fine?
2868Look at this, he managed to hold his own against Quetzalcoatl!"
2869
2870Gantenbainne looks at you, clearly impressed.
2871"Damn...
2872So this is the power of the Vasto Lorde..."
2873
2874Cirucci on the other hand still seems annoyed.
2875"Both of you are getting carried away.
2876The real fight was only about to begin!
2877But I have to give credit where it's due, I never would have imagined a regular hollow holding their own against our Quimera."
2878
2879When you look away from them you can see the crowd in ecstasy, though the fight was short the magnitude of it still managed to impress them.
2880Your friends can be seen jumping over the fence and coming over to you.
2881
2882"That was amazing Boss!"
2883
2884"Yeah, you rock Kaizar!"
2885Pesci and Alex are the first to congratulate you.
2886
2887"You're aware that I didn't actually win, right?"
2888You dismiss their enthusiasm.
2889
2890"Don't be too hard on yourself, fighting that thing was like taking on all three of them at once.
2891Doing this much was more than impressive."
2892Neliel tries to reassure you.
2893
2894"Don'tcha know?"
2895And then there's this guy.
2896
2897But now that the fighting is over your legs finally give up from shaking so much.
2898They all get worried there for a moment but you stand back up on your own.
2899"So this calls for a celebration, right?"
2900--------------------------
2901-omitted one small post.
2902-omitted one small post.
2903This is the apex of tedium.
2904Hollow after hollow, each of them introducing themselves and wishing you good fortune and all that jazz.
2905Like you are going to remember any of them.
2906And those eyes, you could swear some of them actually salivated when they looked at you whether out of envy, lust or adoration.
2907
2908*I have to find a way to ditch these idiots.*
2909
2910As you are thinking about possible escape routes you remember that it's been a while since you actually talked with Neliel.
2911Most of your interactions were the typical small talk (which is basically two hollows agreeing that the desert sucks). 
2912So you excuse every other hollows and simply walk away to have a friendly chat with your friend.
2913
2914When you see Nel she is sitting near the edge of a small gathering that formed around Pesche and Dondochakka, as usual.
2915She doesn't seem to be doing much but she is enjoying herself none the less.
2916
2917Her eyes light up a little when she sees you approach.
2918"Oh, hi!"
2919
2920"What's up Neliel?
2921Enjoying the party?"
2922
2923She nods.
2924"Yes, watching those two goof off always cheers me up."
2925
2926"I bet.
2927Do you mind if I take a seat?"
2928
2929"No, go ahead."
2930
2931When you sit down you raise your tankard to have a toast with her.
2932She obliges and after the cups clang together both of you down the entire thing.
2933After that both of you put your empty mugs down.
2934Her eyes wander up and down on your body.
2935
2936"It's amazing that you actually did it..."
2937She says.
2938
2939You look over your body again, still unaccustomed to it.
2940"I can hardly believe it myself."
2941You then shift your eyes to her and give her a serious look.
2942"You know, I was certain it'd be you who achieves this first."
2943
2944She sighs and her eyes reflect something.
2945Sadness? Regret? It's hard to tell.
2946"I already gave up on that long ago.
2947I still remember the time when I was still hoping I'd get there.
2948That was before I met Pesche and Dondochakka.
2949Meeting you reignited that hope but it quickly faded away.
2950I didn't feel like I was getting any closer..."
2951--------------------------
2952She looks down on the ground and her fists clench up on her lap.
2953"I just didn't want to be a monster anymore."
2954
2955You feel your hole hurt just a little bit as she was saying that, you could feel her pain for a brief moment.
2956
2957"But...
2958Was being a monster really that bad?"
2959
2960She looks up at you with a worried look.
2961For the first time in ten years there is mutual understanding between the two of you again.
2962
2963"I... I didn't mean..."
2964
2965But you don't let her finish.
2966"I meant what I said.
2967I was expecting you to become Vasto Lorde first because you were the better of the two of us.
2968I always looked at you with admiration for being what I wasn't, kind, compassionate, a strong leader and a good friend.
2969I couldn't believe you just giving in like that.
2970But now I just feel stupid.
2971So, this might sound dumb but after all of that I'm sorry.
2972Funny isn't it? Up until now I didn't have the balls to properly apologize for my outburst from back then.
2973So for what it's worth, I'm sorry for judging you."
2974
2975Her eyes seem to be tearing up a bit.
2976"I'm sorry as well."
2977
2978"Hey, don't start crying now or I'll feel even more like an asshole..."
2979And with that you wipe away her single tear.
2980
2981How do you follow up?
2982>Hold her hand 
2983>Apologize once more and leave.
2984>Other? (write-in)
2985--------------------------
2986-omitted one small post.
2987-omitted one small post.
2988You stand up from your seat then sit down next to her.
2989
2990"Let's just stay here for a while, it's nice."
2991
2992She smiles and then nods after smothering another tear.
2993When she puts down her arm to support herself your hands touch on the bench.
2994You look deep into her eye and in return she looks into yours.
2995
2996You're not accustomed to this and therefore feel a bit awkward.
2997There's only one thing that you manage to say.
2998
2999"You were never a monster to me."
3000
3001And while up until now she managed to hold her tears back somewhat she completely lost her composure now.
3002She gives you one of her traditionally strong hugs but this time it feels nicer, more gentle.
3003You return her hug as she keeps sobbing over your shoulder.
3004
3005Neliel kept this up for a good while, for a couple minutes in fact.
3006Though it was barely noticeable at first, someone eventually noticed her from the large group that gathered around Pesche and Dondochakka.
3007Following that people slowly got quiet around you, to the point where Pesche actually got a bit upset that people weren't paying attention to him.
3008When he saw what was the big deal he froze mid sentence and the one who had to get the crowd to move was actually Dondochakka.
3009He even picked up Pesche who apparently suffered a minor version of Rigor Mortis after witnessing you embracing Neliel.
3010Dondochakka simply gave you a thumbs up as he lead the crowd far away from you.
3011
3012Neliel actually noticed this and now her face is red from the crying and the minor embarrassment.
3013As she let go of you, you start stroking the back of your head.
3014"D-do you want to act like this didn't happen?"
3015You ask nervously.
3016
3017She brushes a stray strand of her hair out of her eye and replies.
3018"No."
3019She then hugs you once more, this time it's not at all forceful.
3020
3021You spent the rest of the night in the mutual embrace of Neliel, stroking her hair as the two of you looked at the dim lights coming from above.
3022For some reason they were never this pretty before.
3023--------------------------
3024-omitted one small post.
3025When you wake up tomorrow morning you find Neliel still resting her head on your arm, her scent fills the air around you.
3026It takes her a while to wake up but when she does her hazel eyes simply captivate you.
3027
3028"Good morning."
3029She says.
3030
3031"Did you sleep well?"
3032
3033She gently smiles then nods.
3034
3035You enjoy this serene moment for a few more minutes but then you get up and dust yourselves off, the sand was coarse, rough and irritating.
3036And it got everywhere.
3037
3038"*Sigh*
3039I'm going to need a shower after this."
3040She says.
3041
3042"Yeah, and all we did was lay there the entire time.
3043Imagine if we did anything else."
3044
3045"Shut up."
3046She giggles a little as she said that.
3047
3048"In any case, I have to check on my guys.
3049See if they are dead from hangover or not.
3050Catch you later."
3051
3052And with that you walk off to where Pesci, Alex and Yata fell asleep after yesterday debauchery.
3053They are all awake and are grasping their heads.
3054
3055You cross your arms and give Alex a scolding look.
3056"I let you drink this one time and you got this wasted?
3057I can't believe my daughter is such a lightweight."
3058
3059She groans a lot before even attempting to answer.
3060"Ugh, just... just shut up, okay?"
3061
3062"And you Pesci, I'm very disappointed in you.
3063I thought you were going to watch her."
3064
3065"Ugh, I was.
3066But then there were 2 of them, then 4 and then they just kept multiplying until I couldn't see anymore.
3067And what's up with you? You're awfully chatty today."
3068
3069Yata bangs his head into the table as he tries to get up.
3070"That's 'cause he banged Neliel you fool.
3071That's why he is acting so high and mighty."
3072
3073"Oh my, if it isn't Mr Ethanol-is-poison-and-only-imbeciles-live-with-it.
3074And by the way, I did no such thing."
3075
3076"Oh yeah, I forgot that I checked your reproductive organs too.
3077Guess you'd have to rip off your mask for that.
3078Now either get me some painkillers or fuck off, I don't feel like talking now."
3079--------------------------
3080"Fine, suit yourselves."
3081
3082With that you leave them to agonize in silence for the rest of the day.
3083As you are about to leave you actually see Dordoni sitting at one of the tables quietly sipping some warm drink, did he find a way to make some new type of refreshment out of the Idun fruit?
3084
3085"Buenos días!
3086How are you feelin'?"
3087
3088You crack your neck a little to get rid of a cramp and then answer him.
3089"Fine, I ended up not getting totally hammered last night."
3090
3091"That's good."
3092
3093"Where are your friends?"
3094
3095"Hmm?
3096Cirucci is away with Alistair doing their usual stuff.
3097Gantenbainne got so drunk he went streaking, then he hit his head and passed out, no idea where he is now."
3098
3099"That's fun, I guess."
3100
3101"And you? Getting all cozy with the señora like that.
3102You lucky bastard."
3103
3104"It's not what you think."
3105
3106"I'm not thinking anything amigo.
3107It's your business after all.
3108Now come and sit down, we have to talk."
3109You sit down on the opposite side of the table.
3110
3111"Good, now let's get down to business.
3112I notified Lord Aizen about you, he said someone will come over to check on you.
3113I'm guessin' they are curious about you.
3114You might even have to rip your mask off, so I guess it's time to enlighten you about how things are run at the top.
3115Is there anything you'd like to know?"
3116
3117You ponder for a while.
3118>Tell me about Aizen, his personality, his power etc.
3119>I'm curious about my future colleagues the Espada.
3120>What'll I have to do?
3121>Other? (write-in)
3122--------------------------
3123-omitted one small post.
3124"*Sigh*
3125It's not like I have anywhere to go, so just lay it on me.
3126Don't leave out anything."
3127
3128He looks a bit surprised.
3129"O-okay then...
3130Now, where should I begin?"
3131He ponders for a few moments while taking a few sips of his drink.
3132"Let's just start with Lord Aizen, I guess.
3133He is the unquestionable leader of our army.
3134He is equal parts strong, fast, perceptive and intelligent, I honestly don't think there's a single individual who could best him in combat.
3135Well, maybe the Primera Espada but that guy is a whole other kind of mess on his own."
3136
3137That got your attention.
3138"Wait, you mentioned him before.
3139Is he really that monstrous?"
3140
3141"Sí.
3142I don't use the word monster lightly but he definitely fits the bill.
3143Luckily Lord Aizens sword is more than sufficient to suppress him should he get out of control but he never really fights seriously nor does he have any intentions to defy Aizens orders, he is the only member of the Espada who sought out Lord Aizen, not for power but to simply join.
3144Also, on the topic of Lord Aizens sword: Don't look at it.
3145I'm only telling you this because you are my friend, but if you know what's good for you, you avert your eyes whenever he draws it."
3146
3147He looks seriously at you, his eyes betray just how terrified he is of that weapon.
3148You nod in acknowledgement.
3149"Noted."
3150
3151"Good.
3152Oh, one more thing: Lord Aizen has two other captain level shinigami at his side.
3153They also have full authority over us AND they are also remarkably strong."
3154
3155"So, is it Aizen who comes here today or one of his lackeys?"
3156
3157"I don't know.
3158They said whoever is available will come here."
3159
3160"Right."
3161
3162"Now, onto the actual army, us.
3163We will be the Espada once you join, we currently have 9 members and have a position reserved just for you.
3164Any arrancar weaker than us will be a Números and we will be the ones leading them.
3165We can also keep personal underlings or "Fracción" who will rank higher than the Números.
3166--------------------------
3167"And the actual Espada?
3168Who are they?
3169I think I have the right to know since I'll be working with them."
3170
3171He looks nervous a little.
3172"Of course, it's just that I can't tell you much.
3173We are comrades but we usually keep to ourselves, we are by no means friends and as such we don't share much information about our powers.
3174But I'll try to give you the best roundup I can manage.
3175Noveno Espada: Aimee Morris, a brute of a woman. No elegance, no subtlety. She is a barbarian with very "primal" powers.
3176Octava Espada is Gantenbainne, no need for introductions there.
3177Séptima Espada: Cirucci Sanderwicci, again no comment
3178Sexta Espada: Esca and Amas, they share the title of the sixth Espada and they are weird. They just don't get the concept of personal space...
3179Quinto Espada is Yours truly
3180Cuatro Espada: Wang Lan, she is a bit shy but otherwise a very pleasant person, if I'm not mistaken she has something to do with bones.
3181Tres Espada is Neliel currently.
3182Segunda Espada: Aaroniero Arruruerie and he is a strange one, the others often mock him for his appearance so he often hides his face.
3183But make no mistake, his powers are truly terrifying, rumor has it that he can absorb the power of whoever he kills and as such grows stronger every day.
3184And finally the Primera Espada: Marr. Just Marr.
3185
3186And let me tell you, he is dangerous. This is not just a cautionary tale. That freak-show is nothing short of a monster.
3187The only one who can even hope to control him is Lord Aizen and ONLY because of Kyōka Suigetsu, his sword.
3188But then again, he came to us willingly so he won't betray us.
3189Let's just say that you DON'T want to make him your enemy or have him near you as people in his vicinity tend to die a lot.
3190As a testimony to his power it's said that he was the one man not even the supposed King of Heco Mundo, Baraggan dared to mess with."
3191--------------------------
3192-omitted one small post.
3193"That's all I can tell you about them, I only keep in touch with Cirucci and Gantenbainne because they are at least somewhat normal.
3194The others? Let's just say that I'm often terrified in their presence."
3195
3196You nod.
3197"I understand.
3198And lastly, what'll be my job when I join?"
3199
3200"That's the easy part, search for suitable soldiers for our army, most notably other Vasto Lorde.
3201Then, when the time comes we go to war.
3202That's it. Other than that you can do whatever you want.
3203I mean look at us, for the past ten years we've been hanging around here."
3204He says as he finishes his drink.
3205
3206You ask him one last question.
3207"And what'll be of my people?"
3208
3209"You made an agreement with Lord Aizen didn't you?
3210But I guess many of them will end up joining on their own."
3211
3212"Do you think I could convince Aizen to let hollows gather strength in Vanaheim before turning them into arrancars?"
3213
3214"I don't thin he'd oppose the idea, but you'd have to tell that to him to be certain."
3215
3216You look down at the table, trying to take all of that in.
3217But as he sees you worrying Dordoni reassures you.
3218
3219"Relax amigo, it'll be fine!
3220It's not that bad being an Espada."
3221
3222"Yeah, it's just..."
3223
3224But you are interrupted by one of the scouts rushing to you.
3225"Master Kaizar, sir!
3226We have a shinigami incoming!"
3227
3228Dordoni looks up.
3229"That's our queue then."
3230
3231Will you take anyone with you to meet this mysterious guest?
3232>Yes (Who?)
3233>No
3234>Other? (write-in)
3235
3236Also, roll 1d3
3237Only the 4th roll counts.
3238--------------------------
3239-omitted one small post.
3240-omitted one small post.
3241-omitted one small post.
3242You sigh heavily and pat the scout on the shoulder.
3243"Thanks for notifying me, I'll handle it from here."
3244
3245"T-thank you, sir!"
3246He salutes you as he says that.
3247
3248Dordoni however stands up.
3249"Oy amigo, I think I should come along with you."
3250
3251"Nah, they came for me.
3252You don't have to bother yourself with such things."
3253You dismiss him.
3254
3255"O-okay then."
3256
3257You then take off towards the location of your "guest".
3258The black cloak is a dead giveaway even in the white desert but it's even more obvious in contrast to the blue color of Vanaheim.
3259From his figure you guess it's a man underneath the reiatsu suppressing cloak.
3260When you land in front of him you get a closer look at his face.
3261
3262It's a man with dark skin and dark brown braids.
3263He also seems to wear an orange scarf and white goggles.
3264
3265You don't feel like dealing with his bullshit and instead cut straight to the point.
3266"It's only you?
3267Why? Is he too important to come here himself?"
3268
3269"Such arrogance, do you truly think that a mere hollow such as yourself is worthy of Captain Aizens time?
3270How foolish."
3271
3272You can't help but smirk at this comment.
3273"Apparently I was worth ten years of his time so I suggest you choose your words carefully when handling such a long term investment."
3274
3275"Hmph.
3276In any case, I've received the report that you've attained the final stage of hollow evolution.
3277I need to confirm that and in order to do that you'll need to release your full power."
3278
3279"Why?
3280Can't you tell by simply looking at me?"
3281
3282"I'm blind you ignorant fool.
3283I command you to release all your power this instance."
3284
3285The nerve of this guy.
3286
3287>Do as he says
3288>Give him a little extra.
3289>"I don't obey lapdogs!"
3290>"You want to see my power? Fine!" (attack him)
3291>Other? (write-in)
3292--------------------------
3293=========== END THREAD ===========
3294German Hollow Quest 20
3295written by Spookyng
3296--------------------qst2txt--------------------
3297
3298https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cj4wBGXgWXQ
3299 
3300"There, this is my maximum power."
3301 
3302"Very good.
3303At this level you would prove a challenge to an ordinary captain.
3304Now all we need to do is remove your mask to push you even further."
3305 
3306"Did I say that I was finished?"
3307 
3308That's what the Vasto Lorde just said and as such Kaname was confused about the situation.
3309The hollow clearly said two things that contradict each other.
3310Either it lied about releasing all of its power or it was spouting nonsense.
3311 
3312So Tōsen was clearly confused, he simply blinked a few times before opening his mouth.
3313"That doesn't ma-"
3314 
3315But the Kaizar just cut him off.
3316"This is my maximum power."
3317He then crouched down and began shouting
3318"AND THIS IS ME GOING EVEN FURTHER BEYOND!"
3319 
3320A huge blastwave then gets released from his body, traveling through the air and shaking the trees of Vanaheim.
3321The azure trees sway back and forth from the incredible amount of wind and the sand under his feet began to flow outward.
3322As his power keeps on rising sweat begins to appear on Kanames forehead in response to witnessing such an incredible change in power.
3323But at least now he understands what it meant, a pseudo-transformation that results in a massive increase in power.
3324With the constantly increasing torrent of reiatsu Tōsen is starting to feel overwhelmed, the power of the menos was previously at the point where it could fight against the weaker captains or even some of the unreleased Espada but now with that kind of reiatsu he might even be capable of giving a challenging fight to the currently lowest ranking Espada.
3325 
3326When the power-up procedure ends Kaizar shouts at the top of his lungs.
3327"ASSAULT MODE!"
3328--------------------------
3329With a final wave of reiatsu you finish your power up sequence.
3330It was much harder than ever before, probably due to how unused you are to your new body.
3331But what matters is the end result and it was very much worth it.
3332It might have taken a lot more energy than before and you also didn't get an equal amount of power in return, in fact the power boost is exactly the same as when you were but a mere Adjuchas, your powered up form is a lot more stable now.
3333Previously it took a great amount of concentration for the built up power to not kill you but now you feel a much firmer grasp on the ability.
3334And while previously you felt the need to constantly move around just so you could divert your attention from the ungodly amounts of pain that you were in, now it's much more manageable. It still hurts like a bitch but it's not as bad as before.
3335 
3336Meanwhile Kaname is clearly worried about your little power boost.
3337"What's this?!"
3338He says, his voice is almost shaking.
3339 
3340You move your arm around to test the waters, each motion feels like it carries incredible power.
3341When you swiftly lower your hand a small gust of wind flies off behind you.
3342This combined with your new appearance gives quite a menacing sight, too bad your audience is blind.
3343 
3344Just as you are about to speak the enclosing pressure of the other arrancars quickly stops you.
3345The crowd consists of the Espada, Neliels group and your friends, each of them have an expression of awe mixed with fear.
3346Pesci is the one who speaks up first.
3347"Well, that explains it.
3348It's just the Boss going overboard."
3349 
3350"Yeah, but look!
3351He looks bizarre."
3352Alex adds to him.
3353 
3354Indeed, your appearance is a bit different from when you were an Adjuchas.
3355Your armor is still crimson red but now you have much less of it and in addition your veins seem to be glowing as well.
3356And add to that the bloodshot eyes and the seam emanating from your body and you get quite an intimidating image.
3357--------------------------
3358You finally shift your gaze to Tōsen.
3359"Assault Mode.
3360This is what I use when I want to make sure someone I dislike dies."
3361 
3362It seems that he is not amused by this, in fact it seems that he managed to regain his composure as well.
3363"Very well.
3364I'll relay to Captain Aizen that you are not as much of a waste as I previously believed.
3365But don't get carried away, you are not as intimidating as you believe yourself to be."
3366He says while adjusting his goggles.
3367"And as long as you are not a member of the Espada you are still disposable.
3368Now, unless you want trouble I recommend you tear that mask of yours away.
3369I'd rather be done with this fast, I detest being surrounded by monsters."
3370 
3371It seems that he still believes he can order you around.
3372 
3373>Comply and tear off your mask, no need for hostility just yet.
3374>"Why? My presentation is only about to begin!" (Showcase your power to Kaname to intimidate him)
3375>Attack him. You won't answer to someones servant. (Might result in the Espada stepping in.)
3376>Other? (write-in)
3377--------------------------
3378-omitted one small post.
3379You sigh heavily and start rubbing the bridge of your nose.
3380You didn't really want to do it now but anything else might be dangerous.
3381After giving it some consideration you speak up.
3382
3383"Very well, I'll do it."
3384
3385Everyone with the exception of Kaname looks at you with a shocked expression.
3386Dordoni actually speaks up from the confused crowd.
3387
3388"A-are you sure amigo?
3389I-I mean not even the good Captain over there meant for you to do it immediately."
3390
3391Tōsen "looks" at him with a calm expression.
3392"Actually, I did.
3393Captain Aizen has waited enough and I believe it's time this little pet project of his shows some results."
3394
3395"Boss..." 
3396"Kaizar..."
3397Pesci and Alex both simply mutter to themselves.
3398The others are quietly looking at you from a distance.
3399
3400Neliel is the one who actually steps forward and looks you straight in the eyes.
3401"If you'd like, I'll help you through the process."
3402
3403You appreciate it but you have to decline her.
3404"No, thank you.
3405I'd like to do it myself."
3406
3407"It'll be risky that way."
3408
3409"I know.
3410But how hard could it really be?"
3411You try to reassure her with a calming look and then step away from her.
3412All eyes are on you, no one even blinks out of excitement.
3413You can feel the tension in the air.
3414After exhaling once you reach for your helmet and then grab the top half of it.
3415
3416You close your eyes and think back on these past ten or so years.
3417The fear and confusion of your first days, the excitement and curiosity when you departed from Berlin, befriending Pesci, meeting your other friends, building a safe haven for the hollows around you and the night spent with Neliel.
3418All wonderful memories and even with all the shit that you had to go through in the end you'd still do it again if it meant meeting your friends.
3419
3420Funny, there were times when you felt nothing other than despair but right now, in the presence of a person trying to subjugate you, all you can think of are your friends.
3421So with a smile on your face you begin to rip your mask apart.
3422--------------------------
3423https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1lsn2tT5yTc
3424
3425You scream as your fingers dig into the porcelaine like structure.
3426With all your might you sweep your fingers downward, laughing like a maniac all the way.
3427
3428Turquoise reiatsu erupts toward the sky the moment you do.
3429This pillar of pure destructive power keeps going up until it reaches the ceiling of the underground cavern system and then piercing it.
3430Your laugh manages to blurr out the sound of the torrential energy surging out of you.
3431
3432When your finish your fingers tore down basically all of your mask and the tiny fragments are floating around you, suspended by your reiatsu.
3433You are not sure why but you feel compelled to reach outward and to open your hand.
3434As you do the flying remnants of your mask rush to your palm and your hollow body slowly begins to crumble apart and all of it begins to condense in a mass of matter at your palm.
3435
3436You grab hold of the blob of hollow stuff as hard as you can and feel it contracting as you do.
3437Suddenly all the energy that you squeezed out begins to turn down from the very heavens and engulfs you.
3438All that power, every fiber of the being you used to be then begins to condense into the substance you are still holding.
3439
3440When the energy dissipates the only glow remaining is coming from your hand, the pile of hollow energy then shifts upward and forms an inverted cross of turquoise energy.
3441After the glow disappears what remains is a long blade, roughly 90 cms and a hilt made of fine wood "sandwiching" the blade.
3442The 30 cm long hilt is held in place by rivets and at the handguard you can see no less than 3 crossguards.
3443
3444You know EXACTLY what this is!
3445The long, curved single edge, the hilt, the crossguard.
3446You laugh histerically.
3447"NOW THIS IS WHAT I'M TALKING ABOUT!
3448THIS! THIS IS A KNIFE!"
3449--------------------------
3450Everyone just looks at you confused but you don't care, you are too busy admiring this magnificent thing.
3451You turn it sideways to inspect it from up close.
3452It appears to be made of a very high quality metal, the blade glistens in the moonlight.
3453
3454The Kriegsmesser or "Warknife".
3455You can't help but smile, while it's not meant as a joke it's still funny.
3456In medieval Germany it was outlawed for the commoners to carry swords, that's where the Messer came in the picture, it's manufactured the same way a knife would be and even the handle with the rivets show that.
3457Technically it was a knife with the length of a sword so it was technically not outlawed and therefore became the most common weapon in medieval Germany.
3458The Kriegsmesser was the larger brother of the regular Messer.
3459And while this is also a knife calling it one would be like calling a cannon a "pistol" just because they are made in almost the same way.
3460
3461You swing the badboy around and feel the weight of the thick blade.
3462"Pesci!"
3463
3464"Y-yes Boss?"
3465
3466"Throw a disc at me!"
3467
3468"R-right..."
3469
3470Pesci charges an attack and throws it in your direction.
3471When it gets close you swing the blade with one hand and obliterate the projectile.
3472The sword sings as it vibrates after the strike, such a beautiful sound.
3473
3474But this confirmed it, this IS a Kriegsmesser and as such this thing was made not to cut but to tear apart anything in its path.
3475Truly a weapon meant for war where the objective is not to duel gracefully but to obliterate anything in your path.
3476
3477You look at it once more and realize just how similar it is to the katana of the Shinigami.
3478Both swords are single edged and curved but the Kriegsmesser is like what would happen if the germans attempted to make a katana.
3479And just like in the case of the Tiger tank, the germans followed their favorite principle with this weapon: "There's no kill quite like overkill!"
3480--------------------------
3481"Erm, Kaizar..."
3482Neliel speaks up, her face is beet red.
3483"I don't mean to disturb you but... you're naked!"
3484She says as she points at you.
3485
3486Technically she is not wrong, you don't have any clothes on you with the exception of the remnants of your black waistcloth.
3487Other than that you are like a newborn now that you take a good look at yourself.
3488Your body is like you remember it being.
3489
3490Lanky, almost sickly white but still well toned.
3491Your height also appears to be the same as when you were a Vasto Lorde.
3492You take an educated guess that your eyes are still blue and your hair is still blonde like a true aryan.
3493Also, after poking around your head you find the remnants of your mask, your gills on both temples of course.
3494
3495But as you are admiring yourself Kaname coughs to get your attention.
3496You turn your to look at him.
3497"What?
3498Don't tell me you are not done yet!"
3499
3500"I am, actually.
3501That was everything I wanted to see, it's a good thing you know to follow orders at least.
3502Now if you'll excuse me, I have to relay the good news to the Captain.
3503Expect his orders soon, Arrancar."
3504
3505"Hold on just a moment!"
3506You shout at him.
3507
3508"What?"
3509He asks.
3510
3511Do you want to stop Tōsen?
3512>Yes (if so, why?) 
3513>No
3514
3515Also, what's your first business as an arrancar?
3516>"First things first, clothes."
3517>"Time for a test drive!"
3518>Talk with someone (who?)
3519>Other? (write-in)
3520--------------------------
3521-omitted one small post.
3522"Nothing Tōsen.
3523Watch out so you don't trip on your way back!"
3524
3525He gives you an annoyed look and then simply goes away via shunpo, his reiatsu soon disappears completely.
3526
3527When he disappears you turn around to face the others.
3528What you see manages to anger you greatly, they are all covering their eyes with the exception of Cirucci who keeps staring at you, you could swear that for a moment there she salivated.
3529
3530Alex actually bursts out while she is still covering her eyes.
3531"GO AND GET DRESSED ALREADY, DAMN IT!"
3532
3533"Fine!"
3534You then take off to find Yata who created the clothes of the other arrancars.
3535
3536Along the way you can see the other denizens of the forest having various reactions at your new body.
3537The males and most females usually avert their eyes while some actually whistle at you.
3538You quickly threaten to serve anyone mocking you as dinner tonight and then they stop, but you know deep down that they are still laughing at you behind your back.
3539It takes a little while for you to reach the Center as you went quite far out of the forest to meet the shinigami.
3540When you get there you see Yata performing his usual science related things.
3541He looks up from his operating table and simply raises an eyebrow at you.
3542
3543"Oh, so that was the fuck-off explosion, whatever..."
3544And he goes back to dissecting one of the little hollow critters that made their home in the forest.
3545
3546"I'd appreciate it if you didn't ignore me and gave me some clothes already!"
3547
3548"Why? What do I get out of it?"
3549
3550"Not having my privates in your face all the time?"
3551
3552"Please! I already opened and gutted you like a fish, I hardly care about something like that now."
3553
3554"Why did you give it to the others then?"
3555
3556"I didn't want to look at them all the time and besides I never operated on them before..."
3557
3558You roll your eyes after figuring out what is it that he really wants from you.
3559"Fine, you can open me up again!"
3560
3561"Splendid!"
3562He then takes out an entire outfit from under the table.
3563
3564"Are you shitting me?"
3565
3566"No."
3567--------------------------
3568"But you only get it after the operation."
3569
3570"Figures."
3571
3572You lay down on his table after he cleaned it up for you.
3573It's unknown exactly how long were you out but you feel a bit less stiff than the other times he opened you.
3574Your head is still heavy from all the anesthetic he gave you, but damn it was a nice trip.
3575
3576When you look down on your chest you see that there are no signs of the operation but it still hurts a little.
3577"I'm guessing my regeneration still works then."
3578You say as you slowly try standing up.
3579
3580"Well, not exactly.
3581Your high speed regeneration is gone and so is most of your goo.
3582But you still have some circulating in your system helping the performance of your organs and regenerating any damage albeit at a slower pace than before.
3583And the fact that you have skin that is tough as iron still makes you a bitch to operate on."
3584
3585"Well, shit.
3586How much did I change exactly?"
3587
3588"Not much to be honest.
3589Your internal structure is the same as from when you were a Vasto Lorde with the exception of a few glands in your body which secrete the goo and while you still can produce it for combat use it's not nearly as much as before."
3590He says as he slides closer to you on his rolling chair.
3591"Truth be told, Neliel let me take a look at her..."
3592
3593"She did?
3594When?"
3595
3596"This morning, after her shower.
3597And comparing you to her gave me a bit of insight into the whole arrancar transformation.
3598There is a large difference between your and her transformation.
3599A great amount of power was used up to give her a more human looking form but in your case all the power was converted into actual energy since your internal structure was already like a humans."
3600
3601You have to ponder on this for a moment.
3602"So becoming Vasto Lorde first is the optimal way of doing this?"
3603
3604"I'd say so."
3605
3606"And what about my goo?
3607Will Vanaheim be okay?
3608Can I still heal people?"
3609
3610"Vanaheim has been self sustaining for a while now.
3611And you can still mend wounds and use minor abilities relating to your mucus."
3612
3613"Good."
3614--------------------------
3615"But as for how tough you are...
3616Without High-Speed Regeneration wounds on the surface of your skill will only close slowly but you can probably sustain critical damage to your organs since the concentration of your remaining nano-hollows is the highest in there so they'll at least stabilize you should you get hurt."
3617
3618"And what about this Hierro?
3619How tough is it?"
3620
3621"Very.
3622I couldn't cut it with any of my tools."
3623
3624"Then how did you-"
3625
3626"Flesh devouring virus.
3627Potent, but quickly expires."
3628
3629"I regret asking."
3630
3631"Yeah, you do."
3632He reaches under his table once more to grab a set of clothes.
3633"Here's what we agreed on, I tailored it to better suit your preferences."
3634
3635You grab it and start putting them on.
3636"Thanks."
3637
3638He wasn't lying.
3639When you looked at the clothes of Dordoni, Gantenbainne or even Neliel you could never imagine yourself in one of those.
3640What you got was a regular, white, long sleeved shirt with a long white trench coat with black outlines.
3641In addition you also received a white, wool trouser and white boots, both following the style of the trench coat.
3642To top it all off you even got a scarf, a pair of gloves and a hat which is VERY reminiscent of the ones used by the Schutzstaffel, minus the insignia.
3643
3644After you put it on you find that it fits you like a glove but you turn around to look at Yata.
3645"Are you making fun of me?"
3646
3647"No.
3648I just made what you would have liked."
3649
3650"Thanks."
3651
3652Now, properly outfitted you march out.
3653On your way however a hollow comes to you, saying that Dordoni would like to speak with you.
3654
3655What do you do now?
3656>Find Alex and Pesci.
3657>Go to Neliel.
3658>See what Dordoni wants.
3659>Other? (write-in)
3660--------------------------
3661-omitted one small post.
3662"Thank you, I'll go see him right away."
3663
3664With that you were on your way to find out exactly what does that spaniard want this time.
3665When you meet him he asks you to go away from prying eyes with him and you comply.
3666
3667"Nice outfit.
3668You know I'm amazed that there is such a talented tailor amongst your people."
3669
3670You couldn't help but smirk at that.
3671Dordoni gives you a puzzled look and asks.
3672"What's so funny?"
3673
3674"N-nothing..."
3675You say after you collect yourself.
3676"So, what did you want to talk about?"
3677
3678"Lord Aizen contacted me just now."
3679
3680"Wait what?
3681Since when can he do that?"
3682
3683"He could always do that, here."
3684With that he shows you a device small enough to fit in his hand.
3685It lights up like the screen of a television.
3686"We were given these communicators, called a Denreishinki, a while ago.
3687He sometimes relays orders to us that way."
3688
3689"So what does he want?"
3690
3691"He said we should be expecting company soon.
3692The other Espada are on their way here.
3693He said that since we are complete now we should have our own base of operations."
3694
3695That got your attention.
3696"How long was I out exactly?"
3697
3698"Three hours..."
3699
3700That explains it, Kaname probably arrived back since and notified Aizen of your status.
3701
3702"So we have, what, six Arrancars on their way here?"
3703
3704He nods.
3705"But that six will probably turn out to be only five.
3706The Primera rarely obeys any orders.
3707But on a happier note you and the señora received your official ranks.
3708He relayed it to the other Espada so don't worry about them not recognizing you."
3709
3710"And how exactly does that work?
3711Last I checked not even that blind guy saw Neliel at full power, how did they gauge us?"
3712
3713"Don't underestimate him amigo.
3714He might be blind but that makes his reikaku that much stronger, he probably knew Neliels strength long before he saw her in person.
3715As for yours, well, he got a pretty good demonstration."
3716
3717"So what's the verdict?"
3718You ask him.
3719
3720"Kaizar Soize from this moment onward, you are the Segunda Espada.
3721Neliel is Tres."
3722--------------------------
3723"In fact, she is getting inked as we speak."
3724
3725"Really?
3726I mean, despite knowing your ranks I never saw your numbers before.
3727Is that really necessary?"
3728
3729"It's more of a formality than anything.
3730We wear our number because we have pride in them, even if they are low."
3731
3732"Wait, doesn't that mean that all of you will be demoted?
3733How does that work if you have it tattooed on you?"
3734
3735"It's spirit ink, you can shape it even after it's implanted under your skin."
3736
3737"Well that's dumb."
3738
3739"Don't hate me, hate who invented it."
3740
3741"Fair point.
3742So, can I choose where exactly I receive this mark of mine?"
3743
3744"Of course.
3745Do you want to do it now or would you have it later?
3746I imagine you have a lot on your hand with the coming Espada so I won't rush you."
3747
3748"Who's doing this exactly?"
3749
3750He laughs loudly after the question.
3751"Gantenbainne of course!
3752I mean, could you imagine Cirucci doing it?
3753Hell, WOULD you want her to do it?"
3754
3755"Fair point."
3756
3757Do you want to get your number now or do something else?
3758>Get marked (Where?)
3759>Go and talk with the crew finally
3760>Prepare for the arrival of your peers.
3761>Other? (write-in)
3762--------------------------
3763-omitted one small post.
3764-omitted one small post.
3765You decided to go look for your friends, you haven't talked with them in a while.
3766But as you are getting closer to them you see that they are watching Neliel getting her mark.
3767Well, Alex seems to watch and Pesci simply followed her to keep an eye on her.
3768
3769When you arrive Alex is already waving her hand to you.
3770"Kaizar! Over here!"
3771
3772"Nice outfit."
3773Neliel says as she is laying on her stomach and looking up to you.
3774You can see the large 3, which takes up almost her entire back, getting etched into her skin by Gentenbainne.
3775
3776"Thanks.
3777Nice tattoo, flashy."
3778
3779"I though about making it a bit more dramatic."
3780
3781Gantenbainne looks up as he wipes a few drops of sweat away from his forehead.
3782"I'll be done in a minute man.
3783We can start with you then."
3784
3785You shrug a little.
3786"Might as well get it over with while I'm here."
3787You shift your attention to Alex.
3788"So, what's up gang?"
3789
3790She looks at you and then back at Neliels back.
3791"Not much.
3792Can I get one as well?"
3793
3794"Never in a million years."
3795You say in a calm tone.
3796
3797"There, done."
3798Gantenbainne says as he filled in the last blank spot on Neliels back.
3799
3800She stands up and pulls down her top, after which you realize something.
3801While her bosoms were covered up by her clothes one thought managed to sneak into your mind: she doesn't wear a bra.
3802The thought of her breasts accidentally exposing themselves was enough to cause your nose to erupt with blood.
3803You grab your nose as quickly as you can while the others are looking at you awkwardly.
3804
3805"Boss!
3806Are you alright?"
3807Pesci asks, clearly worried about your health.
3808
3809Meanwhile Alex is rolling on the floor laughing her ass off.
3810After all this you can see a vein throbbing on Neliels forehead who then punches you angrily.
3811It didn't do anything but it made her message clear.
3812
3813To all this Gantenbainne doesn't even comment but simply stares at you in disbelief.
3814"And you are supposed to be the Segunda?
3815Whatever. Hop on man, it's your turn."
3816--------------------------
3817After caressing your cheeks to give them some relief you take off your coat and your shirt, exposing your upper body.
3818You lie down in the same manner as Nel did and prepare yourself for the coming inking.
3819
3820"Where'd you like it man?"
3821
3822"The back of my neck will be fine."
3823
3824"Errr, ya sure?
3825I mean, not many people will see it that way."
3826
3827"That's the plan.
3828Besides, Yata went through all the trouble of making me a scarf, might as well put it to use."
3829
3830"And it'll sting.
3831Like, a lot."
3832
3833"I don't mind."
3834
3835"Okay man."
3836With that he begins to carve your No.2 on the back of your neck.
3837It stings but you've had worse.
3838
3839"So you can have one but I can't?
3840How's that fair?"
3841Alex asks.
3842
3843"Tell you what, when you become Espada you can have one as well."
3844
3845"Really?"
3846
3847You actually think about what you just said and realize it's too late to take it back.
3848With a heavy sigh you reply.
3849"Yes..."
3850Gantenbainne actually chuckles at this.
3851
3852"What's so funny you citric asshole?"
3853Alex replies in her usual crude manner.
3854
3855But Gantenbainne just laughs more.
3856"Nothin', nothin'.
3857I'd like to see you become an Espada girlie."
3858
3859You smirk a little.
3860"Watch out so you don't choke on those words Gantenbainne.
3861She might not look like it but she's tough as a nail."
3862
3863"You bet your sweet ass I am!"
3864
3865Gantenbainne is now laughing so uncontrollably he had to pull away the needle.
3866"Allright man, that was fun but you can stop with the jokes or I'll mess up."
3867
3868"I'm serious.
3869Remember our little duel from way back?"
3870
3871"Yea, why?"
3872
3873"Well if you went up against her you might not have landed a blow on her."
3874
3875"You shittin' me."
3876
3877"No and she probably could have hurt you as much as I did at least."
3878
3879He looks bewildered.
3880"No way."
3881
3882"Yes way you egotistic idiot!"
3883
3884You glare at Alex this time.
3885"And if I were you I'd not boast like that.
3886Last time I checked every time you use your power your bones shatter like glass and I have to patch you up.
3887It doesn't matter how strong a move is if it's a suicide attack."
3888--------------------------
3889Gantenbainne looks at you confused.
3890"So wait, is she strong now or what?"
3891
3892You sigh.
3893"She is.
3894So when she threatens she'll shove her foot up your ass she probably means it.
3895The only problem is that when she does it her leg will probably get severed and then ground to dust in the process.
3896More painful for the recipient but also more dangerous for her.
3897Basically she accelerates her own body to give it more power and there is no upper limit as far as I'm aware.
3898But her body can't exactly withstand that kind of stress."
3899
3900"Damn..."
3901He looks at the petite wolf-girl and then resumes carving your number into your back.
3902
3903Alex gets quiet afterwards and Pesci simply doesn't feel like talking, so you take the initiative.
3904"Hey Alex, how's Asher?
3905I haven't seen him in a while."
3906
3907"Good.
3908He has gone a long way now.
3909He's technically a professional now.
3910He also kicks a lot of ass in his free time."
3911It seems that Alex is actually smart enough to not spill the beans about Asher in the presence of Gantenbainne.
3912Good.
3913
3914"Regular hollows or Menos?"
3915
3916She shrugs.
3917"Haven't seen him do anything impressive yet.
3918But he'd probably be able to take down a Gillian."
3919
3920"Not bad."
3921You say, approving his development.
3922You shift your attention to Pesci.
3923"And what have you been up to lately?"
3924
3925He shrugs.
3926"Mostly food related stuff.
3927I sucked at cooking at first but since then I started enjoying it."
3928
3929"How about training?"
3930You raise an eyebrow at him.
3931
3932"I don't have much time for that Boss.
3933But I'm getting really good at making weapons with my energy, or even cutlery for that matter."
3934
3935You wonder for a second.
3936"But couldn't you use some cooking related stuff for fighting?"
3937
3938"Like what?
3939Fire?"
3940
3941"No, I mean you sometimes prepare those tiny hollows as meat right?
3942Can't you use what you learn from that?
3943Maybe start peeling someones skin off during a fight?"
3944
3945He starts caressing his chin.
3946"That sounds interesting, I'll think about it."
3947
3948Gantenbainne then interrupts you.
3949"Done."
3950--------------------------
3951You stand up and then turn around for your friends to see it.
3952"How do I look?"
3953
3954Alex speaks up.
3955"Good but how are you going to show it off like that?"
3956
3957"I won't, that's the plan."
3958You then put your clothes back on and use your scarf to cover your number up.
3959"Thanks Gantenbainne."
3960
3961"Hey, no problem man."
3962
3963"If you don't mind me asking, when are your friends coming?
3964Will they come one by one or as a group?
3965I want to prepare accordingly."
3966
3967"They aren't really my friends but...
3968They should be here any minute now, I also reckon they'll come as a group."
3969
3970"Thanks."
3971
3972You turn to your friends.
3973It's time to prepare for their arrival.
3974
3975>Arrange a war welcome, we are technically allies.
3976>Prepare for a shitstorm for when Aimee comes.
3977>Forget about it and hang out with the others.
3978>Other? (write-in)
3979--------------------------
3980-omitted one small post.
3981"Allright you two, I want everyone to be on their best behavior today.
3982We also need to get some extra food and drinks, so inform everyone that we have guests incoming.
3983I'm counting on you."
3984
3985"Right!~"
3986They speak in unison and then take off to begin with their respective duties, Pesci will cook and Alex organizes the crew.
3987
3988Gantenbainne then walks up to you.
3989"Ya sure this is necessary?"
3990
3991"I was raised to be hospitable to guests, I can't help it."
3992You then crack your knuckles knowing that there will be trouble.
3993"But at the same time I won't tolerate any delinquency."
3994
3995He begins sweating and caressing his cheek as the phantom pain returns.
3996"Jeez.
3997Remind me not to get on your bad side man."
3998
3999"Will do."
4000
4001For half an hour the entirety of Vanaheim was buzzing like a beehive with anticipation.
4002You've prepared enough food to feed everyone at least twice and just as many drinks.
4003In addition you even managed to raise some actual guest houses to accommodate the coming Espada.
4004
4005When you actually start feeling their reiatsu it washes over you like a tsunami, enveloping everyone and everything.
4006Their combined power is astonishing and if it were not for the Idun then probably many of your men would have simply dropped dead from being exposed to their collective power like that.
4007As Dordoni expected there are only 5 powers that are getting closer and closer to your location.
4008
4009Meanwhile you are standing at the edge of the forest, lined up.
4010"They sure take their sweet time."
4011You speak up, clearly annoyed.
4012
4013"Forgive them amigo, they love their dramatic entrances."
4014Dordoni tries to calm you down.
4015
4016Neliel turns to you.
4017"Kaizar that is-"
4018
4019"Yeah, I know.
4020Aimee."
4021
4022"Shouldn't we have prepared for her arrival?"
4023She looks worried, not because of Aimee but probably due to the collateral damage she'll cause.
4024
4025"What are you talking about?
4026I've made all the preparations I need!"
4027
4028"But... you... didn't do anything."
4029
4030You point upward.
4031"You see?
4032I took off my hat!"
4033--------------------------
4034Neliel literally facepalms herself.
4035"Ugh, I can't believe you."
4036
4037You can't help but laugh.
4038"Come on, I think we can handle any troublemakers, can't we?"
4039
4040It takes a while for them to get to you since apparently they were casually walking here.
4041When they get close enough to observe you are honestly a bit disappointed, you imagined them to be way worse.
4042Dordoni starts pointing at them and telling you which one is which.
4043
4044"The one with the tall headwear is Aaroniero, the previous Segunda.
4045The small girl in the hoodie is Wang Lan.
4046The two hugging as they walk are Esca and Amas, remember the guy is Esca.
4047And that brute of a woman is-"
4048
4049"Yeah, I figured it out myself, thank you."
4050
4051At first glance they don't seem to be too threatening but then again they might be hiding their true power.
4052They don't even seem to be talking that much with the exception of the two embracing each other constantly admiring one another and Aimee urging them to "Shut the fuck up".
4053You honestly feel quite underwhelmed but as you are about to make a witty remark about them to Nel something happens.
4054Aimee apparently noticed you.
4055
4056You can't quite make out what she says but your guess is "Gills" from reading her lips.
4057Then you get a confirmation to your theory about that as she begins shouting at the top of her lung.
4058"YOU!"
4059She then uses Sonído to get up in your face and punches you with all of her might.
4060The sound of the impact was very impressive but too bad your head didn't even move an inch after it.
4061
4062"I'D RECOGNIZE THOSE FUCKING GILLS ANYWHERE!
4063WHAT THE FUCK ARE YOU DOING HERE?!"
4064She shouts, salivating all over you.
4065Honestly her slobbering all over you managed to do more damage than her punch, this at least dirtied your clothes a little.
4066--------------------------
4067You simply wipe it away with a disgusted expression on your face.
4068"Well, I live here and...
4069Oh right, you didn't mean it like that.
4070You know, that is a good question. Why are we here? What exactly made this afterlife? is this the only afterlife out there? If not, why did we come to this one?"
4071
4072"WHAT THE FUCK?!
4073I don't know who had the bright idea to keep you around but I'm correcting that mistake!"
4074She shouts oblivious to the fact that her punch did absolutely nothing to you.
4075
4076She delivers another punch this time with her other hand and with a lot more force.
4077This time you can hear crunching noises but sure as hell not from you.
4078Her eyes widen in disbelief.
4079"What the fuck..."
4080
4081Not moving an inch you speak up.
4082"I'm sorry, do I know you?"
4083
4084When the words leave your mouth you can see a vein pop in her eye, coloring the whole thing red.
4085"THE FUCK DID YOU JUST SAY?!"
4086She punches you once more with the hand that's not broken, this time with even more force.
4087Her fist however goes limp afterwards, your guess is that her bones liquefied from that.
4088"SAY MY NAME YOU COCKSUCKER!"
4089
4090You scratch your head with a puzzled look.
4091"Erm... I'm sorry but I really have no idea."
4092But then you slam your fist into your palm in a flash of enlightenment.
4093"OHHHH right, sorry.
4094Steve right?
4095You are lookin' good buddy, how have you been?"
4096You say in a monotone voice.
4097
4098She is practically boiling with rage right now and without any intact arms she instead spin-kicks you right in the face.
4099"JUST! DIE ALREADY!"
4100
4101With the sole of her sandal in your face you speak up once more after a heavy sigh.
4102"You see, I was trying to forgive your ignorance but this just can't go on Jerry.
4103Hitting one of your superior officers won't look good on your record Mr.
4104I'm afraid if you continue this I'll have to-"
4105But as you were about to finish another kick comes right into your face, except this time you raise your pinky and stop the attack.
4106"Attacking the Segunda Espada again? Tsk tsk tsk."
4107You wave your finger.
4108--------------------------
4109Her pupils dilate at those words.
4110She then dashes back, gaining some distance between the two of you.
4111Aimee then keeps repeating one word over and over again, louder every time: "no"
4112
4113When she can't get any louder she snaps.
4114"QUIT SCREWING WITH ME!"
4115She reaches for the sword on her side.
4116"GRIND THEIR BONES TO DUST, TORRE!"
4117
4118Red reiatsu begins pouring out of her as spikes keep penetrating her skin.
4119Once a spike comes out of her forehead and her teeth expand drastically she finally stops.
4120Her body has expanded with muscle and spikes, tripleing her size.
4121She then charges you once more, screaming all the way.
4122
4123You shake your head in disbelief.
4124"I told you Roger, attacking me is a grave mistake."
4125For the first time in this conversation you actually express an emotion, hatred. Cold and unforgiving hatred.
4126You then release the hold on your own reiatsu and then focus it around Aimee.
4127Her body then crashes straight into the ground as if exposed to several G forces all at once.
4128
4129The other Espada didn't even slow down in their tracks while all this was going on.
4130They all give Aimee a pitying look.
4131
4132Aaroniero, the former Segunda steps forward and extends his right arm.
4133"Greetings, Aaroniero Arruruerie Cuatro Espada."
4134
4135>Excuse him while you go and kick Aimee while she is down.
4136>Shake his hand like a gentleman. (release Aimee)
4137>Shake his hand like a gentleman. (don't release Aimee)
4138>Other? (write-in)
4139--------------------------
4140-omitted one small post.
4141You reach out and shake his hand.
4142"Kaizar Soize, Segunda Espada.
4143And my apologies for stripping your title, I hope this won't be a problem for you."
4144
4145"Worry not, I'm not too obsessed with it."
4146That's strange, his voice while sounds quite robotic also seems to switch between very deep or incredibly high pitched.
4147"Also, I ask you to not kill her.
4148Master Aizen still needs her."
4149
4150"Don't worry I wasn't planning on doing that."
4151
4152"Thank you."
4153
4154You look over to Aimee who is still being smothered by your reiatsu.
4155"Do you see just how much can nice words accomplish Zachary?"
4156You guess she is about to curse at you but she can't even open her mouth properly.
4157Then Aaroniero steps back and the girl in the hoodie takes his place, it seems they introduce themselves from highest to lowest ranking.
4158
4159"Hi."
4160She speaks up, her voice is barely audible from under her hoodie and it doesn't help that she is always looking down.
4161Dordoni said that she is shy but this is ridiculous.
4162It's also worth mentioning that she is apparently chinese.
4163
4164"This is Wan Lan she is shy."
4165Aaroniero steps in.
4166
4167"I know, I've been informed."
4168You then turn back to her.
4169"A pleasure."
4170
4171The man and woman don't step forward, instead the male speaks up.
4172"We already know each other."
4173
4174You give him a serious look then look back at Aimee and then back at them.
4175"I hope that our past won't be a problem."
4176
4177The girl then responds.
4178"Who do you think we are that we'd care about that, huh?"
4179The male then puts his index finger on her lips.
4180"What she meant to say is, no. Especially after that."
4181He also shifts his gaze at Aimee, acknowledging the gap in power between you.
4182
4183Aaroniero then steps forward once more.
4184"And I guess you have a history with her."
4185He gestures at Aimee.
4186
4187"Of course, Sherlock and I used to be REAL close back in the day."
4188
4189Now you take a step back and give the spotlight to Neliel.
4190"And I'm Nelliel Tu Odelschwanck, Tres Espada.
4191Nice to meet you."
4192--------------------------
4193With the formalities out of the way each of you relax a bit, with the exception of Aimee who is still unable to move.
4194
4195Dordoni, Cirucci and Gantenbainne then go up to their fellows.
4196"So, what are your impressions of the place?"
4197
4198"This forest is quite interesting."
4199Aaroniero observes.
4200
4201"Pretty."
4202Is the one word Wang Lan says.
4203
4204Esca and Amas are too absorbed by the other to even take a look at your forest.
4205
4206"Yes, well just wait until you get a taste of the food around here."
4207
4208Wang Lan actually looks up.
4209"Food?"
4210
4211To this you step in.
4212"Yes, well what kind of hosts would we be if we didn't invite you for a feast.
4213Come, we've prepared many of our delicacies for this occasion.
4214Except you Tonio, you stay in the time-out corner."
4215You release your iron grip on Aimee and then give you a cold look.
4216"You stay outside.
4217Someone will bring you your share and you eat it here.
4218If you so much as take a step inside, I'll kill you."
4219
4220Along the way you take the time to introduce your friends to Aaroniero and Lan while you are walking to Center.
4221You also inform them that the forest has plenty of strong Adjuchas class hollows and that they can ask them to become Fracción.
4222The only exception to this is Aimee of course.
4223
4224Cirucci actually butts in on the conversation while dragging Alistair along.
4225"Except this stud.
4226He is mine!"
4227
4228"What do you mean "He is mine"?
4229Do you think I'm your property or somethin'?"
4230
4231You have your men sit down the Espada at the table prepared especially for you.
4232Each member then receives a plate full of food and a tankard of ale.
4233"I hope you are ready for the best food of your lives."
4234You speak up.
4235"Now please, enjoy!"
4236
4237Each of them take a bite cautiously at first with the exception of Aaroniero.
4238After the first bite Esca and Amas gasp and then start devouring their plates.
4239Lan doesn't say a thing and keeps eating at a slow but steady pace.
4240
4241But you look at Aaroniero puzzled.
4242"Is something wrong?"
4243--------------------------
4244He points at his plate and speaks up.
4245"Can I get a straw please?"
4246
4247You look confused.
4248"A... straw?"
4249
4250"Also, I need this to be pureed."
4251
4252"S-sure..."
4253
4254You have some of your men fulfill his order.
4255He then receives a glass full of the mashed meal.
4256He puts the straw into a hole on his helmet and begins sipping the liquid.
4257"Yumm."
4258
4259It seems that he is pleased with it as well.
4260Meanwhile Esca and Amas are feeding each other.
4261But as you are looking over the table you seem to be missing a person.
4262Wang Lan seemingly disappeared but just as you start to worry you feel something tugging your coat.
4263She is standing behind you raising her plate, it seems she wants seconds.
4264You snap your finger for someone to bring her a new plate.
4265
4266It seems that the evening was a success.
4267
4268Someone speaks up.
4269"Yo!
4270So, what's this now?"
4271The voice was a deep, gravely, male voice.
4272The kind of voice that makes your organs quake with each word.
4273
4274At that moment every Espada under the rank of 5 either drops their utensils or in Dordonis case, starts choking on his food.
4275In the distance you can see a humongous person, easily 3 meters tall and clad in white armor which was seemingly carved out of stone.
4276Every Espada seemingly suffered a miniature heart-attack.
4277
4278You turn to Gantenbainne who is the Espada closest to you.
4279"Who is this?"
4280
4281"Marr..."
4282--------------------------
4283Meanwhile in the Soul Society.
4284 
4285Asato Junichi wakes up after his "problematic" Zanpakutō spirit, Oiran, slapped him awake.
4286His eyelids snap open and he screams as his cheek keeps throbbing.
4287"OH MY FUCKIN' SPIRIT KING!
4288WHAT WAS THAT FOR?!"
4289He says with an expression of exhaustion and anger at his sword who just gives him a devious smile.
4290 
4291She moves a hand over her mouth and giggles as she speaks, her black and white eye looking down on him.
4292"You should be more grateful you know!
4293It's not often you have such an important day as this and knowing you you'd simply sleep through the whole thing like the slacker that you are."
4294 
4295She then shifts around, changing her sitting position her clothes, what little of them cover her at least, never actually reveal any of her privates.
4296Her ashen skin glistens with moisture in the morning sun, her black and white eyes look down on her master.
4297Indeed, her appearance has changed drastically since the time she was stolen by a hollow, her body became monochrome and her already revealing clothings began to show even more skin than usual, leaving VERY little to the imagination.
4298 
4299Junichi rubs his eyes to clean them out and to shake himself awake.
4300"I can't believe it's that late already..."
4301He says, still feeling exhusted after sleeping only for three hours.
4302 
4303His sword spirit then embraces him from behind and starts to fondle his hair.
4304"Yes, gorgeous.
4305Maybe next time you'll remember to relax a little.
4306Now get up, we have a performance!"
4307 
4308She then disappears into thin air as Junichi reaches for his sword.
4309After securing his sword he puts his haori on and moves out of his room.
4310Being the third seat has its perks, namely that he doesn't have to be in the barracks anymore and although his room is quite small it doesn't matter him all that much.
4311--------------------------
4312Whether you got killed or emotionally destroyed didn't matter and Junichi got the full experience.
4313He was stationed there pretty much from the start and he stayed there until the end.
4314The only good thing that came out of that was the fact that every shinigami who served there gets easy assignments as a reward for how long they served in such places and that meant a lot of free time for Junichi.
4315 
4316Free time which he then used to improve his abilities.
4317Normally he'd never have considered training so much but after all the atrocities, all the pain and that bizarre hollow which terrorized him, he simply couldn't laze around anymore.
4318Motivated by the losses he endured and fueled by anger he managed to climb the ranks to the point where he was offered the position of Lieutenant.
4319But he simply couldn't accept the position as Lieutenant Tetsuzaemon is a man he has a lot of respect for.
4320 
4321As Junichi is walking down the halls of the seventh division he sees a familiar face, Kamai Aiko, one of his former comrades.
4322Her twin sister was killed back in Germany and she has been under strict supervision by the medical squad ever since.
4323"Junichi-kun!"
4324 
4325"Aiko-chan!"
4326He runs toward her.
4327"They finally let you out?!"
4328 
4329"Yes, they told me that I can return to active duty now."
4330 
4331"That's great news.
4332If you need any help feel free to come to me!"
4333 
4334She nods.
4335"Will do."
4336She pauses for a moment.
4337"Hah, just look at you.
4338Third seat, huh?"
4339 
4340He laughs a little, nervously while scratching the back of his head.
4341"Y-yeah..."
4342 
4343"You were always so strong and it seems that you only got stronger since."
4344 
4345He looks at her with a sad expression.
4346"S-since then I couldn't simply laze around like I used to.
4347I couldn't stand doing nothing anymore..."
4348--------------------------
4349There is a brief, awkward pause between them.
4350Not seeing each other for so long created a great distance between them.
4351But as he was trying to come up with something to say he remembers his appointment.
4352"Aw damn it!
4353Sorry, Aiko-chan!
4354Got to go!"
4355And he just ran off.
4356
4357He reached the training ground which has been emptied at his request.
4358In the middle is the Captain of the 7th Division, Sajin Komamura clad in his iconic armor.
4359
4360With a stern voice he addresses the young shinigami.
4361"Asato Junichi, you are late!"
4362
4363He bows down before him.
4364"My deepest apologies Captain!"
4365
4366He grumbles a little.
4367"I hope this is important, emptying the training grounds just like that!"
4368
4369"I'm afraid it was Captain!"
4370Junichi then proceeds to take off his kosode and drops it on the ground.
4371
4372Komamura is confused at this.
4373"What's the meaning of this 3rd seat?"
4374
4375"Just wait a moment Captain."
4376He takes a few steps away from his clothes.
4377
4378He takes his sword out and shouts.
4379"BAN-KAI!"
4380--------------------------
4381-omitted one small post.
4382-omitted one small post.
4383-omitted one small post.
4384-omitted one small post.
4385=========== END THREAD ===========
4386German Hollow Quest 21
4387written by Spookyng
4388--------------------qst2txt--------------------
4389
4390Gantenbainne begins to visibly sweat and his pupils slowly dilate.
4391But his expression quickly shifts to that of a man who resigned his fate just now.
4392"Aw hell naw!
4393We are so done for!"
4394 
4395After Dordoni manages to cough up the bit of food which almost managed to kill him he speaks up.
4396"What's he doing here?
4397I was told he's not going to come!"
4398 
4399To your shock the large monster of an arrancar speaks up once more, making your innards tremble.
4400"Well, it's nice seeing you guys too.
4401And at first I wasn't going to show up. Buuuuut.
4402You see, I was just in this neighborhood while searching for some darn Vastos.
4403Too bad I got bored."
4404 
4405Aaroniero stands up and you presume he looks at you, it's hard to tell with his helmet.
4406"Kaizar Soize, Neliel Tu Odelschwanck meet Marr the Primera Espada."
4407 
4408The giant begins walking down from the hill on which he was standing up until now.
4409"Yo!"
4410He waves in your general direction once but he quickly stops as he looks at a fruit dangling down from a tree right around his height.
4411The man is easily 3 meters tall and he can casually just pluck one of the fruits.
4412After turning it around a few times to examine it he turns to you and starts speaking.
4413"Well I'll be!
4414I haven't seen these things for a long time.
4415Last was 4 erm...."
4416He seems to have dazed off, it doesn't take him too long to snap out of it however.
4417"Lan!
4418What's that really high number?"
4419 
4420The small girl in the hoodie looks at him and replies.
4421"Hundred..."
4422 
4423"No no.
4424The one after that."
4425 
4426She nods.
4427"Thousand..."
4428 
4429He snaps his finger in a flash of enlightenment.
4430"That's it!
4431Four thousand years ago.
4432When that little shit Baraggan threw a tantrum and turned everything to dust.
4433Typical little amoeba, if he can't have it all then no one can."
4434 
4435Your eyes and Neliels widen after hearing that.
4436To hear this man just casually speaking about events that happened so long ago is simply insane.
4437--------------------------
4438He takes off his helmet and casually tucks it under his armpit.
4439You aren't sure what exactly you were expecting but it was not this.
4440The man actually looks quite normal with a few exceptions, his hair is like a long black mane flowing freely in the wind, his eyes have an unnaturally yellow color with a thin vertical pupil, his mask fragment covers the entirety of his lower jaw and his face has quite a few nasty looking scars.
4441 
4442He takes a bite out of the fruit and almost immediately spits it out.
4443"Now I remember why I never ate these things.
4444Tastes like shit."
4445With that he puts his helmet back on.
4446 
4447He begins to casually walk up to you and you can see the rest of the Espada rising from their seats and line up in front of him.
4448They are all nervous at his appearance.
4449Aaroniero then signals them and they clear the area to show off you and Neliel.
4450"Marr, these are Kaizar Soize and Neliel Tu Odelschwanck the new Espada."
4451 
4452He stops in his tracks and starts eyeing the two of you.
4453Marr whistles after looking over Neliel.
4454"Niiice.
4455Finally we have an actual woman and not just these bitches!"
4456 
4457The female Séptima Espada, that you only presume is Amas, gets offended by this.
4458"What did this oaf just call me?!"
4459 
4460Almost without any signal or build-up Marr twitches once and then his neck twists to look at her and then Amas, after realizing what she just said, seemingly closed her mouth.
4461At first it didn't even register what she just did since it happened so fast.
4462But after thinking it over you realize what was that she actually did, she bit her own tongue on purpose.
4463Blood begins to trickle from the side of her mouth but she doesn't do anything instead she just stands there like a statue clearly mortified.
4464 
4465Marr then turns his attention from her to you.
4466He puts his hand on his chin as he looks you over much closer than he did with Neliel.
4467Without a warning he grabs your head with two of his large fingers and begins turning your head left and right.
4468--------------------------
4469You are so confused right now.
4470At first you didn't get why everyone was so afraid of him since he barely has any reiatsu, in fact it was much lower than that of a common gillian.
4471But you were enlightened when he grabbed your head and you felt his tremendous strength.
4472Just by feeling his touch you managed to realize that if he wanted to he could crush your head with only those two fingers, probably without much effort.
4473This man is a monster.
4474 
4475After finishing your examination he lets go of you and leaves your personal space.
4476"Now this is more like it!
4477I was a bit disappointed at first but I see what's going on.
4478And it's about time we got some actual power in here.
4479I was getting tired carrying all this dead weight all by myself!"
4480He begins to laugh.
4481 
4482He turns away from you and sits on the table which creaks and bends under his impressive weight.
4483"So...
4484Which one of you was the one who curb stomped lil' No. 10 outside?"
4485His tone shifted from a more casual one to a completely serious one.
4486You can feel his bloodlust practically oozing from him.
4487 
4488>Say nothing.
4489>Say nothing but raise your hand.
4490>Tell him that you did it and you'd do it again.
4491>"You have some manners, coming to our home and demanding things from us."
4492>Other? (Write-in)
4493--------------------------
4494-omitted one small post.
4495You don't want things to escalate.
4496After all, who knows how will this maniac react to you?
4497So rather than denying anything you casually raise your hand up in the air and start gritting your teeth, just in case.
4498
4499It's hard to read his more subtle movements with all that armor obscuring him but you guess that he just glanced at you.
4500"So...
4501It was you, huh?"
4502
4503You lower your hand.
4504"Yes."
4505
4506He stands up and the heavy table creaks once more now that all the pressure is gone.
4507Marr walks up dangerously close to you and looks down at you.
4508The giant then raises his lower arm, his fist clenched tightly.
4509
4510You were not sure just what he was going to do, so you simply braced for impact.
4511After closing your eyes you made peace with yourself.
4512But after waiting for several seconds without anything happening you opened your eyes out of curiosity.
4513To your surprise his fist is still aimed at you but it doesn't move.
4514
4515"Come on!
4516Don't leave me hangin'!"
4517He says in his ominous tone.
4518
4519You look at him confused as all Hell.
4520Without knowing how to react you simply extend your own arm, fist clenched, and you bump your fists together.
4521
4522Marr gives a satisfying groan and returns your act by pulling his fist back slightly and gently pushing it against yours.
4523"Hell yeah!
4524That's what I'm talkin' about!"
4525
4526Your confusion didn't leave you, in fact you are more perplexed than before.
4527Partly because of this mans weird attitude and partly because with that gentle "bump" he just did he almost ripped out your arm from its socket and now the entire thing just feels numb.
4528
4529Marr turns away from you and looks at the other Espada.
4530"I like this guy!
4531Why didn't you guys tell me that we have someone actually worth a damn amongst us now?"
4532
4533Aaroniero is the one who speaks up.
4534"We all agreed it'd be for the best if you judged him yourself."
4535
4536Marr begins laughing.
4537"Finally someone put that uppity lil' bitch in her place!
4538Seriously I was getting real tired of beating the shit out of her."
4539--------------------------
4540The towering monster casually walks over to a large boulder sticking out of the ground, covered in moss and rips it out.
4541He throws the rock over his shoulder and brings it to the table.
4542After giving it some thought it made sense, the chairs you had would probably not be able to hold him.
4543Marr then slams the rock into the ground and sits down on it, taking his rightful place at the end of the table.
4544
4545The other Espada all seem to relax and start whispering amongst themselves.
4546"Looks like he is in a good mood today."
4547Dordoni whispers it to Sanderwicci who nods in agreement.
4548
4549Aaroniero clears his throat and addresses the Primera once more.
4550"Marr, you said that you come here.
4551What changed your mind?"
4552
4553Marr then proceeds to kick his legs onto the table then folds his arms.
4554"Well I was lookin' for some Menos buuuut then I got bored after a while.
4555So I decided to check things out, I even found a small town on my way here, that was fun."
4556
4557That got Neliels attention.
4558He was probably referring to your "neighbors", the town which you managed to save once from complete destruction.
4559And while it's true that they are still far away from your camp and many of them migrated to Vanaheim in the last few years it was still a pretty large encampment for a hollow village.
4560"What do you mean by fun?"
4561She asks.
4562
4563"Hmmmm?
4564I removed the whole thing from the landscape of course!
4565Why? What else could I have done with it?"
4566
4567Neliel glares daggers at him, she was never fond of unnecessary killing.
4568"There was no reason to do that, they were peaceful and weak."
4569
4570"Yeah...
4571That's the point.
4572You have to remove the trash from your land if you want anything to grow on it.
4573They were fuckin' weak and someone might show up there now that the place is vacant."
4574
4575Neliel simply sighs, even she comprehends the destructive potential of this man and that it's best not to agitate him.
4576She then shifts her attention to the other Espada.
4577"So...
4578What will be our task now that we are a part of your army?"
4579--------------------------
4580Aaroniero entwines his fingers and leans forward.
4581It seems that being the highest ranking Espada other than Marr leaves him in charge for the time being.
4582"I'd enlighten you if you allow me.
4583Our orders come directly from Master Aizen and so far the only command he gave us is this:
4584Find hollows with the potential to make them a part of our army, preferably Vasto Lorde but lesser Menos are fine as well.
4585There's just one restriction, nobody goes alone.
4586This is to assure no Espada will be killed even by accident, the only exception from this rule is Marr."
4587
4588"'Sup!"
4589Marr raises his hand.
4590
4591Neliel interjects.
4592"We can take care of ourselves."
4593
4594"There's no doubt about that.
4595But the orders were clear, everyone goes out in pairs in case they come across someone with strange abilities.
4596There are only ten of us, so we must take every precaution while we are still growing."
4597He turns to face you.
4598"The two of you can pair up if you so desire but I'd ask you to choose someone lower ranking as we need to properly divide our forces."
4599
4600You put your hand on your chin and start thinking.
4601>Go with the recon team and look for hollows.
4602>Stay here at the base to manage things.
4603>Other? (write-in)
4604--------------------------
4605-omitted one small post.
4606-omitted one small post.
4607Now that you think about it this'd be the perfect opportunity to recruit some people, not for Aizen but for yourself.
4608If you can get to some potentially powerful allies first then you could make them loyal to you instead.
4609You grin a little.
4610"Okay, I'm fine with that.
4611So who wants to team up with me?"
4612
4613Aaroniero speaks up once more.
4614"I think we talked enough about business.
4615Besides I think it'd be better if you asked someone personally.
4616You are the Segunda and we accept your authority."
4617He looks at Esca and Amas.
4618"Even if begrudgingly."
4619
4620Marr then stands up from his seat.
4621"Not me though.
4622And I think I wasted enough time here."
4623He reaches up to one of the lower hanging fruits and plucks one of them.
4624"I think I'll go and throw this into lil' Barrys face or shove it up his ass, I haven't decided yet."
4625
4626Neliels eyes widen.
4627"You said he was the one who destroyed all plants four thousand years ago!"
4628
4629"Yeah, so?"
4630
4631"Wouldn't it enrage him if you did that?"
4632
4633"That's the point, duh..."
4634
4635She frowns.
4636"And you'd have to get past his army to do that."
4637
4638Judging from his voice Marr is getting annoyed.
4639"Again...
4640So?
4641This won't be the first nor the last time I put that runt in his place."
4642
4643Something catches your attention.
4644"You keep referring to him as "runt" and other such things."
4645Your expression gets considerably more serious.
4646"Just how old are you?"
4647
4648Marr gives you a grin which almost reaches from ear to ear.
4649With such a clear view you see that his teeth are not normal instead they resemble Aimees much more than a regular persons.
4650He gives a bellowing laugh and the other Espada give you a grim look.
4651"Some questions better remain unanswered amigo..."
4652Dordoni gives you a pitying look.
4653
4654After calming down Marr starts to speak.
4655"I hate numbers but this one I looooove.
4656Every time I say it you maggots all make the best faces.
4657So I'll humor you before I leave."
4658He walks close to you and leans to your ear.
4659Marr whispers two words.
4660After he says it your mouth opens in shock.
4661--------------------------
4662Your mouth keeps hanging and you struggle to keep yourself together.
4663Marr instead laughs uncontrollably while the other Espada are giving you the typical "I told you so" look.
4664Neliel didn't hear it so she is oblivious to the shock that you experienced.
4665"What's wrong Kaizar?
4666What did he say?"
4667
4668Marr keeps laughing at you.
4669"Priceless!"
4670He says as he flicks your hat, annihilating it in the process.
4671The Primera begins walking away and gives you a backhanded wave.
4672"Well I'm off.
4673You losers can keep frolicking in the forest all you want, I'm gonna go kill shit now."
4674
4675As he walks off you keep struggling with breathing.
4676Beads of sweat begin to roll down from your forehead.
4677You manage to repeat his words.
4678"Sixty-six million..."
4679--------------------------
4680It took roughly half an hour to calm down both your and Neliels nerves.
4681Then the feast that you organized finished mostly in silence, nobody felt like talking anymore.
4682After finishing your plate you look at the others.
4683"Was he serious?"
4684
4685Dordoni looks at you.
4686"It's impossible to tell.
4687But he never lies, he sees no point in it.
4688That and his monstrous strength makes it hard to doubt what he said."
4689
4690"What about his Resurección?"
4691You ask.
4692
4693"Nobody has ever seen it and lived to tell about it."
4694Aaroniero interjects.
4695"There's only one documented case of him ever using it and the place is uninhabitable ever since.
4696There's an eternally raging storm which tears your flesh off if you stray too close to it and it appeared after Marr used his resurrected form."
4697
4698You have to wonder just what kind of power this monster has.
4699But then it hits you.
4700"How does Aizen keep him under control?"
4701
4702"He doesn't have to, he came to us willingly.
4703But he has Kyōka Suigetsu which manages to control him to a degree."
4704
4705You look at what's left of your hat, namely nothing.
4706"And is he always so...
4707Temperamental?"
4708
4709"You have no idea.
4710It's usually way worse.
4711The only one whom he doesn't bother much is Wang Lan.
4712She sometimes tries to educate him but he has a very short attention span for anything other than fighting."
4713
4714You look at Lan who for the first time removed her hoodie.
4715She doesn't look like what you imagined at all.
4716
4717She actually speaks up.
4718"He's not bad once you know how he works..."
4719
4720"Easy for you to say niña.
4721You are the only one he hasn't beaten to a pulp yet."
4722
4723She shrugs.
4724"I didn't give him a reason to beat me up."
4725
4726But after all of this is done and you managed to recover from that cold shower it's time to get to business.
4727>Pick one Espada to pair up with.
4728
4729>Also, Roll 1d10.
47304th Roll counts only.
4731--------------------------
4732-omitted one small post.
4733dice+2d6
4734
47351=Dordoni
47362=Lang
4737
4738Also, while I'd love nothing more than do what 10 means I can't simply ignore a signal from the dice gods.
4739
4740So pick one:
4741-I do what I planned originally.
4742-I'll instead do something you'll enjoy as a reward for the jackpot
4743--------------------------
4744Rolled 2 (1d2)
4745
47461=Dordoni
47472=Lang
4748
4749Also, while I'd love nothing more than do what 10 means I can't simply ignore a signal from the dice gods.
4750
4751So pick one:
4752-I do what I planned originally.
4753-I'll instead do something you'll enjoy as a reward for the jackpot
4754--------------------------
4755-omitted one small post.
4756You can't help but stare at Lan.
4757Apparently she is somewhat capable of handling Marr and that'd be a useful thing to have.
4758It'd also be a good idea to observe each of the Espada to determine their abilities, there are only three that you still don't know and she'll probably be the easiest one to figure out due to her rank.
4759
4760So you stand up and walk up to her.
4761"Want to be partners?"
4762
4763Her expression shifts to a neutral one and simply nods.
4764It seems she returned to her deadpan state.
4765She stands up an pulls her hoodie over her head once more.
4766
4767You turn to the other Espada to ask them a question.
4768"I assume it's not a problem that we'll be first since we'll rotate our shifts."
4769
4770Dordoni just nonchalantly dismisses you.
4771"You can do whatever you want amigo."
4772
4773You turn to Lang this time.
4774"Wait here, I'll have to do something first."
4775
4776It took only a few minutes to find Yata at his lab, the guy disappeared really quickly during the feast.
4777He is tinkering on random stuff you presume.
4778"I have a favor to ask..."
4779You say to him.
4780
4781He sighs and looks over at his shoulder.
4782"What did you break this time?"
4783
4784"I lost my hat."
4785
4786"Well go and find it."
4787
4788"I don't think it exists anymore."
4789
4790After giving you a judging look he starts to rummage through some of his stuff to pull out a vial which he smashes on his table.
4791The white substance begins to create a foam into which he injects several tools, all developed by him.
4792When it's done a completely new and differently styled hat pops out.
4793Though it's still a german in design it doesn't resemble the one worn by the SS, instead it looks like the more common wool caps worn in the military.
4794He hands you your new headwear while still looking at you extremely disappointed.
4795
4796You fiddle around with it and find the hat to be a perfect fit.
4797"What was the matter with the last design?"
4798You ask him.
4799
4800"This one is easier to make.
4801And I don't want to hear any complaints or I take it back!"
4802
4803You smirk a little.
4804"And what's with the military motif?"
4805--------------------------
4806"Are you perhaps suggesting something, Yata?"
4807
4808"No suggestions, I just know my kind when I see one.
4809That's why I assumed the nazi outfits would fit you."
4810
4811"Your kind?
4812Last time I checked we were nothing alike."
4813
4814"Does Unit 731 ring a bell?"
4815
4816"I mostly have blurry memories of my past.
4817But I faintly recall hearing about it at some point."
4818
4819"You and I aren't too different.
4820We both committed crimes against humanity but in different ways and amounts."
4821
4822You smile a little.
4823"I trust that my past is safe with you."
4824
4825"As long as mine is with you."
4826
4827You wave your friend a goodbye to find your new partner who is still waiting for you at the gathering area.
4828Wang Lan is still waiting for you at the exact spot you left her, she didn't even move an inch.
4829"Sorry for waiting.
4830Ready?"
4831
4832"Yes."
4833
4834As the two of you walk out you wave to your friends before you disappear with a sonído.
4835Lan is lagging behind you to your great displeasure.
4836You'd rather have her leading you since you have no idea about where to go.
4837
4838You turn your head around to talk to her.
4839"So, where should we start looking?"
4840
4841Lan then points upward.
4842"The surface."
4843
4844You create a platform and jump upward with all the power that you can muster and Lan follows suit.
4845You penetrate the upper floor easily and you arrive to the surface.
4846
4847"It doesn't change much around here."
4848
4849She nods in agreement.
4850
4851The journey was mostly uninteresting as any sane Menos roaming around steers clear of you.
4852This is mostly Lans fault as she is incapable of suppressing her reiatsu like you.
4853You begin scratching the back of your head.
4854"I'm not used to drawing so much attention."
4855
4856"Sorry."
4857She pauses a little.
4858"How do you do it?"
4859
4860You look at the petite girl walking next to you confused.
4861"It's just my special ability.
4862It's useful."
4863
4864But she doesn't reply.
4865
4866After another hour of nothing happening the silence is getting unbearable again.
4867You have to talk about something.
4868"So, what's the deal with Marr?"
4869--------------------------
4870"I mean, how do you deal with him?
4871He seems... problematic."
4872
4873She shrugs.
4874"He's a simple man.
4875He's straightforward, if you do something he doesn't like you'll know it.
4876I don't have problems with him because I don't do anything most of the time.
4877He likes me because I don't make him mad like others do."
4878
4879"He just seemed confusing to me.
4880I thought he was going to kill me for attacking Aimee back there."
4881
4882"If you keep doing what you did he won't.
4883If you do something than take responsibility for it.
4884He hates cowards and people who don't know their place the most.
4885He's about survival of the fittest, that's him."
4886
4887That got you thinking.
4888"Then why does he serve Aizen like that?"
4889
4890"The Master is strong.
4891Marr wanted to kill him at first but after seeing how strong he is he changed his mind."
4892
4893"But why?
4894He could have left."
4895
4896"He follows Master Aizen because he'll challenge the world itself.
4897And Marr just wants a piece of the action."
4898
4899You look away from her and at the horizon.
4900"So he just wants war..."
4901
4902"Yes."
4903
4904You are lucky you packed rations as you marched for days without finding anything.
4905But suddenly the two of you stop.
4906
4907Lan keeps staring forward.
4908"Strong."
4909
4910"Yeah..."
4911
4912There are several powerful signals coming from the distance.
4913They probably haven't noticed you yet as both of your Pesquisas are quite refined.
4914How do you want to approach them?
4915
4916>Walk up casually, you don't want trouble.
4917>Loud and flashy, assert dominance.
4918>Sneak up using your camouflage.
4919>Other? (write-in)
4920--------------------------
4921-omitted one small post.
4922You look at Lan who is clearly ready to engage them despite still having her usual deadpan expression.
4923On her side is what you assume to be her weapon but it's impossible to tell exactly what it is since it's wrapped in so much cloth it looks like an oval bundle of bandages.
4924
4925She looks at you.
4926"What do I do Segunda?"
4927She asks your orders in recognition of your position.
4928
4929You look into the distance.
4930Your targets aren't moving, this must mean that they have a camp of sorts but it's still not visible from where you are standing.
4931You button up your trenchcoat completely, covering up your mouth.
4932"It's Kaizar and just follow me.
4933We are looking for recruits, not enemies."
4934You glance at her, she is still looking at you expecting more orders.
4935"But keep your weapon ready.
4936Just in case."
4937
4938She nods and then pulls her hoodie tighter.
4939
4940The two of you begin your walk.
4941While you are still suppressing your power Lans reiatsu is still unchecked.
4942It's better this way, at least then they'll be aware that you are coming.
4943
4944As you are getting closer your readings are getting better and better.
4945At first you felt a single reiatsu in the distance but as it turns out it was blurring out a few weaker ones.
4946And it seems that they probably noticed Wang as their reiatsu began fluctuating.
4947
4948"Panic?"
4949You speak to yourself a little.
4950
4951"Yup."
4952
4953"And three, no four reiatsu signatures."
4954
4955"One stronger than the rest.
4956A pack."
4957
4958"But it's hard to tell.
4959The leader is blurring out the others and is probably suppressing his own power."
4960
4961"Maybe Vasto Lorde surrounded by Adjuchas."
4962
4963"Or four Adjuchas with one considerably stronger than the rest."
4964
4965She looks at you.
4966"Can't you tell?
4967You were a Vasto Lorde too."
4968
4969You shake your head.
4970"It's not that simple.
4971The key differences in reiatsu come from individual differences and not evolutionary stages.
4972It's possible it's one incredibly powerful adjuchas."
4973
4974There is a brief pause.
4975"How did it feel?"
4976She asks.
4977
4978"Honestly?
4979Underwhelming."
4980--------------------------
4981But around this time you can see what they are using as cover.
4982A large rock formation, the signals are coming from under it.
4983
4984"A cave."
4985Lan observes.
4986
4987You nod in agreement.
4988"Shall we?"
4989
4990After finding the entrance you take the initiative and go in first.
4991Lan follows slowly after you.
4992
4993But this is strange.
4994They felt you coming for a while now and yet they didn't leave their little cave even though they had plenty of time to do so.
4995Your options are the following:
4996-They are incompetent
4997-They got scared and now made a grave mistake.
4998
4999But as you ponder you suddenly speak up though it was barely audible.
5000"Trap."
5001
5002It was after this stray thought that you reached the end of the rather large set of stairs and step forth.
5003As you do however your feet begin sinking.
5004You raise your left arm to signal Lan.
5005"Quicksand."
5006
5007"NOW MILA ROSE!"
5008You hear a female voice shouting.
5009
5010You can hear a clanking noise and the entire roof begins to collapse on you in the form of a giant stone slab.
5011It hits you right in the face as you look up to find the source of the rumble.
5012Mere moments before it hits you catch your falling cap.
5013
5014When everything clears there's no sign you were ever there.
5015In your place is a rather large stone cube slowly sinking into the quicksand.
5016
5017The four Menos begin to crawl out of the shadows and reveal themselves.
5018"HAH, SERVES HIM RIGHT!"
5019A deer like Adjuchas speaks up.
5020
5021"I'm surprised your ridiculous idea actually worked."
5022A serpentine adjuchas began to criticize her.
5023
5024"Whaaat?!
5025Ms I've no plans for a trap is trying to insult my ingenious idea?"
5026
5027"HEY! YOU TWO!"
5028A large hollow which looks like a lion roars up.
5029"We still have one to deal with."
5030
5031And from behind them a small, human sized hollow comes out.
5032Her features resemble that of a shark.
5033"Sorry about that.
5034But fighting you four on one is the only way we can win.
5035Now, are you prepared?"
5036
5037But Wang Lan is unphased.
5038She doesn't even begin to release her sword from its bindings.
5039--------------------------
5040"What's this?
5041You won't resist?
5042That's even better!"
5043The deer adjuchas begins gloating.
5044
5045Lan doesn't pay much attention to them however and simply starts knocking on the sinking boulder.
5046"That's heavy."
5047
5048The Vasto Lorde looks at her concerned.
5049"What are y-"
5050
5051But before she could finish the ground begins to shake and the quicksand erupts from underneath the rock.
5052Once the sand is gone the large stone begins to slowly rise and underneath is Kaizar, holding the whole thing with only the tip of his fingers.
5053The Arrancar is standing on a small reishi platform with the humongous slab above him.
5054
5055He looks at the large piece of rock and sighs.
5056"I remember the time I had to rely on tricks like these.
5057Man I was lucky."
5058
5059After emerging from a pile of sand the Vasto Lorde looks at you.
5060*cough cough*
5061"What do you mean?"
5062
5063"If I ever met someone truly strong, I would have died."
5064You then toss the rock back into the ceiling where it came from, except it doesn't stop after going back to its hole and it keeps going until it penetrates the rock in which the cave is located and flies high into the sky.
5065
5066The four hollows look at you shocked.
5067"I-impossible!
5068How is he that strong?!"
5069The lion Adjuchas begins demanding an answer from you.
5070
5071"Appearances can be deceiving."
5072You say after dusting off the cap that is still in your left hand and putting it back on.
5073"Sorry about your roof by the way.
5074But I think it's a better exchange than taking your life for attacking me."
5075
5076The four hollows are looking at you expressing a wide range of emotions in the meantime.
5077You look back at Lan.
5078"You didn't do anything?"
5079
5080"You said "follow"."
5081
5082You smile.
5083"That I did."
5084You turn your attention to the Menos now.
5085"Now then, what do we do now?"
5086
5087>"You had some nerve attacking me"
5088>"I heard some mumbling about 4 on 1. Here I am" (This results in a fight)
5089>"That was awkward, let's start over! Hi my name is Kaizar."
5090>Other? (write-in)
5091--------------------------
5092-omitted one small post.
5093You crack your knuckles and then your neck.
5094You look the Vasto straight in the eye and start walking up to her, still cracking your knuckles.
5095She looks at you with a lot of fear in her eyes.
5096
5097When you get close enough you extend your left hand.
5098"My name is Kaizar Soize and I hope we can overlook this incident."
5099
5100Her eyes betray her confusion, she doesn't know how to react to this.
5101"B-but we attacked you..."
5102
5103"Yes."
5104
5105"And you are just going to ignore that?"
5106
5107You give her a serious look.
5108"I'm sparing you right now.
5109Don't look a gifthorse in the mouth."
5110
5111She looks considerably more calm now.
5112"And how do I know this isn't a trick?"
5113
5114Now you are not amused.
5115"Fine."
5116And with that you begin to relax your suppression.
5117Little by little your reiatsu starts to leak out until it fills the entire cave and the legs of the 3 Adjuchas give out.
5118The shark Vasto is looking like she won't be able to hold out much longer either.
5119
5120Her eyes are watering from the exertion and her sweat betrays her.
5121You start suppressing your power once more.
5122"I told you.
5123I'm not here for trouble.
5124And all I want now is a handshake."
5125
5126She extends her left arm and shakes yours.
5127"T-Tier Harribel."
5128
5129You let go of her arm.
5130"A pleasure."
5131You gesture towards your partner.
5132"This is Wang Lan, we are Arrancars."
5133
5134"Arrancars? That's impossible!"
5135The lion speaks up.
5136
5137"Hush, Mila Rose!"
5138Harribel orders her subordinate to quiet down.
5139"Sorry, she is Franceska Mila Rose.
5140The other two are Cyan Sung-Sun and Emilou Apacci.
5141Now, what do you want from us?"
5142
5143You scratch the back of your head and sigh a little.
5144"Not beating around the bush, huh?"
5145You look over at Lan carefully.
5146"Lan, go to the entrance of the cave, I'm sure my little performance just attracted every suicidal idiot in a ten mile radius.
5147I'd prefer if they didn't come barging in when I'm explaining shit."
5148
5149She nods and starts walking outside.
5150Meanwhile you look around for, well, anything.
5151But this cave is literally just a hole in the ground.
5152--------------------------
5153"Erm...
5154Where do you guys sit down?"
5155
5156They all look at you confused.
5157"Sit down?
5158On the ground, idiot!"
5159
5160The other two Adjuchas quickly scold her.
5161"APPACI!"
5162
5163"I'm sorry but I don't get what you are asking."
5164Harribel speaks.
5165
5166Well now you feel dumb.
5167It seems living in your forest for the past century really made you soft.
5168Up until this point you were living in what would be considered luxury in Hueco Mundo even though it was just bare bones basic accommodation.
5169You simply sit down on the ground and signal the others to get comfortable as well.
5170
5171"Sorry just... forget I ever asked anything."
5172
5173They follow your example and sit down on the ground.
5174"Very well.
5175Now, can you explain what you want from us?"
5176
5177"Of course."
5178You clear your throat in preparation for your long speech.
5179"We are members of an army of arrancars and we are searching the deserts of Hueco Mundo for hollows suitable for transformation."
5180
5181"You are expanding your army..."
5182
5183"Yes."
5184
5185"Aren't Arrancars supposed to be a made up fairy tale or somethin'?"
5186Appaci asks.
5187
5188Your only response is drawing your sword.
5189After letting them gaze upon it for a few moments you slice the ground with it.
5190"Fairy tales don't cut stone like that."
5191
5192"I see.
5193So you are looking for strong hollows to make strong arrancars, right?"
5194
5195"You could say that.
5196Any hollow can become an Arrancar as far as I know.
5197But Menos generally produce better ones and Adjuchas or even Vasto Lorde level..."
5198
5199The three adjuchas are looking at Harribel desperately.
5200She has a clam and collected expression and asks a question.
5201"So you are here to conscript us?"
5202
5203"You could say that...
5204It's our job to look for potential Arrancars.
5205But I'm not going to force you into joining us.
5206I, personally, am looking for volunteers and NOT slaves."
5207
5208After this there is a long and awkward silence.
5209Nobody wants to talk.
5210But now you feel thirsty.
5211You take out your waterskin and take a few swigs of the spring water you brought with yourself.
5212--------------------------
5213After you finish you let out a satisfying popping noise after you take out the waterskin from your mouth.
5214"Man I was getting parched."
5215
5216As you are about to put your water away you look at the four hollows who are staring at you in disbelief.
5217*What are they staring at?
5218I didn't do anything except...*
5219
5220You look down at your waterskin and you grin like the devil himself in your mind.
5221In a casual tone you extend your arm.
5222"Want some?"
5223
5224She is hesitant at first but curiosity overwhelms her pretty fast.
5225It's funny how careful she is, she even smells its content before taking a sip.
5226Her eyes go wide when she does however.
5227
5228"Lady Harribel!"
5229The three of them speak up in unison.
5230"What's wrong?"
5231
5232"N-nothing...
5233It's just water."
5234
5235The three of them sigh with relief but you can see the gears slowly turning inside of their heads.
5236"HUH?!
5237WATER?!"
5238
5239Now you give a fiendish grin for real.
5240"It always slips my mind what the outside world is like.
5241Living in fear, always seeking out the next meal, the shadow of irreversible regression looming over you.
5242Nothing but despair."
5243
5244"How did you..."
5245
5246"I had enough of it all.
5247I had enough of the constant wandering, that I had to cannibalize hollows all the time, that there was never a place where I could safely lay my head down.
5248This world, this Hell.
5249I had enough of it.
5250So I changed it!"
5251
5252"What are you..."
5253
5254"From the filth and muck I built an oasis of hope for one reason.
5255So my friends won't have to suffer.
5256A brilliant blue forest where there's food, water and safety.
5257It's called Vanaheim."
5258
5259"QUIT SCREWIN' AROUND!"
5260Appachi explodes.
5261"LIKE HELL SUCH A THING EXISTS!"
5262Tears begin to collect under her eye.
5263"IF YOU ARE GOING TO KILL US JUST DO IT ALREADY!
5264BUT DON'T YOU FUCKIN' DARE GET OUR HOPES UP LIKE THAT JUST TO TOY WITH US!"
5265
5266You look at her with the most serious look you can manage.
5267You take off your heat and undo the top button of your coat.
5268"If you don't believe it, you can come and take a good look at it."
5269--------------------------
5270Appachi is still looking at you with watery eyes and her two comrades are in a similar shape even though they are more composed than her.
5271Harribel is looking at you scornfully.
5272They don't believe you.
5273
5274>Tell them that if they join the army they can live there.
5275>Invite them to live there, no condition.
5276>"As I said, you can come see for yourself."
5277>Other? (write-in)
5278--------------------------
5279-omitted one small post.
5280-omitted one small post.
5281"Tell me Harribel, how much do you know about Hueco Mundo before it became this wasteland?"
5282
5283"What?"
5284
5285"I asked if you are aware how this place was before this."
5286
5287"I only know that Barragan was the one who made it like this long ago."
5288
5289"Well, I undid it.
5290And whether you believe me or not is irrelevant.
5291As I said before, you can come and see for yourself."
5292
5293"And let me guess, we'd have to serve you to live there..."
5294
5295You give her another serious look.
5296"No."
5297
5298"Excuse me?"
5299
5300"I built it with my own two hands and I have free reign over it.
5301If you join us, fine.
5302Given that I have the most influence in our army currently nobody can force you to join if I say otherwise.
5303There are pilgrims coming there daily and I don't turn away any of them.
5304I kill a lot for breaking the rules but that's another thing entirely."
5305
5306"And just what are those rules?"
5307
5308You begin counting the rules on your fingers.
5309"You don't kill other hollows.
5310You don't take what's not yours and you don't cause trouble for others.
5311We have many types of people living there, if you don't like someone then avoid them.
5312And in exchange you get food, water and shelter.
5313And if you think you'll be peer pressured into joining the army you are mistaken.
5314I'm a part of the army but I own the land where they are currently residing.
5315So I have absolute control over it both in and outside the armies influence."
5316
5317"So... we can go and take a look at it?
5318Just like that?"
5319Sung-Sun asks.
5320
5321You nod.
5322"And if you don't like it you can leave.
5323If anyone says otherwise I'll bury them myself."
5324
5325Harribel still looks concerned.
5326"I still have a question.
5327Why?"
5328
5329You look down, fists clenched.
5330"Because I know what it's like out there.
5331You seem like good people, not many hollows would go through all this trouble to protect each other.
5332It's admirable.
5333And I allowed less noble people stay in my forest than that."
5334
5335Harribel closes her eye for a moment to think things through.
5336"Very well.
5337We'll go and take a look but that's it."
5338--------------------------
5339When you reach the surface Wang Lan is still keeping watch.
5340She turns around to address you.
5341"No hostiles."
5342
5343You smile at her.
5344"Good, then we were both successful."
5345
5346"Are they joining?"
5347
5348"We'll see."
5349
5350When you look back the four hollows are coming up the long set of stairs.
5351They appear to be very cautious of you and the potential danger which lurks around.
5352
5353You turn your attention to Lan.
5354"Contact the others via Denreishinki.
5355Tell them we are turning back."
5356--------------------------
5357And that'll be it for todays quest.
5358
5359I honestly wanted to get more shit done but today was a long day and I'm simply too exhausted to continue.
5360
5361In exchange I'm aiming for a double take on the weekend in exchange.
5362
5363Archive is up.
5364I'll do the pastes tomorrow.
5365
5366Twitter:@SpookyngQM
5367Ask:@Spookyng
5368--------------------------
5369=========== END THREAD ===========
5370German Hollow Quest 22
5371written by Spookyng
5372--------------------qst2txt--------------------
5373
5374Today is your lucky day.
5375 
5376After receiving your orders from Aizen himself you teamed up with fellow Espada Wang Lan in order to find new recruits for the army.
5377And even though this was your first expedition to the surface you already hit the jackpot.
5378 
5379Tier Harribel, a Vasto Lorde who was hiding in a small cave, has agreed to at least take a look at Vanaheim after sufficient persuasion.
5380She seems to be a very stoic person who deeply cares about her subordinates, judging by the way she treated her followers, on top of being quite powerful.
5381In short, if she does decide to join your ranks you'll receive quite an addition to your cause.
5382 
5383Too bad about the company she keeps.
5384 
5385Three Adjuchas class menos, all females, constantly shadow her.
5386And you can't exactly judge them for it either, to them the shark like Vasto must be a true beacon of hope in this wasteland of despair.
5387But it's their personalities that's getting on your nerves.
5388 
5389It's not any single one of them but all three combined.
5390To start off, each of them have quite sharp tongues and none of them are afraid to voice their opinions about anything.
5391The problem is that they compliment each other so well, when one speaks up another quickly begins arguing and then the third will berate the two for acting childish.
5392This quickly dissolves into the three of them constantly shouting at each other all the time.
5393 
5394And this has been going on for hours.
5395While Wang Lan doesn't seem to be phased by it and Harribel is clearly accustomed to it, the constant bickering is getting quite unbearable for you.
5396 
5397"Ugh, I miss Pesche and Dondochakka..."
5398You say to nobody in particular.
5399As you start to think about what you said however you quickly grab your mouth with your hands and swallow hard.
5400 
5401Lan gives you a curious look.
5402You wipe your mouth and answer her.
5403"I think I just threw up in my mouth a little."
5404And true to your word the notion of missing those two chucklefucks made you gag a little.
5405--------------------------
5406Despite that you keep walking like nothing happened, instead you turn your head to look at Harribel.
5407"Is it usually like this?"
5408 
5409Appachi gets offended at that.
5410"What did you just say?!"
5411 
5412Harribel however doesn't seem to care all that much.
5413"You get used to it."
5414This woman must have the patience of a saint.
5415"By the way, how long do we have to keep going?
5416We've done nothing but walk for the last hour and a half."
5417 
5418After doing a bit of calculating you reply to her.
5419"Probably four days and sixteen hours if we keep up this pace and don't take breaks."
5420 
5421"You wondered that far from your home?"
5422 
5423You shrug.
5424"Not really, we just took our time coming here.
5425We wanted to search the desert and to do that we had to go slowly.
5426At top speed we could have covered that distance pretty fast."
5427 
5428The three adjuchas stop bickering for a few seconds after hearing that.
5429They are slowly getting accustomed to the sheer magnitude of your power but that doesn't mean they aren't shocked when they hear you claim such things.
5430 
5431Harribel looks at her underlings with a concerned look.
5432"We'll need to stop at some point to get food."
5433 
5434She seems to deeply care about those three.
5435As a Vasto Lorde she doesn't even need to eat anymore and yet she'd still go out of her way to provide safety and stability for them.
5436 
5437But with such a long distance to travel you'd rather not waste any time like that so you'll have to...
5438 
5439Suddenly you notice a rather large horde of hollows who just entered your pesquisa.
5440There's about two dozen of them, all Adjuchas, and Wang Lan also seems to have detected them.
5441 
5442"They are coming this way."
5443She says.
5444 
5445And it seems that their collective reiatsu was enough to show up on the radar of your Menos companions as well.
5446"There's so many of them!"
5447Appaci says.
5448 
5449You reach for you weapon in preparation.
5450"Stay on your toes everyone!
5451This might get ugly."
5452--------------------------
5453When the small army gets within eyesight you can see how angry they look.
5454"It's them!
5455They have the white clothes!"
5456Some of them shout to the others.
5457"KILL THEM ALL!
5458FOR HIS MAJESTY!"
5459 
5460They waste no time with pleasantries and instead rush you, thinking that they can overwhelm you with sheer numbers.
5461Wang Lan steps forward and grabs her two bundled up weapons.
5462"I'll do it.
5463This is beneath the Segunda."
5464 
5465It seems she'd like to take the initiative.
5466What do you do?
5467 
5468>Let Lan handle them and protect the Menos. (Observe her)
5469>Tell Lan that it's you who'll handle this. (Try out your new powers)
5470>It might be overkill but team up with her.
5471>Other? (write-in)
5472--------------------------
5473-omitted one small post.
5474After considering your options you decided to let her do her thing.
5475At least this way you'll get to see one of the Espada in action whose powers you aren't familiar with yet.
5476
5477"Very well.
5478Do as you please."
5479
5480She nods in confirmation.
5481You on the other hand turn to your new acquaintances.
5482"And you, stay where you are."
5483
5484Naturally they are less inclined to follow your orders.
5485"Giving us orders?!
5486The nerve!"
5487Mila Rose shouts back at you angrily.
5488
5489"That's enough!"
5490Harribel puts her in her place and after that she turns to you.
5491"Are you expecting us to fight?"
5492
5493"No."
5494
5495"But-"
5496
5497"Something tells me she won't need the help.
5498And if you don't move I'll have an easier time taking out those that bypass her.
5499Not moving really is in your best interest."
5500With that you turn back to take a good luck at Lans performance.
5501
5502She quickly takes off her hoodie, revealing her actual uniform underneath it which has an uncanny resemblance to that of a shinigamis but with the colors reversed.
5503Lan then reaches to the large bundles of cloth at her side and after giving it a hard pull her weapon unfolds.
5504
5505You have only faint memories of such weapons and only from pictures.
5506The twin blades shine bright in the pale moonlight.
5507She raises the blades above her head and forms a cross with them.
5508
5509"Inject: Médula Ósea"
5510--------------------------
5511https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=suwfJMiXauU
5512
5513With a burst of white reiatsu her swords explode and she inhales the vapor released from them.
5514Her body begins to change almost immediately, all the while her reiatsu begins to rapidly increase.
5515White scales begin to emerge from underneath her skin and they begin to cover her body up completely.
5516During that process the bone like armor slowly tears away most of her clothing.
5517
5518When she is finished what remains is something resembling the skeletal structure of a lizard crossed with a bat.
5519The image made you immediately think about the depiction of creatures of legend, the dragons.
5520
5521With an earsplitting screech signals that her release is now complete, some of the weaker Adjuchas have a hard time staying conscious after the earsplitting sound.
5522After she takes off with such speed that only one of the Espada could pull off.
5523
5524She doesn't waste much time and jumps straight into the mob of enemies.
5525The fight quickly devolves into a huge rumble with only Lan against over two dozen Menos.
5526What you notice is that her way of fighting is rather strange.
5527
5528Lan seems to do nothing more than slightly cut the hollows with her wings in large sweeping motions as if she is dancing with a fan.
5529When she cuts one hollow she simply tosses them away in a way that the movement of the rest is not inhibited.
5530This results in an endless tidal wave of hollows attacking her from all angles constantly despite the fact that she could have easily thinned their numbers by now.
5531
5532Unfortunately for you some hollows actually managed to figure out that she outclasses them by a lot and had the bright idea to attack the "weak ones" first.
5533
5534"Sod it!
5535I'm going for those, you game?"
5536A hollow calls out two of his friends and after a quick nod they all dash towards you.
5537
5538You have to give it to them, they are surprisingly fast.
5539They even managed to scare the three beasts behind you.
5540As they swing barely inches away from your face you grab the hilt of your sword.
5541--------------------------
5542In a flash you draw your sword and cleave the first guys mid section in half followed by the savage mutilation of his two friends.
5543The cut carried with it enough power to whip up a rather large gust of wind which further tore into your unfortunate opponents, creating a rather large red mist in the process.
5544
5545"Some idiots are always trying to ice skate uphill..."
5546You say as with a downward swing you clean your sword of all the blood staining its blade.
5547With a third slash you create another gust of wind, clearing the obscuring fog of blood in the process.
5548
5549Harribel gives is still as collected as ever but you can see it in her eyes that she is at least impressed by your display.
5550"So that's the power of an arrancar."
5551
5552You sheath your sword and then point towards Lan.
5553"No, that is."
5554
5555"But she doesn't do anything..."
5556
5557"Something tells me you are about to see some serious shit."
5558
5559When you say that Lan suddenly jumps out of the fray.
5560Her resurrección suddenly disappears and her swords materialize in the ground.
5561She is almost naked from the waist up with the exception of a series of bandages wrapped around her torso, she carefully puts her hoodie back on and picks her weapons up.
5562
5563The hollows are annoyed to say the least as they constantly hurl insults at her.
5564But she doesn't pay any attention to that and clangs her swords together.
5565"Rosa Blanca."
5566
5567At her words large bone like formations erupt from the bodies of the Adjuchas.
5568They scream in agony as the small spikes of bone keep emerging from within their bodies, tearing them apart in the process.
5569As the growths stop so do the pleading of the Menos.
5570The end result is a rather artistic "garden" of white petaled roses with stalks painted red by hollow blood.
5571They all got entombed by their own bones.
5572
5573She looks at you with her regular deadpan look.
5574"Done."
5575--------------------------
5576You give her a light clap in recognition and ask her.
5577"How did you do that?"
5578
5579"I insert stuff into them that makes their bones grow."
5580
5581"Nice."
5582
5583The four hollows behind you are mortified however.
5584They are obviously not used to the wide scale slaughter that the arrancars are capable of.
5585"You know, you could've left some of them alive for us to eat!"
5586Apacci manages to criticize you after she managed to recover from her shock but this time she didn't use any insults, progress.
5587
5588You are actually thinking about something.
5589
5590>"These three should still be good if you are so hungry."
5591>"I have a better alternative if you promise me to shut up." (give them what's left of your rations)
5592>"We don't have time for eating anyway, we have to get home and report this."
5593>Other? (write-in)
5594--------------------------
5595-omitted one small post.
5596You don't like the idea of doing this but you don't have much of a choice.
5597After grabbing what's left of the food you packed for yourself you hand it to Harribel.
5598
5599She gives you a quizzical look.
5600"What's this?"
5601
5602"It was meant to be a surprise.
5603Divide it between the four of you equally.
5604In the meantime I'll have a chat with my colleague."
5605With that you leave them to discover your food and walk to Lan who is wrapping up her weapons once more.
5606
5607"We have to go."
5608
5609She nods in agreement.
5610
5611"They noticed our clothes and said something about "his majesty"."
5612
5613"Barragan."
5614
5615"And that means-"
5616
5617"Marr."
5618She finishes your sentence.
5619
5620"Do you think he wants to retaliate?"
5621
5622"Probably."
5623
5624"Then we shouldn't waste any time and get back home immediately."
5625
5626You leave her to finish wrapping her swords up and go back to the others.
5627They all look at you with same bewilderment everyone else does when they first eat the fruit.
5628"W-what was that?
5629And do you have more?"
5630Apacci asks.
5631
5632"Can't tell and yes.
5633But we don't have time to give you a lecture about it.
5634So I hope you liked that stuff because now you'll burn it all off in one go."
5635
5636"What do you mean?"
5637Harribel asks.
5638
5639"These fools were Barragans man and they might have been heading towards my home."
5640
5641"So you are Barragans enemies?"
5642
5643"Not really but I'm willing to make a bet one of our members pissed him off recently."
5644
5645"And now you worry your home is in danger."
5646
5647"I don't give a damn about my home, I'm worried about my people."
5648
5649She closes her eyes for a moment and looks you straight in the eye.
5650"Very well.
5651Then show us the way."
5652
5653You don't answer but turn to Lan who seems to be all set.
5654Without facing them you give the order.
5655"Let's go!
5656Full speed!"
5657
5658You and Lan then take off with a powerful kick and the four Menos follow suit.
5659They lagg behind at first but you adjust your speed to match theirs.
5660This will still take a while though.
5661--------------------------
5662After about two hours of going at full speed however Harribels crew got too exhausted to keep going.
5663Their legs are shaking and they are out of breath.
5664It's admirable that they held out for so long just so they don't shame their leader.
5665
5666But it's not enough for you.
5667It's obvious that they can only walk now and you'd have to wait even for that.
5668"It's still an eight hour walk from here."
5669You examine after taking a close look at your surroundings.
5670
5671After some heavy panting Mila Rose speaks up.
5672"It's still so far away?"
5673
5674"Don't look down on yourselves.
5675You just did several days worth of walking in just two hours.
5676But next time tell us you can't keep going.
5677It's not a good idea to use up all of your energy like that."
5678
5679"Screw... you..."
5680She says.
5681
5682But you don't pay attention to her, it's only the exhaustion speaking.
5683You instead focus your attention at Harribel, she is not in quite the same situation as them but it's obvious that this was at least a good workout for her.
5684"I'm afraid we might have to split up."
5685
5686"What?"
5687
5688"We are out of food so we can't just get your energy back.
5689Either Lan or I'll have to go and check on things.
5690Don't worry, the other will stay here to make sure you are not ambushed."
5691
5692>Lan goes home.
5693>You go home.
5694>Other? (write-in)
5695--------------------------
5696-omitted one small post.
5697"Or..."
5698
5699"Or what?"
5700She asks.
5701
5702"Or we'll have to carry you back."
5703
5704"That at least makes sense.
5705There are three of you and three of us.
5706I'll go with Miss Harribel of course!"
5707Sung-Sun calls dibs on Harribel almost immediately.
5708
5709And while the other two quickly begin arguing with her you quickly shut them down.
5710"Harribel is okay to come but I doubt she has the stamina to carry one of you at the same time.
5711Especially with those large bodies of yours."
5712
5713"Hey!
5714Who are you calling fat?!"
5715Apacci shouts.
5716
5717"He is talking about our size not our weight you insecure tramp!"
5718Mila Rose scolds her.
5719
5720You try to ignore your growing migraine and look at Lan.
5721"Can you do one of them?"
5722
5723"I don't like lifting heavy stuff but I'll do it."
5724
5725"See?
5726She is calling us fat!"
5727
5728"God you are as dense as usual."
5729Sung-Sun insults Apacci.
5730
5731"Then it's settled.
5732Sung-Sun right?
5733Can you coil around one of them so it's easier to carry you?"
5734You ask the snake like Adjuchas.
5735
5736"Of course I can!
5737But I'd rather not do it, these two furballs reek of sweat!"
5738
5739The other two quickly begin to hurl insults at her which she quickly replies to.
5740But you shut them off.
5741"I was not asking if you are willing or not.
5742Now either you comply or we are going to have problems."
5743
5744"Miss Harribel, do you see this?
5745He thinks he can give orders to us now."
5746
5747"Behave yourself Sung-Sun.
5748He's worried about his friends.
5749If I was in his place I'd react the same way.
5750So before you judge him imagine yourself in his shoes."
5751
5752She reels back a bit and lowers her head in order to show a little subservience.
5753Then she coils around Mila Rose.
5754Afterwards you pick the two of them up and Lan begins carrying Apacci.
5755
5756"Are you okay Harribel?"
5757
5758"Sure."
5759
5760After this all of you depart towards home, this time much faster than before.
5761--------------------------
5762The flight is not much better however.
5763For starters, it's not exactly comfortable carrying two Adjuchas at the same time.
5764Also while Apacci got it better with her being alone with Lan she finds stuff to complain about.
5765
5766"Watch where you are touching!"
5767
5768Lan is holding Apacci like she was a princess, her two arms holding Apaccis back.
5769"My arms are too short to reach any part other than your back..."
5770
5771"S-still!
5772Don't get any funny ideas!
5773Miss Harribel, I assure you I don't enjoy this!"
5774
5775"Ugh would you just shut up?
5776It's not exactly comfortable here but you don't see us complaining!"
5777
5778"Quite.
5779But mostly because I'm trying to hold my breath."
5780
5781"WHAT DID YOU SAY?"
5782
5783Finally you snap.
5784"Okay, ONE MORE WORD AND-"
5785
5786But before you could finish your sentence you can feel a powerful reiatsu coming from behind you.
5787Both you, Lan and Harribel turn your heads in the direction.
5788You don't have much time to act so you toss the two Adjuchas into the air.
5789
5790In a moment you draw your sword only to find your enemy having one as well.
5791The two blades clash and sparks spew forth from the contact.
5792
5793His strength is formidable to the point where he can easily match your strength.
5794At first you thought that he was an Arrancar judging from his mask but his reiatsu simply doesn't match that of one.
5795"A shinigami?!"
5796You speak up in surprise after getting a good read on his power and seeing his black clothes.
5797He grumbles and then manages to knock you away with a large burst of reiatsu.
5798
5799After grinding to a halt you look up at your assailant.
5800He has a large brown cloak made from a hollows hide and on it are several masks.
5801The man also conceals his face with one that resembles a deer skull.
5802
5803You don't think you have many options but to fight.
5804Give an order to Lan:
5805>"Help me!"
5806>"Guard them."
5807
5808Also, how will you fight?
5809>Use your sword.
5810>Fight from afar.
5811>Release your sword.
5812>Other? (write-in)
5813--------------------------
5814-omitted one small post.
5815-omitted one small post.
5816The two Adjuchas whom you've just tossed into the air finally come crashing down, screaming all the way.
5817Your enemy doesn't waste any time and relentlessly attacks you with such savagery that makes you question if he really is a shinigami.
5818In an effort to clear some space you disengage after another sword clash and disperse enough reiatsu from your sword to create a distraction.
5819
5820"Wang Lan, defend them at all cost!"
5821You shout to her after managing to buy some time.
5822
5823"Right."
5824
5825But you only managed to buy so much time as your enemy resumed his assault.
5826His fighting style does remind you of a hollow a lot, fast and powerful attacks filled with murderous intent and executed on an instinctual level.
5827No refinement, no bullshit swordplay, just a man trying to kill you with a sharpened piece of metal.
5828You can appreciate this but at the same time you are afraid.
5829Every hit from this guy feels like someone keeps smashing you with a sledgehammer.
5830
5831He winds up for another rather powerful blow.
5832As he swings you take your left hand out of your pocket and grab your swords hilt with two hands.
5833When you clash the force of the two attacks nullifies the others.
5834As both of you struggle to gain the upper hand you attempt communicating with him.
5835
5836"Who the hell are you?
5837And just what do you want from us?"
5838
5839"Silence!"
5840He pulls back his sword and jumps away from you.
5841
5842In a flash he disappears and then reappears at your side trying to cut you in half.
5843You raise the handle of your sword up and aim the blade downward to block his Zanpakutō.
5844Although you managed to block it you had to contort your body a lot and now you are in a bad position.
5845
5846He vanishes once more and appears at your other side.
5847And although you couldn't move your sword in time to the other side you didn't need to.
5848You raise your finger and charge a blue cero at the tip of your middle and index fingers.
5849--------------------------
5850The moment you fire seems to drag on as your perception adjusted to the ridiculous speed of your confrontation.
5851As the brilliant blue light travels forward the shinigami takes one of the larger masks off of his coat and places it in front of him.
5852
5853When the light collides with the mask its energy begins to disperse all around it.
5854And while you are amazed at such an ingenious trick you can't relax.
5855Rather than waiting for your blast to completely disappear you swing down with all your might, cutting your own cero in half.
5856
5857Luckily for you the enemy didn't anticipate this and as such he lost the large mask and his left arm became practically unusable.
5858He jumps away from you trying to gain some distance.
5859You can't make out his expression from under the mask but your guess is that he is looking for an escape.
5860
5861After releasing your two handed grip on the sword and pocketing your left hand you take a few steps forward to get his attention.
5862"So, are you going to rush me again or are you willing to talk now?"
5863
5864"I have nothing to talk about with a monster."
5865
5866You shrug.
5867"That's too bad.
5868People say that I'm an interesting person to chat with and you are also quite fascinating.
5869What is a shinigami doing here anyway?"
5870
5871"It's none of your business, freak."
5872
5873"Freak? Me?
5874You are not wrong but I don't think you know that."
5875
5876"You have a Zanpakutō, a hollows mask and reiatsu.
5877Just what kind of abomination are you?"
5878
5879"It's called an Arrancar.
5880A hollow that tore off its mask and obtained shinigami like powers."
5881
5882"That's impossible."
5883
5884"Oh..."
5885You look at him with cold, murderous eyes.
5886"Then I guess that wound on your arm is also impossible."
5887You take out your left hand and two hand your sword once more.
5888
5889With a quick sonído you close the distance and clash with him again.
5890To your surprise he is still strong enough with only one arm to block your attacks.
5891
5892>This has dragged on for too long. (Resurrección)
5893>Keep going like this.
5894--------------------------
5895-omitted one small post.
5896While both of you are struggling you suddenly pull back after taking a peek at the others down on the ground.
5897Your opponent doesn't seem too amused by this.
5898
5899"Giving up already?"
5900
5901"Hardly.
5902I just don't have much time to waste on you.
5903So from now on, no holding back."
5904
5905"What?"
5906
5907https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FS1lKA2GNF0
5908
5909You raise up your sword and turn it sideways, forming an inverted cross with the guards of the hilt.
5910"You said that arrancars are impossible, right?
5911Well allow me to enlighten you."
5912
5913You begin channeling reiryoku into your sword which then begins to glow with an turquoise color.
5914As your power builds even the otherwise still terrain of Hueco Mundo begins to react.
5915Large gusts of wind whip up the sand from the ground and begin to swirl around you.
5916
5917After inhaling you say the words.
5918"Mend and Maim, Basilisco."
5919
5920Your sword then liquefies, blade and hilt.
5921The goo then trickles down your arm and envelops your body, encasing you in a glowing cocoon.
5922When your entire body is obscured the shell violently erupts in a pillar of reiatsu which quickly fades into nothingness.
5923
5924In the middle is you, standing in your resurrected form.
5925From the corner of your eyes blue markings arc toward your gillstalks and these same remnants of your mask sprouted a new addition, a mask dotted by many sharp teeth now cover your mouth and connect the two gills together.
5926In addition a pair of gauntlets and greaves now encase your limbs and a set of pauldrons protect both your shoulders and your neck.
5927From underneath your trenchnoat a sleek tail sometimes pokes out.
5928
5929You open your eyes and exhale.
5930"So this is what it feels like."
5931You gaze at your enemy and point a finger at him.
5932
5933A small drop of mucus begins to form at the tip of it and in an instant it shoots out like a bullet.
5934The shinigami can barely react at its speed but he manages to block the attack with the side of his sword.
5935--------------------------
5936Unfortunately for him that wasn't the end of it.
5937True, he managed to block the attack but it still carried enough force to send him reeling backwards.
5938You have to hand it to him, he managed to cancel the momentum of the attack so the tip of his sword didn't hit him in the head but he is still grinding along the path of reishi he creates under his feet.
5939
5940As he is still flying backwards you catch up with him with a quick aerial dash with such a speed that he couldn't see you coming.
5941When you reach behind him you spin kick him in the back and alter his trajectory completely.
5942He is now flying straight towards where you last were and where there is now a rather large web of mucus.
5943It was a perfect hit.
5944
5945In your moment of respite you look at the others down below to see their expressions.
5946Lan is currently trying to asses your strength, Harribel looks confused as hell and the three Adjuchas are all having various expressions of fear and bewilderment.
5947
5948Asthe shinigami is sitting there, tangled in your contraption you casually walk towards him.
5949"You are a tenacious one.
5950I was expecting these strands to do more than papercuts."
5951
5952He is in front of you, unable to move in the trappings of your razorwire like web.
5953"What was that?"
5954He says as he is constantly struggling to escape.
5955
5956"Resurrección.
5957This is what happens when an arrancar releases his sword."
5958
5959He simply grunts at you.
5960
5961>Finish him off.
5962>Leave him there.
5963>Let him go.
5964>Other? (write-in)
5965Do you take his sword?
5966--------------------------
5967-omitted one small post.
5968"What are you waiting for?
5969Do it!"
5970
5971"Do what?"
5972
5973"Finish what you started!"
5974
5975"And let you off easy?
5976No thank you.
5977You attacked me, remember?"
5978
5979"Then release me and I'll show you a true Zanpakutō you abomination!"
5980
5981"I don't think you are in a position to order me around."
5982
5983But that got you thinking.
5984He didn't even get a chance to release his own sword and yet he was so strong.
5985As you are pondering you begin reaching out for the sword that he is still clenching as hard as he can.
5986
5987"WHAT ARE YOU DOING?!"
5988
5989But you don't pay attention to him.
5990He is trying as much as he can to hold onto the sword.
5991To get around that problem you poke his shoulder and force his muscles to loosen up in his entire arm.
5992
5993"This'll make a nice decoration once I finish my fireplace."
5994
5995"What?!"
5996
5997"This is mine now."
5998You give him a little wave.
5999"Bye."
6000
6001When you land on the ground you have the undivided attention of the entire crew.
6002As you toss your trophy over your shoulder Lan asks you.
6003"You didn't kill him?"
6004
6005"He won't get out of that for a while.
6006And if he actually manages to fend off hungry hollows for the duration and survive without a sword after that then I'd say he earned it."
6007
6008The rest of them are giving you strange looks, you'd say some of them are filled with curiosity.
6009"So that is..."
6010Harribel speaks up.
6011
6012"My true form, yes."
6013
6014She ponders for a moment.
6015"That cleared a few things up at least.
6016So, what's tha plan now?"
6017
6018"The same as before."
6019You reply as you give a good few squeezes to your hand.
6020"But I have a better alternative."
6021
6022After a few minutes you are already soaring through the sky, you still in your resurrected form.
6023Wang Lan is flying next to you and she helps you hold up a large net made out of mucus which you are using to transport the others.
6024"Why didn't you re-seal yourself?"
6025
6026"It doesn't seem to consume much if any energy.
6027And I don't know how long will this stuff linger if I seal my power."
6028--------------------------
6029Taking a closer look at the Menos down below reveals that they are not very comfortable.
6030You can hear them constantly complain about the goo and the fact that you are going too fast for their liking.
6031The only one who seems to enjoy it at least is Harribel who looks relieved she doesn't have to keep up with you anymore.
6032
6033In but a few minutes at max speed you see Vanaheim on the horizon.
6034You can already hear the four Menos below.
6035"I can't believe it."
6036
6037"It's real."
6038
6039"So pretty."
6040
6041"..."
6042
6043When you reach the edge you put your net down and afterwards you leave the hollows to Lan.
6044You can't really waste any time.
6045You have to get there!
6046
6047Upon your arrival Pesche and Dondochakka freak out.
6048"OH MY GOD!
6049A MONSTER!"
6050They both scream at the same time.
6051
6052"Wait, it's just Kaizar.
6053Don'tcha know?"
6054
6055They look at each other.
6056"OH MY GOD!
6057IT'S KAIZAR!"
6058
6059You sigh a little.
6060"So I assume that nothing bad has happened since I left.
6061Because I know you idiots and you only behave in such a way if you have too much free time on your hands."
6062
6063"Well of course nothing bad happened.
6064What made you say that?
6065Did you manage to make enemies with someone again?"
6066
6067"Ugh, just... just shut up.
6068Where are the others?"
6069
6070"Lazing around all over the place."
6071
6072"Okay, what about Nel?"
6073
6074"She-"
6075
6076"If I may interject.
6077Welcome back, Kaizar."
6078
6079"Aaroniero?
6080What do you want with me?"
6081
6082"I came to welcome you back and to ask of your journey."
6083
6084"Okay I'll tell you about that but I have some important stuff to discuss.
6085Like the matter of Barragans army attacked us when they saw us wearing white clothes!"
6086
6087"Hmmmm.
6088I see.
6089How unfortunate."
6090
6091"Unfortunate?
6092I was worried they might have attacked us while I was gone."
6093
6094"I assure you that no such thing happened.
6095Even if it did there's no such force in Hueco Mundo that could stand up to our collective power."
6096
6097"And what about Barragan, huh?
6098The man who reduced Hueco Mundo to a wasteland.
6099Remember that?"
6100
6101"Yes and that's why I'm saying you needn't worry."
6102--------------------------
6103"Barragan is the self titled king of Hueco Mundo and as such views everyone and everything as insignificant.
6104He'd never lift a finger if he didn't have to."
6105
6106"And what about a small army of at least twenty Adjuchas?"
6107
6108"That was probably just a formality, an attempt on his part to save some face.
6109And on the matter of Marr, while I'm sure he is the one responsible for this incursion he is also the one who offers safety to us.
6110He is the only person Barragan truly fears as he is quite immune to his powers."
6111
6112"That's the first time I heard such a thing.
6113Does that mean you know Barragans true ability?"
6114
6115"Yes I do.
6116He possesses the ability to rapidly age anything he wishes."
6117
6118"Then how is Marr immune to it?"
6119
6120"Calling it immunity would not be entirely correct.
6121It's just that Marrs lifespan is so unbelievably long that losing a couple thousand years is nothing to him.
6122This means that Barragan could age him all he wanted in the end he'd be the one dying."
6123
6124You stare at Aaronieros obscured face for a few seconds.
6125"So you are saying I was worried over nothing?"
6126
6127"Yes."
6128
6129There's another brief pause.
6130"Give me a moment."
6131You walk over to the closes tree and you smash your head into it splitting the thing in two.
6132
6133"Better?"
6134Aaroniero asks you.
6135
6136"Better."
6137
6138Aaroniero raises his fist in front of his mouth and coughs a little.
6139"So, how did your expedition go?"
6140
6141You slap your own forehead.
6142"That's right!
6143I almost forgot.
6144You can say that I was partially successful."
6145
6146"Partially?"
6147
6148"You'll see what I mean.
6149But for now you'll have to excuse me."
6150
6151"Of course."
6152
6153And with that you make your way back to Tier and her gang, eager to give them their promised tour of the forest.
6154--------------------------
6155And with that I'm officially out of steam.
6156
6157Archive's up and I'll do the pastest tomorrow, however there's something needing to be adressed:
6158
6159I'm willing to do another run tomorrow to make up for the lack of quest yesterday but only if there's demand for it.
6160
6161Quest tomorrow?
6162>Yay
6163>Nay
6164--------------------------
6165-omitted one small post.
6166=========== END THREAD ===========
6167German Hollow Quest 23
6168written by Spookyng
6169--------------------qst2txt--------------------
6170
6171After getting confirmation about Vanaheims safety from Aaroniero you return to your guests whom you've left at the outskirts just in case.
6172When you arrive the four hollows you invited are marveling on the vegetation.
6173 
6174"Everything alright?"
6175Harribel asks once she notices you.
6176 
6177You reply to her after a sigh of relief.
6178"Yes thankfully.
6179It looks like I was getting worked up over nothing."
6180You turn your attention to Lan who looks quite bored already.
6181 
6182"I'll take over from here."
6183 
6184She nods and then walks off.
6185 
6186You clap your hands together and speak up.
6187"So, are you ready to take a look at the actual place?"
6188As you ask the question you look over the four of them to see Apacci sniffing the leaves.
6189"Also, please refrain from harming the trees.
6190They are invaluable."
6191 
6192She gives you an angry look.
6193"Do you think I'm an actual deer or something?!
6194Idiot..."
6195 
6196"I have a girl who might not be an actual dog but I'm willing to bet that if you threw a ball in her presence she'd go and bring it back."
6197 
6198They all give you a confused look.
6199 
6200"Oh, but before we go..."
6201You speak up and then extend your arm forward.
6202The Resurrección ends and whatever parts of your body got transformed now return to their regular state.
6203Basilisco reforms in your hand and then you put it back in its holster.
6204"There, people might get worried if I stayed like that."
6205 
6206You look over to the net you created in order to transport Harribel and her crew.
6207At least your suspicions got confirmed, the mucus won't just disappear if you reseal your power.
6208 
6209Harribel notices this and looks at you.
6210"So that substance is your power?"
6211 
6212"It is."
6213 
6214"Ugh how disgusting."
6215Sung-Sun criticizes you.
6216 
6217You decided to shrug it off.
6218"I lived for over ten years drenched in the stuff, I almost feel naked without it.
6219But it's very useful in its own ways."
6220You signal to the three of them.
6221"Now, please follow me."
6222 
6223You lead them deep into the forest.
6224--------------------------
6225Along the way you show them the most important features of the settlement such as the fruit bearing plants, the river Elivagar which courses through the forest nurturing the plants and the houses which the settlers built for themselves up in the trees.
6226 
6227"I still can't believe this is real."
6228Mila Rose marvels at the blue forest.
6229 
6230"Yeah, but I should have guessed.
6231Almost everyone here is male."
6232 
6233That caught your attention.
6234"I'm not going to argue that but why's that a problem?
6235It's true that there aren't many women around but what we have don't seem to have a problem living here."
6236 
6237Harribel looks at you.
6238"Maybe but hollows are often aggressive and savage, males even more so.
6239Don't you have problems with violence?"
6240 
6241"There's no real established law around other than us Arrancars stepping on those that start any trouble.
6242People mostly govern themselves and they even created several forms of "entertainment" for themselves.
6243The most popular of these is the fighting pit which is packed almost every day, it really helps relieve some tension.
6244Combine these with an abundant food source and people don't have many reasons to cause problems."
6245 
6246As you finish you can see the four hollows looking around and watching the denizens going about their business, they in turn also get a few odd looks but most people don't pay too much attention to them.
6247"How many people are here?"
6248Harribel asks.
6249 
6250"About a hundred.
6251It's hard to keep count of them."
6252 
6253"And what about your Arrancar friends?
6254I can't see them."
6255Mila Rose asks.
6256 
6257You shrug.
6258"They are probably doing their chores.
6259Most people help out with the maintenance of the village."
6260 
6261Just as you finish you hear a familiar voice calling out for you.
6262"Kaizar!"
6263You turn around and see Alex running towards you.
6264She screeches to a halt right next to you as she looks over the four Menos.
6265"You made some new friends?"
6266 
6267You introduce them to each other.
6268--------------------------
6269The four female hollows look over Alex and give you a quizzical look.
6270"She's an Arrancar?
6271But she's so young."
6272Harribel wonders.
6273 
6274But Alex is not amused by this.
6275"So?
6276Arrancars aren't uncommon here."
6277She says with an annoyed look on her face.
6278"But wait, aren't you supposed to be a Vasto?
6279The only oddity around here is you!"
6280She asks after looking over Harribel.
6281 
6282She blinks a few times in surprise.
6283"Well, yes I am.
6284But..."
6285 
6286"But what?"
6287 
6288"How do you know I am one?"
6289 
6290She blows some raspberries as she answers.
6291"That's easy.
6292You look almost exactly like Kaizar did when he was one."
6293 
6294The four hollows all shift their eyes onto you.
6295"He was?"
6296 
6297You scratch the back of your head.
6298"Well, only for a short while."
6299 
6300There's an awkward pause in the conversation now.
6301What do you do?
6302 
6303>"So are you interested in moving in or not?"
6304>"Yeah I'll just leave you alone so you can make your decision."
6305>"If you are still unconvinced then join us for lunch."
6306>Other? (write-in)
6307--------------------------
6308-omitted one small post.
6309"Anyhow, this is pretty much everything."
6310
6311The three Adjuchas look at Harribel expectantly.
6312"Whatever you decide we'll follow Mistress."
6313Sung-Sun says.
6314
6315She closes her eyes.
6316"I don't know.
6317I can't make a decision so suddenly."
6318
6319"Well nobody is rushing you.
6320You already know where we are, so feel free to come by if you do decide.
6321But before you leave I'd like to invite all of you for lunch.
6322It's the least we can do."
6323
6324"I'd rather not be a burden.
6325But tha-"
6326In that moment Alex grabs her by the hand and begins tugging her.
6327
6328"Come on!
6329It'll be fun.
6330Besides we have like a hundred freeloaders already we'll barely notice you!"
6331
6332"B-but..."
6333
6334"No excuses!
6335You are coming and that's it!"
6336
6337"Lady Harribel!"
6338Appaci shouts to her but Alex grabs her leg as well and begins pulling her in the direction of the dining area.
6339
6340"You are also coming!
6341It'll be so fun having more girls around!"
6342
6343They are all looking at you nervously.
6344"D-do something about her you bastard!"
6345Apacci orders you to act but you simply shrug.
6346
6347"Once she makes her mind up not even I can stop her."
6348
6349"Damn straight!"
6350
6351You make a mental note to thank Alex for helping you while you turn away from the embarrassed group and suppress your laughter.
6352She leads all of you and then sits the three Adjuchas plus Harribel down while she goes to get the food.
6353In the meantime you introduce them to Pesci who is already busy with cooking and to Yata who showed up earlier than usual.
6354They are all embarrassed as hell.
6355--------------------------
6356Once the food is served Alex sits down between the three beasts and pesters them for the whole duration of lunch while at the same time acts as a peacekeeper between them, quickly shutting down any arguments they might have.
6357
6358In the meantime you see Harribel who has moved far away from the group and is now keeping to herself.
6359You decide to go up to her just so there aren't two people eating alone at the same time.
6360"Do you mind if I sit down?"
6361
6362"It's your place, if anything I should be asking for permission to sit here."
6363
6364You put your plate down and sit at the opposite end of the table.
6365"Don't be like that, you are guests here."
6366
6367She looks down.
6368"Forgive me.
6369I'm just not used to such hospitality."
6370She then turns to look at her friends once more.
6371"They are really enjoying themselves."
6372
6373You raise an eyebrow at that.
6374"They look more annoyed to me."
6375
6376She chuckles at that.
6377"They enjoy being annoyed.
6378You might not be able to tell but those three would risk their lives for each other.
6379And it looks like they enjoy having a little sister figure as well."
6380
6381You smile a little.
6382"You care about them."
6383
6384"I do.
6385But you are no different."
6386
6387Afterward you quietly observe those four messing around.
6388But eventually Harribel looks at you.
6389"Is it true?
6390That you were a Vasto Lorde before becoming an Arrancar?"
6391
6392"Yes.
6393Why?"
6394
6395"How did you... change?"
6396
6397You take a deep breath as you try to recall those exact moments.
6398"It happened suddenly.
6399I'd say it happened when I was at my lowest, when I stopped caring about the larger problems of the world.
6400I remember my exact train of thought: Why care anymore?"
6401
6402Her eyes waver as she looks around the place while trying to avoid eyecontact.
6403You sigh heavily.
6404"Shit...
6405I was hoping I was just some special case..."
6406You say to her.
6407
6408"Ironic, isn't it?
6409The only way to achieve something so coveted is to not want it."
6410
6411"And even then not everyone can transcend to that level."
6412
6413She nods.
6414"I've seen others give up like that without changing."
6415--------------------------
6416Neither of you wants to look at the other after that.
6417The awkward silence is getting worse every second.
6418 
6419You look at your plate desperately looking for something to talk about.
6420"So...
6421How's the food?"
6422
6423"It's quite good."
6424She says before she takes another modest bite.
6425"How did you find these things?"
6426
6427"It popped out of the ground where I slept."
6428
6429"You're joking."
6430
6431"I wish I was.
6432Afterwards we made several of the plants and now you see the result of that when you look around."
6433
6434"It's impressive."
6435
6436"It can be yours as well."
6437
6438"You'll have to forgive me if I don't believe it's that simple."
6439
6440"But why?"
6441
6442"Because everything has a price.
6443I don't trust anyone who comes offering things for free."
6444
6445You look down once more.
6446Do you:
6447
6448>Not tell her anything.
6449>Tell her that the only one paying that price is you.
6450>Tell her the whole thing, Aizen and Arrancars included.
6451>Other? (write-in)
6452--------------------------
6453-omitted one small post.
6454You grab your plate and slide it aside.
6455You cross your fingers and look Harribel straight in the eye.
6456"I'm going to cut the bullshit now.
6457You are right, there is a price to pay.
6458But I'm the one who is paying it."
6459She gives you a serious look, she looks quite intimidating.
6460
6461"It would not be an exaggeration that I sold my soul to the Devil himself, Aizen Sōsuke.
6462He is the head of this "operation" and he is the one who "recruited" me."
6463
6464"What do you mean?"
6465
6466"He pretty much gave a choice, join him or suffer his wrath.
6467The most I managed to do is some bargaining, Vanaheim stays but I don't.
6468I'm pretty much his lapdog and we are all prisoners here, bound to his will."
6469
6470"And if we stay here then we'll suffer the same fate."
6471
6472"He promised that the forest will be untouched but I don't trust him.
6473And since you are a Vasto Lorde he wouldn't rest until he has you under control."
6474You look at the folks at the other end of the table.
6475"But I think you could bargain with him to leave them alone but that might be bad as well."
6476
6477"Why?"
6478
6479"I didn't lie when I said we are making an army, he wants to create as many Arrancars as he can and when he does the regular hollows will be under them in terms of hierarchy."
6480
6481"So it's not good either way."
6482She gives her comrades a concerned look and then blinks.
6483"But I'm sure if I joined up for their sake they'd still follow me out of solidarity."
6484
6485"Well...
6486You don't have to do it immediately.
6487I'm sure that you'd have time until he comes here in person."
6488
6489She looks at you with eyes full of anger.
6490"So you're telling me this was all a trap after all?"
6491
6492"Trust me, I had no such intentions.
6493But you must understand the situation that we are in.
6494When Aizen takes over, and that's a "when" and not an "if", Hueco Mundo will change.
6495And Aizen is looking for the Vasto Lorde anyway. In a best case scenario you'd be hunted for the rest of your life.
6496I'd say doing it now is better just so you get over it."
6497--------------------------
6498She looks at her friends with a grim expression.
6499"But if I joined they'd be safe, right?"
6500
6501"As safe as one can be in war."
6502
6503She looks at you again.
6504"You've told me what this Aizen wants.
6505Now tell me, what do You want?
6506Are you just his lapdog doing his bidding?"
6507
6508"No, far from it.
6509I'm here because of my friends and nothing else.
6510In fact, I'm glad we can have this talk now and because I was the one that found you.
6511It was really for the best that I found you and not some of Aizens zealots.
6512If you join then I'd get some credibility and I could vouch for you, I could actually help you."
6513
6514"And in return of my servitude we get food and shelter?"
6515
6516"Of course."
6517
6518"And what if I refuse?"
6519
6520"If it was up to me you could leave without any trouble but as you know that's not the case."
6521In that moment you signal Harribel with one of your fingers.
6522
6523She looks down at the table as a large drop of slime begins to gather at one of your fingertips.
6524You begin writing on the table with your mucus while trying your best to write upside down.
6525When you finish this can be seen under the right lighting:
6526
6527"I'LL HELP YOU GET OUT"
6528
6529She looks up.
6530"How?"
6531
6532You turn away from everyone and whisper.
6533"This stuff can hide reiatsu, if I cover you then nobody will notice it when you are gone."
6534
6535"Is it permanent?"
6536
6537"No it dissolves after a while but it lasts long enough."
6538
6539"Why?"
6540
6541"I won't help my own jailer if I can help it.
6542Now are you in or not?"
6543
6544She looks over at her companions and then closes her eyes.
6545--------------------------
6546You and Harribel walk alongside the table after finishing your meal.
6547The four girls have actually forgotten about themselves and got scared when they saw Harribel arrive.
6548"M-Mistress Harribel!
6549We were just-"
6550
6551"Enjoying yourselves?"
6552
6553"W-well..."
6554
6555"I'm glad."
6556She says with a calming voice.
6557"I must ask you to forgive me but I've made my decision behind your backs.
6558I decided to accept Kaizars offer."
6559
6560"My Lady, you..."
6561
6562"So don't worry, we won't be leaving anytime soon."
6563
6564Alex jumps up from her seat and hugs Apacci.
6565"Awesome!
6566You guys are staying!"
6567
6568"D-don't hold me so tightly dumbass!"
6569
6570When you pack up and Alex takes the Tres Bestias on a tour you are left with Harribel once more.
6571
6572"I'm sorry about this, Miss Harribel."
6573
6574"Sorry about what?
6575This place and the outside are impossible to compare.
6576And just as you said, serving Aizen is an insignificant price."
6577
6578"Well in any case I'll have to inform the others about this stuff.
6579And I'll also see about getting some proper housing for you.
6580Will four houses suffice, Miss Harribel?"
6581
6582"Just one large house will be fine."
6583
6584"Very well, I'll make the arrangements.
6585In the meantime do as you wish, this is your home as well now."
6586With that you turn around and walk off.
6587
6588"Kaizar!"
6589She calls out to you.
6590
6591"Yes?"
6592You face her.
6593
6594"Harribel will suffice."
6595
6596You give her a dumb expression.
6597"O-oh...
6598Sorry."
6599You pull your hat over your face before you leave.
6600
6601When you are far away you exhale and speak to yourself.
6602"Well, that was awkward."
6603
6604"Tell me about it."
6605Dordoni says as he jumps down in from of you and trips once again.
6606
6607"And just what do you want?"
6608
6609*cough* *cough* 
6610"Pesci said that he wants to speak with you.
6611That's pretty much it."
6612
6613"Noted."
6614
6615What do you do now?
6616>Go and inform the Espada of your new recruit.
6617>Arrange for the construction of Harribels home.
6618>Go and see what Pesci wants.
6619>Other? (write-in)
6620--------------------------
6621-omitted one small post.
6622You decided to talk with Pesci but on your way you found a bunch of guys lazing around and decided to give them an order to build a house for the new inhabitants.
6623
6624When you arrive you can see your favourite pig taking a leisurely nap on his favorite patch of grass.
6625"Enjoying yourself?"
6626
6627"Oh, hi Boss."
6628
6629You lay down next to him and put your arms behind your head.
6630"So, I hear you were looking for me."
6631
6632"Yeah, we don't talk much these days."
6633
6634"Sorry about that, I'm busy."
6635
6636"I know, I know.
6637You don't have to tell me that."
6638
6639"So what did you want?"
6640
6641"Asher was asking for you..."
6642
6643"What?!"
6644
6645"Yeah, Alex told me that something was wrong, apparently it's serious."
6646
6647"That damned scatterbrain."
6648
6649"I saw her take off and assumed she forgot about the whole thing."
6650
6651"Do you know what it's about?
6652He never asked me for help before."
6653
6654"Nope and I doubt Alex knows, all she said over and over again how he simply asked for you to go and meet him."
6655
6656"Shit! SHIT!"
6657
6658"What's wrong?"
6659
6660"I still have a lot of stuff to do and sneaking out with all the Espada around will be troublesome."
6661
6662"Don't hate me, I'm just the messenger."
6663
6664You calm yourself down a bit and sit up.
6665"I know, thanks.
6666You know what? We'll have a night of drinking some day.
6667Just you and me."
6668
6669"Fine by me."
6670
6671Decide:
6672>Do your business in Hueco Mundo
6673>Go and meet Asher
6674--------------------------
6675-omitted one small post.
6676"Pesci, can you do me a favor?"
6677
6678"Yeah?"
6679
6680"Tell the other Espada that I can't be bothered to show off.
6681If they give you any trouble than remind them that I just did more of their jobs than they ever did."
6682
6683"And what do I tell them if they ask where you are?"
6684
6685"I don't know, tell them I'm off training somewhere.
6686Just make up something."
6687
6688"Right."
6689
6690After leaving Pesci and finding a secluded area you open the Garganta.
6691It doesn't take you too long to reach the living world and you step through the gateway.
6692The church still looks the same as always but you don't care about that and instead open the front door.
6693
6694When you step in you can see the people look at the door confused as to why it opened suddenly.
6695You can see Asher standing behind a pedestal, giving a sermon.
6696His eyes practically light up when he sees you but he quickly manages to regain his composure.
6697He finishes the sermon while you watch standing in a corner.
6698
6699After wrapping up the whole thing the elderly priest comes in and congratulates him for doing a good job.
6700He thanks him and then excuses him before going off for a walk into the graveyard.
6701You follow him until he reaches an unmarked grave and begins speaking.
6702
6703"Finally caved in?"
6704
6705"More like I achieved what I wanted."
6706You turn around and look at him.
6707"You were good up there.
6708I particularly enjoyed the part where God didn't exist."
6709
6710He chuckles a little.
6711"Yeah, I tried my best. The old man thinks I did well.
6712Do you think he noticed me struggling with my laughter?"
6713
6714"Nah.
6715So, what's up?
6716What's with the cryptic invite?"
6717
6718"I need your help."
6719
6720"I figured as much.
6721But about what?
6722You remember I'm dead, right?"
6723
6724He looks at you with a concerned face.
6725"I need you to heal someone."
6726--------------------------
6727You look at him confused beyond words.
6728"Have you lost your mind Asher?
6729Heal someone?
6730You can't be serious."
6731
6732"You don't understand.
6733You are this persons last hope."
6734He begins walking around the various graves.
6735"A woman approached me and begged me to help her sick son.
6736I told her that I'm no doctor but she wouldn't listen.
6737Her family is deeply religious and don't believe in medicine.
6738And normally I wouldn't give a damn but I know the boy.
6739He's an honest to God person with the purest heart I've seen in a long time.
6740He has good grades in school and has a bright future ahead of him, if he lives that is."
6741
6742You grab the bridge of your nose and sigh.
6743"My boy, I'm not a saint.
6744I don't go around healing the ailments of everyone in the world for good reasons.
6745You just have to look at yourself, I exposed you to the spirit realm and look what happened.
6746Hollows attack you every waking moment of your life, do you really want to expose others to that stuff?
6747Let them live in blissful ignorance.
6748Besides, couldn't you heal him with your fullbring?"
6749
6750"I tried and it's not a simple thing I can fix with Anguis.
6751The boys condition is far worse than I initially thought.
6752And what's that talk about not being a saint?
6753You saved my life back in Auschwitz."
6754
6755"That was different."
6756
6757"Why?"
6758
6759"I was depressed and you annoyed me with your bawling."
6760You say in a half sarcastic tone.
6761
6762That got a laugh out of him.
6763"Look at me Kaizar.
6764I'm a jewish man working as a catholic priest while being an atheist.
6765Do you know why I choose this occupation?
6766Because I thought I could help people or at least offer them some relief.
6767And then there are these religious nutjobs about to kill their own son.
6768And I'm not going to stand for that."
6769
6770"So you'd rather perform a "miracle"?"
6771
6772"I don't want to blow things out of proportion but yes.
6773Besides a kid getting magically healed would pale in comparison to a nazi saving a jewish boys life, wouldn't you think?"
6774--------------------------
6775You facepalm yourself.
6776"Did Alex tell you?"
6777
6778"I figured it out on my own.
6779Remeber I'm not my brother, I'm not so ignorant.
6780Besides in that getup you'd have a hard time convincing me you weren't."
6781
6782"Since when?"
6783
6784"For a few years now.
6785I always had that nagging feeling in the back of my head and the more I thought about it the more sense it made.
6786I didn't like it at first but over time I got over it. Why would I be angry at a guy who is already dead?"
6787
6788Now he managed to make you laugh.
6789
6790"So you told Alex?
6791Who knows beside her?"
6792He asks.
6793
6794"A guy you don't know. He also figured it out on his own.
6795I told Alex only because I didn't want any secrets to be between us.
6796It didn't feel right keeping things from my daughter."
6797
6798"Makes sense.
6799So, will you help me?
6800I promise this is the first and last time I ask this.
6801I just can't watch a life being wasted like that."
6802
6803"And what if word gets out?"
6804
6805"I'll make shit up and hope for the best.
6806You'd be amazed how easy it is to prove that nothing supernatural happened at the place of a supposed "miracle"."
6807
6808Do you help him?
6809>Yes
6810>No
6811>Other? (write-in)
6812--------------------------
6813-omitted one small post.
6814You scratch the back of your head and try to figure out how to approach this but you can't come up with anything.
6815
6816"You know what?
6817Fine but I have a few conditions."
6818
6819"What is it?
6820Name it!"
6821
6822"I'll do this only once!
6823You have to make sure news don't get out AND you take responsibility in case the child becomes a fullbringer!
6824You got that?"
6825
6826"Absolutely!"
6827He then hugs you.
6828"Thank you!"
6829
6830You return the hug with one hand and then push him away.
6831"Let's get this over with as fast as possible."
6832
6833"Right, I already prepared things.
6834Wait here until I get it then we can go."
6835
6836He enters his quarters in a hurry and when he comes out he has a bag with him.
6837"What's in it?"
6838You ask.
6839
6840"Just some things to fool them a bible a purple scarf I bought not too long ago and a canteen filled with tap water."
6841
6842"And you are going to pretend doing an exorcism?"
6843
6844"Pretty much."
6845
6846He then leads you to a car and signals for you to get in.
6847You feel anxious.
6848
6849"What's wrong?"
6850
6851"I..
6852I'll just follow you on foot if that's okay with you."
6853
6854"S-sure."
6855
6856He then proceeds to drive beyond the edge of the village and into the wilderness.
6857You follow him in the air via Sonído.
6858When he arrives you land beside the car.
6859
6860As you look at the worn down house in the middle of nowhere you speak to Asher.
6861"You even learned to drive?"
6862
6863"It was the most fun thing besides raiding the sacramental wine."
6864
6865He then proceeds to put on the purple scarf and takes out the bible he also made sure his cross is visible.
6866"Okay, here goes nothing."
6867
6868When he knocks on the door and they let him in the people inside practically bend over before the priest.
6869They lead him into the room of the young boy who seems to be much older than Asher was in Auschwitz, you'd guess around fifteen years old.
6870He then asks everyone in the room to leave him alone with the young boy.
6871--------------------------
6872Asher leans in close and begins to whisper.
6873"Okay, the coast is clear.
6874You can do it now."
6875
6876You take a quick look at the boy who seems to be in a lot of pain.
6877His skin is covered in rashes and he is coughing almost constantly.
6878
6879"Fuck me Asher, what did you get me into?"
6880
6881He keeps whispering.
6882"What's wrong?"
6883
6884"You don't know what this is?"
6885
6886"Of course not!
6887What do you think I am?"
6888
6889You take a closer look at the boys mouth as he coughs.
6890"Yeap.
6891This is AIDS."
6892
6893"AIDS?!
6894That's sexually transmitted isn't it?"
6895
6896"Yeah, guess the boy got curious and paid the price."
6897
6898"Enough about that!
6899Can you fix him or not?"
6900
6901"I can only try."
6902
6903With that he addresses the boy.
6904"Jeremiah, close your eyes.
6905I'll help you now."
6906
6907He follows his orders and Asher begins speaking gibberish in Latin while the bible is open in his hand.
6908You took a quick look at it and see that the whole thing is in english.
6909After that you draw your sword.
6910
6911"What are you doing?!"
6912He stops chanting for a moment and whispers to you.
6913
6914"I need this.
6915Now: Mend and Maim, Basilisco!"
6916
6917You quickly transform while paying attention to not release your reiatsu violently.
6918After you are done you reach out and slime begins to pour outward from your palm.
6919It slowly envelops the boy completely.
6920
6921"Isn't that a bit too much?"
6922
6923"Against this?
6924I'm worried it might be too little."
6925
6926The mucus envelops the boy completely and begins to seep into him.
6927Through every orifice it invades his body and begins to cleanse the child.
6928You are trying your damnedest to focus as much reiatsu into it as possible but all that reiatsu is too hard to control.
6929
6930"What's wrong Kaizar?"
6931
6932"Can't you see it?
6933His body can't handle the stress.
6934My reiatsu is simply too much."
6935
6936"Please you must keep going!"
6937
6938Roll 3d10
6939First 3 considered.
6940DC 17 Crit 23
6941--------------------------
6942You begin pouring even more power into the boy and in reaction to that his eyes roll back into his skull and his body begins to spaz out.
6943But just as you are about do finish you can hear Ashers chant change to a familiar word: Anguis.
6944
6945The serpent like fullbring comes forth from his coat and injects its fangs into the boy.
6946To your surprise it begins to suck out your mucus and all traces of your reiatsu from inside of him.
6947The convulsions from the boy stop and as his skin dries from having all of the mucus removed it seems like the rashes on his skin were washed off.
6948
6949Asher however takes a few steps backward and almost knocks over a book case.
6950He's grabbing his head, clearly in a lot of pain.
6951At the sound the family members rush in to see what happened.
6952They look at Asher and then their son.
6953
6954They rush to the boy and begin caressing him.
6955"Oh God!
6956It's a miracle! 
6957Thank the Lord!"
6958
6959They then start thanking Asher as well who is clearly in a bad shape.
6960"SHUT UP!
6961ALL OF YOU!"
6962He shouts.
6963"You idiots almost killed your own son!"
6964
6965"But God saved him!"
6966
6967"FUCK THAT!"
6968He reaches into his pocket and pulls out an aspirin.
6969"I gave him some medicine and that managed to fix him.
6970But because you idiots were too stubborn you almost got your child killed!
6971You all should be ashamed of yourselves!"
6972
6973He then manages to collect himself and barge out of the house.
6974But before he could get in the car a young girl came tugging at his coat.
6975"Thank you for saving my brother."
6976
6977At first he doesn't know what to say so he answers with a simple:
6978"You're welcome."
6979
6980Asher then gets into the car and drives far enough that nobody can see him anymore and then pulls over.
6981He practically tumbles out the car and he is grasping his head.
6982
6983You land next to him and help him stand up.
6984"Are you alright?"
6985
6986"Y-yeah...
6987I was not expecting this much..."
6988He then proceeds to throw up.
6989--------------------------
6990After patting his back to ease his struggle you speak up.
6991"You need to man up my boy!
6992That's no way to take a mans load."
6993
6994"Ughh... Shut up!"
6995He keeps evacuating the content of his stomach all over the ground.
6996
6997"But I must commend you.
6998I didn't expect that move with your fullbring."
6999
7000After managing to regain his composure he wipes his mouth and then speaks up.
7001"Yeah, well I thought if I drain your juice then he won't become a fullbringer.
7002But tell me, what the fuck is that ability of yours?"
7003
7004You give him a confused look.
7005"What do you mean?"
7006
7007"I analyzed him with Anguis while he was still sick.
7008Comparing that with the end result and what I felt made it clear to me.
7009Your goo broke his cells apart, erased all traces of the virus and then reassembled him."
7010
7011You scratch your head confused.
7012"So it didn't cure him?"
7013
7014"Well, maybe...
7015I don't know for sure.
7016But it reverted him to the way he was before the infection."
7017
7018"How could it do that?"
7019
7020"In my experience the residual soul present in everything carries information about the past.
7021I suspect those small things use that information to restore whatever they want to a previous state."
7022
7023You have an idea.
7024"Do you think they could restore, I don't know, a plant that was turned to dust for example?"
7025
7026"I'm pretty sure.
7027Why?"
7028
7029"No reason."
7030
7031Asher then begins throwing up once more.
7032"Remind me not to absorb any of your power in the future.
7033This is just too much..."
7034
7035"If you asked me I would have told you it's a bad idea.
7036But what were you thinking Asher?
7037What if you have it now?"
7038
7039He spits on the ground.
7040"I'd be amazed.
7041Those things did a good job exterminating it.
7042The only thing I'll be getting from this is a power boost, once my innards stop trying to leave my body."
7043He spits once more before standing straight once more.
7044"What are they called?
7045I'd like to thank them as well."
7046
7047You just blink a few times confused.
7048"They don't have one and I'm pretty sure they don't care."
7049
7050"Still, I'd like to."
7051--------------------------
7052"I told you already.
7053I never thought about giving them a name."
7054
7055"Well you should.
7056They deserve that much those little devils."
7057
7058"I suppose you have a point.
7059Then call them: the Einherjar."
7060
7061He dust his pants off and straightens his back.
7062"Thanks Kaizar.
7063And thank you Einherjar.
7064You've saved my hide once again."
7065
7066You end your Resurrección and reseal your powers.
7067
7068"So what are you going to do now?
7069You are in no shape to drive."
7070
7071"I'll let Jesus take the wheel."
7072He says and then laughs awkwardly.
7073--------------------------
7074-omitted one small post.
7075=========== END THREAD ===========
7076German Hollow Quest 24
7077written by Spookyng
7078--------------------qst2txt--------------------
7079
7080After visiting the living realm and curing a normally fatal disease you are standing beside Asher who is currently trying to get his bearings after he finished vomiting all over the place.
7081 
7082You end your Resurrección and reseal your powers.
7083 
7084"So what are you going to do now?
7085You are in no shape to drive."
7086 
7087"I'll let Jesus take the wheel."
7088He says and then laughs awkwardly.
7089 
7090You give him a grim look and speak up.
7091"Please, don't do that.
7092Just don't.
7093I tried it once, it... it didn't work."
7094 
7095He gives you a strange look.
7096"Relax, I was just joking."
7097He manages to stand up and dusts his clothes off.
7098"So what was that anyway?
7099That disease I mean.
7100I've never even heard of this AIDS before."
7101 
7102You scratch the back of your head as you answer him.
7103"Well...
7104I have a friend who is really into that sort of stuff and once he gets going there's nothing that can stop him.
7105You don't want to know how many times I lost my appetite thanks to him."
7106 
7107"So...
7108Should I be worried then?"
7109 
7110You shrug.
7111"There's no point.
7112If you'd worry about everything that could kill you then you'd never have a moments rest."
7113 
7114"So what are you going to do now?"
7115 
7116>Stay here and have a chat while he is recovering.
7117>"Now that this is done I'll just take my leave."
7118>Remain in the human world for a while and look around for a bit.
7119>Other? (write-in)
7120--------------------------
7121-omitted one small post.
7122"I was thinking about staying here for a bit.
7123You know, check things out in the living world."
7124You answer him.
7125
7126"Feeling nostalgic?"
7127
7128"I'm just curious about the state of the world."
7129
7130He gives you a worried look.
7131"I'd avoid Germany if I were you Kaizar."
7132
7133"I'm not that clueless boy.
7134I've heard the state of the fatherland.
7135But what's going to change if I get mad about it?
7136Besides, I care more about my current life than the last one."
7137
7138He sighs with relief and slumps down on the ground, clearly exhausted.
7139You raise an eyebrow as you look him over.
7140"Did it take that much out of you?"
7141
7142
7143"Yeah...
7144I had no idea you were this freakin' strong."
7145
7146You shrug a little.
7147"Not many people are aware of the magnitude of my power, not even me.
7148What's even more impressive is that you managed to absorb that much of it."
7149
7150"Well you aren't the only one whose powers grew over the years.
7151My fullbring matured much since the time it awakened."
7152
7153You give him a grin.
7154"Oh really?
7155You'll have to show it to me someday."
7156
7157He gives a hearty laugh.
7158"Maybe when I have the strength to stand up.
7159Until then you just have to be patient."
7160
7161You sit down next to him.
7162There are a few minutes where neither of you speak instead you both stare blankly outward.
7163Eventually you get bored with it and ask something that has been bothering you for a while now.
7164"I've noticed Alex came to visit you a lot more recently.
7165Is there anything that I might have to be worried about?"
7166
7167He turns his head toward you and gives you a freaked out expression.
7168"N-no..."
7169
7170"Asher..."
7171You glare daggers at him.
7172
7173"I-It's true I swear!
7174It's nothing serious."
7175He scratches the back of his head in a manner eerily reminiscent of you.
7176"Not yet anyway.
7177It's just that I always feel weird since she's, you know, dead."
7178
7179>"Yeah, that sounds weird, maybe stick to girls with actual flesh."
7180>Give him positive reinforcement and a pat on the back.
7181>Other? (write-in)
7182
7183Also please bump the thread a little 'cause update will be a bit delayed.
7184--------------------------
7185-omitted one small post.
7186You sigh heavily and then pat him on the back.
7187He gives you an odd look.
7188"Huh?!
7189L-Listen, I promise that I'll stop.
7190Okay?"
7191
7192You shake your head.
7193"No need.
7194Go for it if you so desire.
7195Both of you went through weirder stuff anyway."
7196
7197"R-really?"
7198He gives you a quizzical look.
7199
7200"Of course.
7201It's your business, not mine.
7202I can't really stop you and even if I tried the only thing I'd achieve is a kick in the teeth by Alex.
7203Why? What did you think I'd do?"
7204
7205"I don't know!
7206Get mad? Lecture me?
7207Not even I know how I feel about this so how would I know your reaction to it?"
7208
7209You sigh once more and let go of him.
7210"Life sucks enough without me making it worse for you.
7211So go and enjoy it as much as you can before it's too late.
7212Hell, I'd kill for some peace and quiet with all this shit back home."
7213
7214"I guess all that stuff with the Arrancar did not get better."
7215
7216"You have no idea..."
7217
7218Both of you are silent once more.
7219After another few minutes however Asher asks a question.
7220
7221"H-how do you think I should do it?
7222I mean I was never even interested in girls before and..."
7223His eyes move around awkwardly.
7224"So, you know, can you help with that?"
7225
7226"You just do things as you'd normally and when you feel like the time is right you make your intentions clear.
7227It's a natural thing and you are heading down the right path as is.
7228You don't need my help."
7229
7230"Well thanks for nothing then."
7231
7232"I said that I'm okay with it, not that I'd help you.
7233You need to man up and do things yourself!
7234But before you do at least consider the consequences, okay?"
7235
7236"I can only try..."
7237
7238"That's all I'm asking."
7239
7240Asher looks like he is lost in thought.
7241You put both of your hands behind your head as you lay on the car in a more relaxed manner.
7242"Man it's a shame you are a priest and that I'm dead because otherwise I'd take you out for a night on the town filled with booze and cigarettes.
7243Maybe I could put some hair on your chest!"
7244
7245He laughs heartily as he begins to relax as well.
7246--------------------------
7247When Asher regains his stamina he stands up and dusts himself off.
7248You follow his example and watch as he gets in his car.
7249"So what are you going to do now?"
7250
7251"Go back to the church, get a nice bath and tell everyone that if they wake me up I'll smite them with the power of God."
7252
7253"Sounds like a good plan.
7254Take care when you drive my boy."
7255
7256"Huh?
7257Are you going to go home?"
7258
7259You shake your head.
7260"Not yet.
7261Since I'm here I figure I'll go and check some stuff out for myself."
7262
7263He reaches out of the car for a handshake.
7264You return the gesture and say your farewells.
7265
7266After he leaves you take off into the sky and begin roaming around the place at your maximum speed.
7267You fly over the sea, leaving England behind.
7268It would have been easier if you used the Garganta but this way you could enjoy the scenery.
7269Belgium flew past you as you reached Germany and once there you slowed down greatly.
7270
7271What you saw was displeasing to say the least.
7272A country decimated and exhausted after the war.
7273The conditions of the everyman were incredibly bad since the country was almost crippled by debt.
7274But what made you angrier than anything was the fact that the country was neatly cut in half, leaving it partially in the hands of the communists.
7275If you witnessed these conditions a few years ago then you might have been overcome with rage but now the only thing you feel is sadness.
7276
7277After observing the state of the country for several hours you were overcome with curiosity.
7278You wanted to know the state of your former home, Berlin.
7279In order to save some time you opened up the Garganta and got there in a matter of minutes.
7280When you stepped out you saw what became of the once mighty center of the empire.
7281
7282A husk of its former self the once great city has been cut in two and one of its halves were thrown into the jaws of the communist hordes.
7283On one hand the city was occupied by the allied forces while on the other you had the red army stationed.
7284You were greatly displeased to say the least.
7285--------------------------
7286Not wishing to stay here longer than needed you took off to your destination, your old house.
7287Luckily for you the building was located in western Berlin so you didn't have to bear the sight of the Russian scumbags on the eastern end but it still took quite a lot of restraint on your part not to blow up some allied soldiers out of habit.
7288
7289You took a leisurely stroll through the nooks and crannies of the city until you found the location of your former home.
7290What you found was not surprising at all.
7291
7292There was not even a trace of the building you once lived in.
7293Perhaps it was destroyed during one of the bombings or perhaps during the occupation, it doesn't really matter.
7294What matters is that there is not even a brick which would show you that there was a building here to begin with.
7295
7296You think back of the times when you were still alive and lived here with your wife.
7297The thought of it being gone without a trace brings a tear to your eye.
7298Without acknowledging it you pull your hat down to cover up your eyes a bit.
7299As you turn around to open a Garganta however something unexpected happens.
7300
7301A brilliant blue light obscures your vision as a familiar arrow darts past you.
7302Though it startled you a bit it did no actual damage as it flew past right in front of your eyes.
7303You turn to your right to look your attacker in the eyes.
7304
7305A middle aged man with graying hair is standing at a fairly large distance from you.
7306He looks at you with a serious look and then speaks up.
7307"I don't know what manner of creature are you but you don't belong here."
7308He says as he pulls his hand back, preparing another projectile.
7309
7310How do you react?
7311>Leave without a word.
7312>Threaten him.
7313>"You picked the wrong time to mess with me." (Attack)
7314>Other? (write-in)
7315--------------------------
7316-omitted one small post.
7317"And you do? This place was once my home, Quincy, so what gives you the right to say that I can't come here to see what remains of it?"
7318You speak back to your assailant.
7319
7320He doesn't seem to be amused.
7321"I warned you."
7322The quincy then releases the notched arrow.
7323
7324The projectile flies towards your head as you observe its flight path and the structure of its spirit particles.
7325Rather than dodging it like you did before you raise up your right index finger and swipe the arrow with it.
7326As your finger connects with the tip of the arrows head the accumulated reishi disperses as it collides with your Híerro.
7327
7328His eyes open wide as he sees you destroying his attack.
7329"Impossible!"
7330
7331He looks terrified.
7332If you attack him now he might even try to flee
7333
7334Do you punish him?
7335>Yes
7336>No
7337>Other? (write-in)
7338--------------------------
7339-omitted one small post.
7340You look at him like you would at an ant.
7341And rather than attacking him physically you'd rather destroy him with words only.
7342"I'll ask it one more time and this time I want an answer Quincy.
7343What made you insignificant pissant think that you can order me around?"
7344
7345The shadow of death looms over the man and he knows it.
7346He doesn't answer you and instead it looks like he's looking for a way out of this situation.
7347
7348You take a few steps forward and as the your trenchcoat is blowing in the wind your features are slowly disappearing in the eyes of the man.
7349In a few moments all he sees is your silhouette, a black figure with eyes full of rage.
7350
7351"Listen up quincy and listen up good!
7352I'll ask one more question and if you don't answer to this one either I'll kill you this instant.
7353Speak and I'll let you return to your worthless life!
7354What happened to the building that was here?!"
7355
7356He begins to sweat as he looks over you.
7357"I-I don't know, I swear!
7358I heard that the buildings were demolished after they were deemed uninhabitable.
7359One of the bombings hit this neighborhood pretty hard. That's when it must have happened."
7360
7361You look away from him and look at the now empty space which was at one point your home.
7362"Get out!
7363You're not even worth my time!"
7364
7365The man then makes a sound you can't quite make out.
7366It sounded like he almost choked on his own saliva after hearing you ordering him to scram.
7367The rate of his breathing is slowly but steadily increasing.
7368
7369After tripping on his own leg as he tried to back away from you he gets up and then starts running away from you as fast as he can.
7370You can hear the sound of his shoes hitting the walkway as he gets further and further away from you.
7371When the coast is clear you give a final glance of that particular spot of empty space and then open up the Garganta.
7372--------------------------
7373On your way back you are still rubbing your eyes.
7374They are definitely still red after all this but they are getting better.
7375When you step through the portal outside the borders of the forest a familiar figure greets you.
7376
7377"Welcome back.
7378Where have you been?"
7379It's Harribel sitting on a rock.
7380
7381"I took a stroll."
7382
7383"You were gone for several hours..."
7384
7385"It was a very enthusiastic walk.
7386And what are You doing here?"
7387
7388"I had enough of everyone gawking at me.
7389I needed some peace and quiet."
7390
7391You pull your hat down to cover your eyes.
7392"I'll leave you to it then."
7393
7394"You don't have to leave.
7395I doubt you'll bother me that much."
7396
7397You take her on her offer and sit down at the opposite end of the rock, facing away from her.
7398You don't feel like going in the village until it's guaranteed that they won't notice how upset you are.
7399There are several minutes of absolute silence between the two of you until Harribel speaks up.
7400
7401"You know, if you want to cover up the fact that you teared up it's easier to close your eyes.
7402Pulling your hat over them will only attract the attention of others."
7403
7404You chuckle a little at that.
7405"For being the sneakiest person around here, I sure suck at being subtle."
7406
7407"Nobody is perfect."
7408
7409"True."
7410You are trying to figure out something to speak about if only to occupy yourself.
7411"So, getting accustomed yet?"
7412
7413"Not really.
7414It's strange being around this many people."
7415
7416"And your comrades?"
7417
7418"They are enjoying themselves.
7419But Apacci seems to be a but tense surrounded by so many males."
7420
7421"Yeah, about that.
7422What's the deal with her?"
7423
7424"She's just like that."
7425
7426Well, this isn't going anywhere.
7427>Ask her about her past.
7428>Talk more about her friends.
7429>Ask her to spar for a bit.
7430>Other? (write-in)
7431
7432Update might be late again
7433--------------------------
7434-omitted one small post.
7435You are not sure how to break the ice with her.
7436She seems to be reluctant to share information about herself unless you ask her.
7437And it's also likely that if you asked the wrong question the wrong way she might not even answer.
7438
7439You scratch the back of your head as you are pondering on the details.
7440But after failing to come up with anything you speak up boldly.
7441"So what's the story with them?
7442How did you meet such "devoted" followers."
7443
7444She turns her head in your direction and looks at you from the corner of her eyes.
7445"I saved them from other hollows who would've harmed them.
7446They stuck with me ever since.
7447Why? How did you meet yours?"
7448
7449"They were mostly chance encounters.
7450But you are speaking of it like it was nothing.
7451Isn't there a story to tell?"
7452
7453She snickers a little at that.
7454"Why would there be?
7455Do you think I rescued them like damsels in distress from a foul villain?
7456Technically that's correct but it wasn't that grandiose."
7457
7458You shrug a little.
7459"I just hoped I was the only one who met them under such normal circumstances."
7460
7461"Normality is a welcome change in a world as twisted as this.
7462I take pleasure in the fact that friendships can blossom even in such environments."
7463
7464You smile a little.
7465"Amen."
7466
7467"I didn't take you for a religious person Kaizar."
7468
7469"I'm not.
7470It just slipped my tongue.
7471But are you saying that you have no fun stories to tell?
7472I had a few wacky adventures."
7473
7474"I...
7475I don't have such things.
7476Life was simple for me, for us.
7477It was a matter of survival and I was thankful for every calm day.
7478There were killings, lots of those, but nothing out of the ordinary."
7479
7480"And what about your life?
7481Do you remember that?"
7482You ask her in as much of a respectful tone as you can.
7483
7484"I... don't like to think about that.
7485The memories are... painful."
7486
7487You pause a little.
7488"Amen."
7489--------------------------
7490Afterwards neither of you really speak.
7491It took quite a lot of consideration from your part but you suppose there's no way around it.
7492With a heavy sigh you begin speaking.
7493
7494"I remember being in my office, doing paperwork."
7495Harribel turns her head once more.
7496
7497"I heard the phone ringing and rushed to pick it up as it was late at night and I didn't receive any calls unless it was important.
7498What I heard shocked me.
7499It was the hospital.
7500They said that my wife entered labor.
7501So naturally I ran outside and got in my car.
7502It was dark outside and it hailed pretty hard.
7503All it took for the car to go out of control was a single mistake on my part.
7504It happened so fast that I didn't even realize that I died.
7505I rushed to the hospital only to witness my wife dying during the childbirth and my son being born dead.
7506And that's pretty much it. Everything that happened since seems insignificant in comparison."
7507
7508You look silently at the ground before you.
7509Meanwhile Harribel keeps staring at you from the corner of her eye.
7510Her gaze shifts forward and she starts to clear her throat.
7511
7512"I-I..."
7513Her voice cracks a bit.
7514"I was in the process of giving birth, it was a long and painful procedure.
7515And somewhere, deep down in my core, I knew that either I'm going to perish in the process or my baby will.
7516I struggled for hours with it but in the end I was successful.
7517My only regret is that I couldn't hold her in my hands before the exhaustion took me."
7518
7519You look up at her only to see her smothering a tear with her free arm.
7520
7521"I... I'm sorry."
7522
7523She sighs heavily before answering.
7524"Don't be.
7525It was my decision and I never regretted it."
7526
7527In the deafening silence you manage to chuckle a bit.
7528"Look at me!
7529I sat down hoping that I'd calm down a little.
7530And now here I am, bawling like a child."
7531
7532"Tell me..."
7533She speaks up.
7534"Why do men assume that crying is a weakness?
7535I believe it only shows that you are still human."
7536
7537You smile at her in surprise as tears run down your cheeks.
7538--------------------------
7539After smiling for a while you look away from her.
7540You begin rubbing your eyes with the sleeve of your coat as you hear Harribel standing up behind you and walking.
7541She comes in front of you and extends her left arm to you.
7542You take her hand and she helps you stand up.
7543
7544She looks you in the eye and begins talking.
7545"Thank you for sharing that with me."
7546
7547"No.
7548Thank you."
7549
7550After taking a few deep breaths to calm your nerves you speak up.
7551"Shall we go back?
7552Hopefully everything didn't fall apart the moment we left the place."
7553She nods and starts following your lead.
7554
7555On the way back you try looking at her but every time you look at her curves you can't help but quickly look away.
7556She quickly catches on and starts teasing you a little.
7557
7558"I didn't take you for a shy person."
7559
7560You tuck your hands into your pockets, close your eyes and feel the blood rushing to your cheeks.
7561"Yeah, yeah, very funny."
7562
7563She chuckles a little as she keeps going.
7564"Are you actually blushing?
7565Even your gills have a faint pink hue to them.
7566How adorable."
7567
7568"I was crying, remember?"
7569
7570As you are getting closer to the forest people begin rushing you.
7571Amongst them are a few of your citizens and the Tres Bestias.
7572"Mistress Harribel!
7573Where were you?"
7574
7575"I was just getting some fresh air."
7576
7577The other hollows come to you.
7578"Welcome back Chief!"
7579
7580"Report!
7581Has anything happened while I was gone?"
7582
7583"No sir!
7584Oh wait, yes.
7585Lady Neliel has left with Señor Dordoni in order to find other Menos."
7586
7587"Thank you.
7588Dismissed."
7589
7590What will you do now?
7591>Go check on the remaining Espada and discuss things.
7592>"Harribel how about we make you an Arrancar?"
7593>Find your crew and have a chat.
7594>Other? (write-in)
7595--------------------------
7596-omitted one small post.
7597You quickly glance over your surroundings and see that nobody is around here at the moment.
7598This is the perfect opportunity for you.
7599
7600You turn to the four of them and speak up.
7601"I think it's time."
7602
7603"For what exactly?"
7604Harribel asks.
7605
7606"For you to become Arrancars."
7607
7608They all look at you with a shocked expression.
7609"HEY!
7610What's that supposed to means?!"
7611Apacci explodes.
7612"You are speaking like we agreed to anything!
7613And if you asked we MIGHT have agreed but now I'll say no just to spite you."
7614
7615Harribel looks at her.
7616"Apacci!"
7617She turns her attention to you.
7618"What do you mean by that?
7619You said that we have some time until then."
7620
7621"True and you don't have to agree but this is in your best interest.
7622I already told you that Aizen won't let you go free like that."
7623
7624"Yes, that much I understand."
7625
7626"And you have two options.
7627You can either let him do it for you or I can help with it.
7628Only one of these options will provide you with any form of autonomy.
7629I won't expect anything in return, I simply want to make sure that he doesn't mess with you in any way or that you won't be bound to him."
7630
7631She closes her eyes and thinks for a moment.
7632"Very well.
7633Let's get it over with."
7634
7635"Miss Harribel!?"
7636
7637She ignores Apacci.
7638"Tell me, what should I expect?"
7639
7640"It'll hurt.
7641A lot."
7642You signal them to follow you.
7643
7644The Tres Bestias however stand in your way.
7645Harribel speaks up.
7646"What are you doing?"
7647
7648"Mistress...
7649If you truly wish to do this...
7650Then I can't let you bear this burden alone!"
7651Mila Rose speaks up.
7652"And these two think the same way!"
7653
7654"That's obvious you moron."
7655Sung-Sun berates her.
7656
7657It seems that they indeed want to protect Harribel just as much as she wishes to guard them.
7658You overlook the three of them and see their determination.
7659It's just as Harribel predicted.
7660
7661"Very well.
7662Then please follow me."
7663
7664With the four Menos in tow you make your way to the base of the large quartz tree.
7665--------------------------
7666Along the way the three Adjuchas' keep asking questions.
7667"Where are we going?"
7668
7669But you silently keep leading them.
7670You arrive at your desired location in no time.
7671The most desolate place in the entirety of Vanaheim, Yatas lab.
7672
7673When you enter the enclosed area you can see him napping in his hammock.
7674You kick the pole suspending the construction and he wakes up in a worried manner.
7675"SHIT!"
7676He flails around as he almost falls out of it.
7677
7678He quickly gets up and glares daggers at you.
7679"You do that again and I'll give you diarrhea that lasts for a month!"
7680He looks at the four hollows behind you.
7681"What are these doing here?"
7682
7683"I need four sets of Arrancar clothing."
7684
7685He looks over at them and then back at you.
7686"What are you, stupid?
7687I can't make clothes based on their shape as an Adjuchas."
7688
7689The Tres Bestias look at you confused.
7690"What are you two talkin' about?"
7691
7692You turn back to them.
7693"After you rip your mask off you'll be naked.
7694Harribel will have a set of clothes ready when she transforms but Yata will have to take a look at you if he is to make clothes."
7695
7696They look at you in shock.
7697"You don't expect me to let some creep watch me while I'm naked!"
7698Sung-Sun objects to your idea.
7699Unfortunately it doesn't matter how she feels.
7700
7701Yata speaks up.
7702"Please, like I'd be interested in some cheap dikes.
7703Besides I pretty much need two seconds to analyze your unobstructed form."
7704
7705"The FUCK did you just say?!"
7706
7707"It's either that or you'll have to walk around naked pretty much all the time."
7708You explain the situation for them.
7709In the meantime Yata already whipped out a set of clothes for Harribel.
7710
7711You take her behind the area which Yata typically uses and begin explaining the whole process to Harribel.
7712"You have to get a good grip on your mask and you must channel everything into the image of a weapon as you pull.
7713And when I say everything I mean it literally.
7714Every emotion, every thought, every ounce of reiatsu must be focused into the weapon."
7715--------------------------
7716"You get that?
7717That weapon will be the nuclei of your powers, the very essence of your being condensed in the shape of a weapon.
7718If you don't know how to begin then simply start thinking back on the past and the time you spent with your friends, that'll help."
7719You set down the set of clothes that you brought next to her and then take a step backwards.
7720
7721With a deep breath she touches her mask and after giving you a quick glance she starts to tear into it.
7722As she keeps ripping off chunks of her mask she begins to scream louder and louder.
7723The yellow reiatsu which begins to pour out of her keeps increasing to the point where it's getting uncomfortable for even you to bear.
7724
7725Harribel finishes with a bright yellow flash and a sword materializes in front of her.
7726As the dust settles you turn away from her and start walking back to the others.
7727The three beasts are already rushing to your location.
7728
7729"Mistress!"
7730
7731You give them a quick glance and inform them.
7732"She did it, don't worry."
7733Despite that they keep rushing to her and trying to help her up.
7734
7735In the following minutes you can feel the same process happening three times.
7736Meanwhile Yata looks at you.
7737"How does it feel knowing that demotion is in your immediate future?"
7738
7739"You say that like I give a shit."
7740He then begins to giggle to himself.
7741"Also, I'm pretty sure you have a job to do."
7742
7743He sighs wearily.
7744"Let's just get this over with."
7745
7746You can hear some half muffled screeches coming from behind the tree when he enters the area alongside the sound of slaps.
7747"If you cover yourself up it'll take longer!"
7748You can hear Yata berating them.
7749
7750"Like Hell it will!"
7751
7752"Stop covering my eyes you imbeciles!"
7753
7754After a few minutes he comes back to his workplace to create three separate outfits.
7755He then angrily tosses them to the ground and starts shouting.
7756"AND IF YOU DAMAGE THEM THE NEXT SET WILL BE MADE ENTIRELY OUT OF LATEX!"
7757--------------------------
7758He then goes into one of his corners to tinker with something to calm himself down.
7759You on the other hand wait patiently for the four of them to emerge.
7760
7761As you look over them you have to admit, you didn't imagine them like this.
7762Well, Mila Rose pretty much looks like how you imagined her but the other two were still surprising.
7763
7764Apacci steps forward and gives her hands a few tight squeezes.
7765She looks at you with her heterochromatic eyes and speaks up.
7766"Heeey, this is actually not that bad.
7767Sorry for ripping on you earlier."
7768
7769"You are welcome."
7770
7771Harribel steps forth and looks at you.
7772"So, what do we do now?"
7773
7774You look at them and then back at Yata who is still pouting.
7775"What do you say to some drinking?
7776I've been meaning to kick back and relax with my crew for a while now."
7777
7778They look at each other confused and then back at you.
7779"Hell Yeah!"
7780
7781You point downwards for them.
7782"Just go to the dining area, I'll follow shortly after getting my men."
7783
7784The four of them take their leave while you see them off.
7785You then turn around and grab Yata by the collar.
7786"This includes you too!"
7787
7788When he takes off you go your separate way to find Pesci and Alex.
7789As you go however Wang Lan stands in your way.
7790"You turned them into Arrancars?"
7791
7792"Yeah, what about it?"
7793
7794"The method is secret and you can't just share it without permission."
7795
7796You look at her with a serious look on your face.
7797"Yeah, and I was never told.
7798I became an Arrancar on my own, so this is my own secret and I share it with whoever the fuck I please.
7799Now, if you'll excuse me."
7800
7801With that you leave her behind to find your friends.
7802--------------------------
7803And with that I'll end the quest for today.
7804
7805Archive's up.
7806I'll do the pastes tomorrow as usual.
7807
7808Next week there will be a change in my schedule and I'll do the quest on Friday.
7809After that I'll go on a weeklong vacation where I won't have access to the internet.
7810
7811I'll post some updates on twitter about the exact time.
7812--------------------------
7813>>48212813
7814Yes, this is correct.
7815
7816Aizen had his own but compared to the real deal it was rather weak.
7817However it was also stated that not all Arrancars that served Aizen were made by the plotrock.
7818
7819The Privaron Espada were all pure arrancars and therefore they were weaker than the ones made by the plotrock.
7820--------------------------
7821=========== END THREAD ===========
7822German Hollow Quest 25
7823written by Spookyng
7824--------------------qst2txt--------------------
7825
7826August 13 1961, West Berlin.
7827 
7828Alfons Adlersflügel arrives at his home after a particularly stressful patrol around the city.
7829He struggles with inserting his key into the door as his arms are still shaking.
7830After failing at this basic task several times and making quite a noise in the process he hears someone opening the door from the other side.
7831Eryka, his wife, looks at him through the open door with wide eyes.
7832 
7833"Oh my God...
7834Dear?
7835What's wrong?"
7836She asks after witnessing her husbands expression for herself.
7837 
7838"Not here..."
7839He says as he steps through the door without kissing his wife on the cheeks like he usually does.
7840 
7841She locks the door behind her and then follows Alfons into the living room.
7842Once they are there she turns to her son.
7843"Jakob, go up to your room and finish your homework there.
7844I'll bake some cookies for when you finish."
7845 
7846"Okay Mom!"
7847He says and goes upstairs.
7848 
7849Meanwhile the man of the house gets out two wine glasses and pours them full.
7850He grabs hold of both and then hands one to his wife.
7851"You should take a seat Dear..."
7852 
7853She hesitates for a moment but complies afterward.
7854Eryka takes a sip of the almost golden liquid.
7855After savoring the taste for a while she looks up at Alfons.
7856"So tell me, what warrants opening a Hungarian one?
7857Don't tell me you also decided to give up your powers."
7858 
7859He looks down at her and then drinks the beverage.
7860"I found it..."
7861 
7862She gets confused for a moment, wondering what "it" could be.
7863But then the pieces fell into place.
7864"Are you sure?"
7865 
7866"I was not sure at first but the monstrous power, the gills, hell even the vocabulary was an exact match.
7867It said: You are not even worth my time, just as it was leaving."
7868 
7869She looks down at her glass and swirls the liquid around.
7870Neither of them give a sound for minutes.
7871Eventually she sighs and speaks up.
7872"Shit...
7873I thought I left that life behind and yet this thing keeps haunting me to this day."
7874--------------------------
7875"What's more is that it evolved."
7876Her husband replies to her.
7877 
7878"That's not a surprise.
7879That thing was always an anomaly."
7880 
7881"You don't get it.
7882I've never seen anything like it before."
7883 
7884She looks up at him and her eyes betray her despair.
7885"Don't tell me it's a Vasto Lorde now!"
7886 
7887"That's the point I'm trying to make!
7888I have no idea WHAT that thing was.
7889It's true that I've never seen a Vasto Lorde before but I'm willing to bet that they are not supposed to look like actual humans."
7890 
7891She laughs at this.
7892"They called me many things, insane, heretic, oath breaker when I left the order.
7893If only those bastards were still alive to witness that thing first hand."
7894 
7895"If they were alive then they'd be wiped out by that thing if they ever attacked it."
7896 
7897She sighs wearily.
7898"Oh Yhwach, how could this day get any worse?"
7899Eryka looks up at the stairs leading to her sons room.
7900Her eyes begin to water as she is lost in thought.
7901"I only wish that Jakob will be free of this curse!"
7902They then proceed to finish the entire bottle of wine, completely oblivious to the fact that their son was eavesdropping on the entire conversation.
7903--------------------------
7904Meanwhile in Hueco Mundo:
7905 
7906You sneeze loudly as you lead Pesci and Alex to the dining area where the others have already gathered.
7907"You okay Boss?"
7908 
7909You scratch your nose as you respond to him.
7910"Yeah...
7911Someone must be talking about me."
7912 
7913Alex rushes ahead of you.
7914"Come on already!
7915They already started without us!"
7916 
7917When you get there you find out that she was right.
7918They are sitting in a circle around the table with a tankard in front of each of them and what appears to be a bottle in the middle.
7919Apacci chugs the content of her tankard and then exclaims her joy.
7920"Man this is the life right here!
7921Food, actual houses and booze!
7922This is great!"
7923 
7924Alex quickly rushes to the Tres and clings onto Apaccis neck.
7925"You guys changed too!"
7926She squeals as she is basically choking the life out of her unfortunate victim.
7927 
7928Mila Rose stands up and greets you.
7929"It's good you came, we didn't want to start without you."
7930 
7931You blink in surprise.
7932"Start what exactly?"
7933 
7934Yata looks at you with eyes devoid of hope.
7935"An asinine party game.
7936Remind me again, why did you bring these imbeciles here?"
7937 
7938Mila Rose sits next to him with a malicious grin as she puts him into a headlock.
7939"Come on, it'll be fun!"
7940 
7941>Join in.
7942>Just observe.
7943>Other? (rite-in)
7944--------------------------
7945-omitted one small post.
7946You shrug and sit down at the spot that Mila Rose used to occupy right next to Harribel and Sung-Sun.
7947In the meantime Alex nestles between Sung-Sun and Apacci and Pesci just seemingly sits this one out.
7948
7949"Sweet!
7950Let's get this party started then!"
7951Apacci speaks up and spins the bottle around.
7952
7953It points at Yata and he doesn't look amused by this.
7954"Okay then, truth or dare?"
7955Apacci asks.
7956
7957"Truth, I guess."
7958
7959"Have you ever been with a woman before or are you just an asshole by default?"
7960
7961Yata doesn't answer immediately instead he picks up his empty tankard and begins to pour the alcohol into it until it's full.
7962When he is done he then starts to chug the liquor straight out of the bottle and downs the remaining booze in one go.
7963He begins to swirl his tankard around while he doesn't break eye contact with Apacci for a second.
7964
7965"Of course I have, I am in the company of five at the moment."
7966
7967She blinks a few times and then erupts.
7968"That's not what I meant idiot!"
7969
7970"But that's what you asked!
7971Perhaps next time you'll choose your words more carefully."
7972He then takes a swig of his tankard and laughs at her.
7973"I believe it's my turn now."
7974
7975He twirls the bottle and it points at Harribel.
7976"Interesting...
7977Truth or dare?"
7978
7979She ponders on her answer for a few seconds.
7980It seems that she is aware that making the wrong decision here could be bad.
7981"Truth."
7982She says.
7983
7984"Where is your hollow hole?"
7985
7986"Excuse me?"
7987
7988"I've never seen anyone without a hole before.
7989So I'll assume that you have it somewhere else and not that you don't have one.
7990So, where is it?"
7991
7992The Tres look at her with strange expressions.
7993After a brief pause she speaks up.
7994"It's where my womb would be."
7995
7996"Oh?
7997How interesting."
7998
7999In the meantime Mila Rose facepalms herself and then beats Yata over the head.
8000
8001He is rubbing his head as he looks at her with an angry expression.
8002"What was that for?!"
8003
8004"Apologize you idiot!"
8005
8006He looks over at Harribel and then he begins to mutter.
8007"Sorry.
8008There, you happy?"
8009--------------------------
8010Harribel looks at Yata and then closes her eyes.
8011"That was unnecessary."
8012She grabs the bottle and spins it around and it lands on Alex.
8013
8014"Erm truth I guess?"
8015
8016"Come on, this is weak!
8017Nobody's going to accept the challenge?"
8018Apacci shouts.
8019
8020In the meantime Harribel asks her question.
8021"What is your relationship with Kaizar?"
8022
8023"That's easy he's my d-"
8024She stops midway.
8025"He's my damned hero, he offered to take me in when I was wondering the desert all alone.
8026Okay, my turn!"
8027
8028She spins the bottle and it lands on Apacci.
8029"Yes, my turn!
8030Dare!"
8031
8032In that moment you can see a mischievous glint in Alex' eyes.
8033Apacci doesn't know what she just unleashed.
8034
8035"Okay, from now on every time Yata drinks you have to as well!"
8036
8037Apaccis expression goes blank and she looks over to her new drinking partner, the guy with the largest liver in Vanaheim.
8038Yata grins with an expression of pure malice and downs an entire bottle once more, all the while he doesn't break eye contact with Apacci.
8039In that moment she resigns her fate and gives in to despair.
8040
8041The game goes on for several minutes and so far you managed to avoid getting picked all the while others had to do quite a lot of ridiculous shit once everyone got some alcohol in their system.
8042Mila Rose had to kiss Yata somehow so she gave him a peck on his cheek and Apacci got totally wasted in the process.
8043
8044Apacci spins and finally it's your turn.
8045"Choome on you bashtard!
8046You were laffin at us all thish time, now pick!"
8047
8048This might be troublesome.
8049>Truth
8050>Dare
8051>Stand up and leave.
8052>Other? (write-in)
8053--------------------------
8054-omitted one small post.
8055"Alright, dare."
8056
8057"Awright!"
8058She shouts as she smashes her elbow into the table and raises up her palm.
8059"You have to armwrestle with me!"
8060
8061You blink several times at her words trying to comprehend what she just said.
8062It's quite hard to take her seriously in this state.
8063
8064"How barbaric!"
8065Sung-Sun chastises her.
8066
8067"Apacci..."
8068Mila Rose also questions her sanity.
8069
8070But you do as she says and grab hold of Apaccis hand.
8071On the count of three you two begin struggling against one another but it's not even a contest.
8072She is sweating profusely as she tries to move your hand but it just doesn't flinch.
8073
8074When she realizes that it's futile she reaches for her weapon.
8075"Thrust Cierva!"
8076Her sword erupts as she activates her resurrección.
8077Even in that state she struggles with moving your hand.
8078
8079"What are you trying to prove?"
8080Mila Rose asks her.
8081
8082"Shut up!
8083This is the guy who took all of us away and began bossing around Mistress Harribel like he is superior to us or something!
8084I can't stand it!"
8085
8086You tire of this charade and began considering giving up on purpose but as you are absorbed by thought you fail to notice the reiatsu creeping up behind you.
8087With a bellowing laugh the tyrant steps forth.
8088
8089"Now this is what I'm talkin' about!
8090Strength against strength!"
8091Marr claps behind you as he keeps laughing at you.
8092
8093You look behind yourself at the monster while still holding onto Apaccis hand.
8094"You..."
8095
8096"Oh don't mind me!
8097I just came over to see what's up and MAN I love what I see!
8098For some reason I like you more every time I see you, bringing more babes here and showing off your power like that!"
8099
8100You quickly beat Apacci and stand up to face him.
8101"Hey we weren't finished!"
8102
8103You quickly turn to scold her.
8104"We were, now SHUT UP!"
8105You shift your attention back to Marr.
8106"What the hell are you doing here?"
8107--------------------------
8108"Huh?!
8109I just finished screwin' around with lil' Barry and his goons.
8110I came back here because this is our base now right?"
8111
8112"Yeah, about that.
8113The Menos you assaulted attacked us with a literal army in response to your actions.
8114And you expect me to welcome you with open arms?"
8115
8116"What's that?!
8117You say that like they were hard to deal with.
8118Come on, don't tell me that this ruffled your feathers!"
8119
8120"That's not the point!
8121Your actions endangered my people.
8122Either you are going to change your attitude or we are going to have problems!"
8123
8124His eyes begin to glow with malicious light.
8125"Oh we will?!
8126Now tell me, why exactly shouldn't I kill you this instant for talking back to me?
8127For bringing a few tramps into the fold? Don't you think for a second that you are invaluable!
8128I could tear all of your heads off this instant and not a single fuckin' thing would change in the grand scheme of things!
8129SO GET ON YOUR KNEES AND START LICKING MY BOOTS BEFORE I GET VIOLENT!"
8130
8131In that moment you run through the many scenarios that could unfold from this situation and you even considered doing as he said.
8132Unfortunately for you something problematic happens.
8133
8134"Hey, hey, hey...
8135What did this humongous asshole jhust say?!"
8136Apacci stands up from behind the table.
8137
8138Yata looks at her, positively terrified.
8139"Uh oh..."
8140
8141"'Cause I heard him callin' us tramps or somethin'!"
8142She begins cracking her wrists.
8143"I'LL TEACH YOU SOME MANNERS YOU BASTARD!"
8144
8145"Apacci NO!"
8146Harribel shouts at her but it's futile.
8147
8148The red ball of energy disperses from her hand and shoots for Marrs armored body.
8149"Bala!"
8150
8151The red energy bounces off of him and you can see Marr getting ready to attack.
8152
8153>Try and calm down Marr.
8154>Don't interfere, Apacci just saved your hide.
8155>Intercept Marr (Fight)
8156>Other? (Write-in)
8157--------------------------
8158-omitted one small post.
8159Without hesitation you turn around and chop Apaccis neck, knocking her out.
8160The other two Bestias cry out.
8161"Apacci!"
8162
8163You turn back to face Marr.
8164"You want me?
8165Fine, but not here."
8166
8167He just grumbles and follows you.
8168As you lead him away doubt begins to take root in you.
8169Meanwhile you can hear the three remaining women behind you asking questions of Alex and Pesci.
8170
8171By the time you lead Marr outside the boundaries of Vanaheim you can practically feel his bloodlust oozing from him.
8172He stops and you keep going for a while only to turn around and face him.
8173
8174As you look at him you can see his typically golden eyes turning red and going with murderous intent.
8175You can feel that he reached his limit and that he can no longer hold himself back.
8176He kicks himself off and shoots off toward you like a bullet.
8177
8178You barely register his movements he is so fast.
8179His fist soars right for your face and you barely have time to dodge it.
8180But as his hand flies past you the air current hits you and sends you flying.
8181
8182You touch your forehead quickly only to see blood flowing out of it.
8183*What power and speed!
8184No...
8185It's not speed, his movements are clumsy and slow when you really think about it.
8186His huge burst of speed came from him kicking the ground beneath his feet in order to launch himself like a cannon ball!
8187He is nothing BUT strength!*
8188
8189You react quickly and grab your sword.
8190"Mend and Maim, Basilisco!"
8191You release your sword and assume your true form right off the bat.
8192That's the only way you'll survive.
8193
8194How do you fight him?
8195>Brute force against brute force.
8196>You can't match his strength! Compensate with speed.
8197>Use smart tactics, lay traps and try to stack the deck in your favor.
8198>Other? (write-in)
8199
8200Also start rolling 3d10.
8201First 3 considered.
8202Dc is hidden this time and it's determined by the choice you make
8203--------------------------
8204-omitted one small post.
8205https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2hC0D5l_0wI
8206
8207The wound on your forehead closes, staunching the flow of blood.
8208As you see Marr preparing his next assault you begin formulating your plan at lightning speed.
8209Your hands are swift as they cross paths with one another as you spin your web of mucus.
8210
8211And just in time as Marr kicks himself off once again.
8212He soars through the air like a tankshell his fist winding up.
8213When he gets dangerously close you jump up and let the absurd amount of threads get tangled up around his fist, slowing it down.
8214"WHAT?!"
8215
8216You stand on his fist stuck in the air and begin running up on it toward his face.
8217You can't really make out his expression behind his helmet but you guess it's a mixture of surprise and rage.
8218Before jumping off of his shoulder you deliver a kick to his chin.
8219
8220Not only do you hear a cracking sound from underneath the helmet but you also managed to kick his helmet off.
8221You jump off and fly away while giving a passing glance to Marr.
8222His face, now revealed, shows his seething rage.
8223True to your past predictions his eyes turned bloodshot red and there is blood trickling down from the side of his mouth.
8224
8225You land several meters away from him and already prepare the next phase of your plan.
8226Extending your two fingers you gather up the energy to discharge a cero just as Marr manages to free himself from his bindings.
8227The threads didn't even hold out for a second after he began applying his strength.
8228As Marr jumps toward you once more you shoot the Cero straight into the ground, whipping up quite a large dust storm.
8229He pierces the storm like a spear and almost clears the entire thing with just one swing of his fist.
8230
8231"WHERE ARE YOU?!"
8232He shouts as he is looking around the place for you.
8233What he doesn't notice is the wire of thread hidden under his feet as it emerges from the ground.
8234"WHAT THE-?!"
8235The wire wraps around his neck and you emerge from the cover of the sand.
8236You begin spinning him around by the wire around his neck.
8237--------------------------
8238As you spin him around you manage to create a literal hurricane.
8239When you feel like you can't accelerate him anymore you smash him straight into the ground, causing the sand to shoot up like a geyser and the rock beneath it begins to crack.
8240The ground shakes almost like a huge bomb has been set off underground.
8241
8242From the crater the gigantic Arrancar emerges with such groveling noises that make your spine tingle.
8243His armor seems to be cracked on several places and there's dirt on it.
8244He stands up and looks at you, his rage has changed from a burning inferno to a cold, hard diamond.
8245"Ya done?"
8246He asks in a surprisingly calm tone that only serves to make you even more terrified.
8247But you don't answer.
8248
8249"That's it huh?
8250Fine..."
8251He slowly walks out of the crater that you created for him and comes in front of you.
8252
8253He looks deep into your eyes.
8254"Resigned your fate, have ya'?"
8255Marr raises his fist and smashes you down.
8256"What the?!"
8257He shouts as his fist gets stuck in your substitute.
8258
8259You use Sonído to get up behind him from your hiding spot and cut the palm of your hand.
8260After extending your arm at the back of his hand you begin charging your reiatsu.
8261In a brief moment you thank Dordoni for explaining this to you a little while ago.
8262The turquoise energy begins to condense in your palm as you fire.
8263"GRAN REY CERO!"
8264
8265You discharge your blast right in the back of his head, creating a gigantic blast similar to that of a nuclear explosion.
8266The energy is great enough to bend space itself.
8267When the dust settles you sigh with relief, since there is nothing that could survive such force.
8268
8269But just as you thought that a hand emerges from the crater and grabs your head and tosses you aside.
8270From underneath Marr emerges seemingly unscathed, you didn't even destroy his armor.
8271"THAT'S IT! EVERYONE DIES!"
8272He begins to tear off his armor with his bare hands and the pieces dig deep into the ground.
8273When he is done only his regular espada uniform remains with his coat used as a belt.
8274--------------------------
8275Marr is standing in front of you and for the first time he doesn't have his regular, rock like armor on.
8276His muscles expand with each breath he takes.
8277He begins to give his now unrestrained muscles a try.
8278"You thought that this shit is for protecting me?
8279Ye'r dead wrong! It's to protect little shits like you from ME!
8280This shit is nothing more than a restrain!"
8281
8282In a flash he disappears and he punches you right in your stomach.
8283You are sent flying at an incredible speed, penetrating the sound barrier once.
8284As you stand up grasping your torso you thank your luck for setting up a protective layer of armor "just in case".
8285But you have no doubt in your mind that it won't work a second time simply because you won't have the time to set it up.
8286
8287"THAT'S IT! BLEED YOU MAGGOT!
8288NOW LEARN YOUR PLACE AND GET ON YOUR KNEES!!"
8289He shouts at you.
8290
8291How will you continue?
8292>Keep up this act and fight him with covert tactics.
8293>If he can't hit you he can't damage you. (Speed)
8294>"No choice then..." (Activate Assault Mode)
8295>Get on your knees and beg for his forgiveness.
8296>Other? (Write-in)
8297--------------------------
8298-omitted one small post.
8299You don't have too much of a choice in the matter you have to use all of your power.
8300Without giving it a second thought you squat down and begin screaming as the pressure builds up inside of you.
8301As the steam begins to emanate from your body you shout at the top of your lungs.
8302"Assault Mode!"
8303
8304The parts of your resurrección that were white up until now have turned crimson red alongside your blue eyes.
8305You strike a pose as the steam escapes your body at great velocity.
8306Marr looks at you unamused, you are surprised he even waited this much for you.
8307"Is this another one of your cheap party tricks?!"
8308
8309You look up at him.
8310"Not quite!"
8311
8312You explode with great speed towards him and hit him square in the jaw.
8313He doesn't even flinch at the impact but you can see small amounts of blood trickling down the side of his mouth.
8314"Is that all?!"
8315He swings his arm and hits you right in the face.
8316
8317You could feel your jaw dislocating after the impact and your arm fracturing when you hit the ground.
8318After somehow managing to stand up you pop your jaw back in its place and look up at your opponent.
8319He seems to be barely damaged after everything you tried to unleash at him.
8320Despite his claims the armor DID protect him from most of the damage you dished out but it probably harmed more than helped.
8321Your evaluation is as follows: He has no actual speed, no reiatsu, no defense and no finesse.
8322What he has is power but he has that in abundance.
8323
8324You look him straight in the eye and try to answer his question.
8325"I guess so...
8326But if you are willing to wait I might be able to provide you with something more..."
8327
8328He raises an eyebrow as he folds his arms.
8329"Fine! But make it quick!"
8330
8331You smile a little as he said that and crouch down once more.
8332*This might actually kill me but I have no other choice...*
8333With gratuitous amounts of screaming you increase the pressure inside your body once more.
8334This time you try going beyond what was your previous limit.
8335--------------------------
8336As the pressure and heat rises what used to be steam turns into fire and what used to be light smoke becomes a thick red mist around you.
8337The pain is unbearable, even worse than the first time you ever tried out Assault Mode.
8338As the wind begins to pick up around you it picks up the dust particles in the air and begins to swirl them around you in a small tempest.
8339Due to the dust particles in the mist small jolts of static electricity begin appearing around you, all crimson colored.
8340
8341With a final push you manage to reach a new height.
8342You look at Marr in your new visage, covered in crimson fire and surrounded by scarlet lightning.
8343"This is not everything that I have. This is more.
8344This is Assault Mode: Schnellgang!"
8345
8346He looks over at you with the same neutral expression.
8347After he finishes examining you he begins to grin.
8348"Excellent!
8349NOW! SHOW ME WHAT YOU GOT!"
8350
8351You don't hesitate and attack him as soon as you can.
8352As you swing he also delivers his own punch and your fists collide.
8353At first the air expands around you and then implodes only to explode one final time in a huge shockwave.
8354
8355As you pull your right arm and he pulls his left arm back you both switch and swing with your other arms, producing the same result as before.
8356You repeat this process again and again with increasing speed until your motions are reduced to a blur to outside observers, all of whom are currently struggling to hold their footing in the typhoon like wind.
8357Every punch leaves your arms a little numb which ironically ends up helping you as it lessens the ungodly amounts of pain you are feeling.
8358In your flurry of blows you manage to deliver quite a few punches to him while he also hits you a few times.
8359Each time you hit his head it reels back a little before he snaps it back with an ever wider grin.
8360But every time he hits you it feels like one of your organs rupture from the shock.
8361
8362Regardless of that you keep pushing more and more until Marr has to walk backwards.
8363--------------------------
8364With a last punch you manage to send him flying backwards and you run after him.
8365When you reach him you begin to pummel him mid air and cause him to bounce off from the ground while he keeps flying.
8366At last he begins to lose momentum and in that moment you grab hold of him by his arm and toss him into the sky.
8367
8368You begin concentrating every ounce of your power into your fist as he slowly begins to fall towards you.
8369"THIS IS EVERYTHING THAT I HAVE!
8370TAKE IT!"
8371Marr is finally at the same level as you are and you swing your fist straight into his chest.
8372
8373It happens so fast you can't even process it properly.
8374Your arm completely breaks and Marr is sent flying backwards straight into a large quartz tree.
8375When he lands it leaves a large crater in the tree.
8376The others begin cheering for you when they see Marr motionless.
8377
8378"No..."
8379You mutter to yourself as you see him twitching in his crater.
8380Your arm broke completely while he suffered almost no damage.
8381He actually contracted the stomachs in his stomach and generated enough force with that to counter most of the energy delivered by your punch.
8382So while you basically punched a concrete wall and lost an arm he barely got injured in exchange.
8383
8384He manages to dislodge himself from the tree and begins to walk up to you.
8385Marr looks at you with a blank expression and asks you.
8386"Ya done?"
8387
8388You exhale once and let out all the built up pressure inside of you.
8389Flames and embers pour forth from your bowels as you do.
8390When Assault Mode ends your legs are shaking and you can barely stand.
8391"Yeah... I'm done."
8392
8393"Good."
8394He grins.
8395"You were a lil' bitch first but you managed to bare your fangs by the end of it.
8396I'm thinking about giving you a reward!"
8397
8398"I guess asking you to not kill me would be too much, huh?"
8399
8400"That depends solely on you!
8401Now here's your reward: 10 whole percents of my power!"
8402He swings his right arm to his left side and charges up.
8403"EUNOMIA!"
8404He swings his fist and hits you right in the chest.
8405--------------------------
8406Blood erupts from your mouth after the impact and the shock of your bones breaking and your organs rupturing.
8407You cover ridiculous distances at such speeds you could only dream of achieving.
8408It feels like the very fabric of your being was shaken to its very core.
8409
8410As you slowly land you dig a large trench in the ground.
8411You look up and see the small lights emanating from the ceiling of the underground.
8412Marr however blocks your view and this displeases you greatly.
8413
8414"Well I'll be damned!
8415You actually survived!"
8416He then gives a bellowing laugh that actually hurts you due to the extensive damage you've suffered.
8417
8418You can't muster the strength to answer him as even your vision is getting blurry.
8419Marr however speaks up once more.
8420"It's been a while since I took off that damned armor and used any significant portion of my power.
8421So if you actually survive this one then I'll forget about this whole stuff, 'kay?"
8422With that he turns his back to you and leaves to pick up his armor.
8423
8424As he does you can hear your friends arriving on the scene, albeit faintly.
8425Alex is screaming as hard as her throat lets her.
8426"KAIZAR! KAIZAR!
8427SAY SOMETHING, PLEASE!"
8428
8429As you try to speak up you hear a faint cracking sound and your Resurrección breaks.
8430They all look at you clearly shocked.
8431"His Resurrección broke!"
8432Pesci speaks up.
8433But soon you can hear their gasps as the leftover dust from your Resurrección liquefies and gathers up in one spot and eventually reforms into your sword.
8434
8435Yata walks up to you and without a word takes out a syringe and jams it straight into your throat.
8436The others begin screaming at the grizzly sight but they soon stop once you start coughing and eventually speaking.
8437"T-thanks man, you're a lifesaver!"
8438
8439"No problem."
8440
8441You look over to Harribel and try speaking up.
8442"I'm expecting at least a handjob from Apacci when I wake up."
8443
8444"Do you always joke like that?"
8445
8446"Only when I'm at deaths door."
8447--------------------------
8448Pesci carries your broken body back to the village when Yata deems you stable enough for transportation.
8449After hours of extensive medical care from your tipsy medic you manage to even stand up albeit with incredible amounts of pain.
8450"Well you won't simply keel over and die spontaneously so that's good.
8451But I'd advise against anything physically demanding for at least a week."
8452
8453"That long? I thought I switch bodies every four days."
8454
8455"Not when your body is on the verge of death you don't."
8456
8457"You don't want to give me a cane to walk with?"
8458
8459"I was considering it but I thought you'd look ridiculous with it."
8460
8461"Fine, fine, I'll take it easy for now."
8462
8463With that you leave him alone after having him take care of you for hours.
8464You feel like shit but at least you are alive.
8465
8466What do you want to do now?
8467>Go to Harribels group, you have a lot to talk about.
8468>Find Alex and calm her nerves.
8469>Seek out Marr to make sure he won't kill you.
8470>Other? (write-in)
8471--------------------------
8472-omitted one small post.
8473It takes a while for you to reach Alex, mostly because you were limping the whole way.
8474When you get there you can see Pesci trying to reassure her.
8475Her ears twitch when she hears you coming and once she sees you she rushes to hug you.
8476
8477As you grab hold of her while she is still whimpering you flinch a little.
8478"Heeey kiddo.
8479Easy on the tackling, okay?"
8480
8481"Oh gosh! Sorry, sorry, sorry!"
8482
8483"It's okay.
8484Just please give it a rest for a while."
8485
8486She calms down and then leads you by your hand to a bench.
8487"Are you alright?"
8488She asks as she helps you sit down.
8489
8490"Yeah...
8491And for once I came back from Yata better than when I went."
8492
8493"Oh thank fuck!"
8494She sighs heavily after that.
8495
8496You ruffle her hair as she is leaning onto you.
8497"So don't worry about me sport.
8498Hell, why won't you visit Asher just to calm your nerves a bit?"
8499
8500"I won't just leave you around now you idiot!"
8501
8502"It'd reassure me to know you are not around for when the shit hits the fan."
8503
8504"You think it's not over?"
8505
8506"I don't know and that's why you should go on a vacation until things calm down here."
8507
8508She sighs once more and then nods.
8509"Okay."
8510
8511You ruffle her hair one last time before you stand up.
8512
8513"Where are you going?"
8514
8515"I have shit to set straight with Harribel and Apacci."
8516
8517"Oh..."
8518She looks down a bit.
8519
8520"Don't worry, I'll just warn them.
8521Everyone gets one, remember?"
8522
8523"Oh right...
8524Well please don't be too rough on Apacci okay?"
8525
8526"I can't promise that."
8527
8528With that you take off to find Harribels freshly built house.
8529It's quite a lovely home and it's quite large compared to the accommodations of the other Arrancars if only to house the Tres.
8530You excuse yourself and open up the door to find Harribel, Sung-Sun and Mila Rose sitting around a table while Apacci is sleeping on the couch.
8531
8532They all look at you with shocked expressions.
8533"We weren't expecting you to be up so soon..."
8534Harribel "welcomes" you.
8535
8536"Now either you wake her up or I will.
8537And I assure you that it'll be worse if I wake her."
8538--------------------------
8539It takes a while but they manage to get Apacci to open her eyes and to stop drooling.
8540"W-whaaa..."
8541Then she notices you.
8542"Shit..."
8543
8544You look over at her with the most serious expression you can muster.
8545"Slept well?"
8546
8547"Y-yeah but I guess you are not here for that..."
8548
8549"You are damn right, now take a seat."
8550
8551"Look, I apologize for that.
8552It was a real d-"
8553
8554"No."
8555
8556"E-excuse you?"
8557
8558"You don't get it.
8559Due to your foolishness I almost died, you won't get away with a simple "sorry"."
8560
8561She looks over to Harribel.
8562"Do you see this Mistress?"
8563
8564"Apacci!
8565He's right this time. He saved your life and in turn almost lost his.
8566The least you can do is listen to him."
8567
8568You are honestly surprised that she takes your side in this matter.
8569In return you thank her cooperation with a simple nod which she returns.
8570
8571"What you did was beyond foolish.
8572You assaulted one of the strongest persons around here and if I didn't step in you'd have been killed alongside your friends."
8573
8574"HEY!
8575DON'T YOU SHIFT THE BLAME ON ME!
8576YOU WERE ALREADY PISSING HIM OFF!"
8577
8578"That's exactly my point.
8579What I did would have ended in a heated discussion or a few slaps on the wrist at worst.
8580But if you want to argue about details then here's a better one, if Marr wasn't the beast he is but a regular hollow and you harmed or killed them then I'd have to punish you accordingly whether by exile or by other means.
8581I'm willing to overlook this one incursion but either you learn to control your aggression better or we are going to have problems.
8582You got all of that?"
8583
8584She looks down in front of her and mutters.
8585"Yes..."
8586
8587With a heavy sigh you turn around to leave.
8588"I apologize for bothering you and I hope we won't have to do this again.
8589Now if you'll excuse me, I have something else to do."
8590
8591Harribel however grabs your shoulder.
8592"Hold on!
8593Where are you going?"
8594
8595"I have to make sure that Marr doesn't want my head on a silver platter."
8596
8597"I'm coming with you..."
8598
8599You look down at her.
8600"That won't be necessary."
8601
8602"I'm not asking."
8603--------------------------
8604And with that I'll be ending todays thread.
8605
8606Archive's up and I'll edit the pastes tomorrow.
8607
8608Also as a heads up: Next week the quest will be on hiatus and I'll hold a doube session when I return.
8609
8610Expect further details on my twitter.
8611--------------------------
8612=========== END THREAD ===========
8613German Hollow Quest 26
8614written by Spookyng
8615--------------------qst2txt--------------------
8616
8617You've had a rough day and it's only getting worse.
8618After a life or death encounter with the strongest Espada you somehow managed to hold onto your life but lost.
8619Now after giving a good lecture to Apacci about safety hazards in Vanaheim you have Harribel standing next to you, insisting that she comes with you in order to meet Marr.
8620 
8621You sigh heavily before finally agreeing with her.
8622"It's not like I can stop you or anything.
8623Do as you please!"
8624 
8625She lets go of your shoulder.
8626"Thank you."
8627 
8628As you are leaving the house with the former Vasto Lorde in tow you notice that your limping gets worse.
8629In a moment of weakness your right leg gives in and you begin falling to the ground.
8630Harribel reaches out and grabs a hold of you by your shoulder.
8631 
8632"Are you alright?"
8633She asks as she begins observing your body for any obvious wounds.
8634 
8635"Y-yeah... thanks...
8636I guess I strained it a bit too much by just standing on it...
8637Damn it I should have asked Yata for a cane."
8638You reply to her as she is helping you stand.
8639 
8640It's quite embarrassing requiring aid for such a thing but you have no other option.
8641In a moment of clarity however you come up with something.
8642 
8643You begin reaching for your swords hilt as Harribel begins questioning your intentions.
8644"What are you doing?"
8645 
8646"When all else fails make stuff up."
8647You say as you grab hold of the Zanpakutō at your side.
8648 
8649"That's..."
8650 
8651"A shinigamis sword, yes."
8652 
8653"How do you have such a thing?"
8654 
8655"I wrangled it from a shinigamis hand while he was still alive.
8656Truth be told I almost forgot it even existed."
8657 
8658She looks over the worn blade.
8659"But what do you hope to achieve with it?"
8660 
8661"Watch."
8662--------------------------
8663You begin channeling reiatsu into your palm and watch as mucus begins to build in your fist clenched around the blade.
8664The goo slowly trickles down until it fully coats the sword from the guard downwards.
8665When that's done you jam the blade into the sand under you and when you pull it out the sword has been transformed into a makeshift cane for you to use.
8666
8667
8668As you place the sword on the ground and lean on it you can feel the pressure lessening on your weak leg.
8669"That'll do."
8670 
8671"Incredible..."
8672Harribel marvels at your power.
8673 
8674After making sure that the sword can support your weight you turn your attention to Harribel.
8675"Shall we?"
8676 
8677"After you."
8678 
8679It doesn't take you too long to find Marr, usually the place where the others don't dare to go is a safe bet.
8680When you arrive you can see the titan carefully fiddling around with his helmet while he is surrounded by piles of rubble.
8681As he raises the helmet in order to put it on it crumbles while in his hand.
8682 
8683"FUCK!"
8684He lets out a quick shout as he looks down at the remains of his headwear.
8685 
8686"Perhaps it's a wrong time to disturb him..."
8687Harribel whispers to you.
8688 
8689"There's no point in delaying the inevitable."
8690You reply to her and begin limping towards the giant.
8691 
8692Marr after noticing you sits down in a very relaxed manner at the largest pile of rocks.
8693He gives you an incredibly fiendish grin as you approach.
8694"You seem to be walkin' all funny like!
8695Did you perhaps step on spike or something?"
8696 
8697"You could say that.
8698By the way what's wrong with your attire?
8699It seems to be much more segmented than the last time I saw it."
8700You reply to him in a sarcastic manner.
8701 
8702"Turns out ya' busted it good.
8703It began falling apart when I wanted to put it on."
8704 
8705"I don't get it.
8706You said that it inhibited you so why did you wear it in the first place?"
8707--------------------------
8708"No real reason, it's just that every time some upstart fool wanted a piece of me and fought me all out it made me feel exhilarated whenever I revealed the secret of the armor to them when I reduced them to bloody rags.
8709Seeing the despair in the eyes as they realized how handicapped I was made me laugh!
8710In any case, what do you want?"
8711 
8712"I just came to check on you.
8713We cool?"
8714 
8715He grunts once and then stands up, his shadow completely engulfs you.
8716"You survived it didn'tcha?
8717But you do that again and I'll break you!"
8718He then looks at Harribel.
8719
8720
8721"And what about you?
8722Ya' lookin' for a good pounding too?"
8723 
8724Harribel responds in her usually calm manner.
8725"The woman who attacked you, she is my underling.
8726I came here on her behalf and if you still hold a grudge against her then I ask you to..."
8727 
8728"Ya' want me to turn a blind eye over that, correct?"
8729 
8730"No...
8731I just wish to receive her punishm-"
8732 
8733And in that instant you could hear a loud smack as Marr delivered a powerful swing right into Harribels left cheek.
8734Marr grins once more as he raises his still clenched fist, you can see some blood on his digits.
8735Harribels eyes are wide and you can see a glint of fear in them.
8736She however quickly regains her composure and straightens herself.
8737 
8738She looks Marr straight in the eye and then turns her head, exposing the left side of her face.
8739"Continue if you wish."
8740 
8741Marr lets out a hearty laugh at this which was so intense he had to smother a tear.
8742"AHAHAHAHA THIS IS GREAT!
8743For a chick you sure have big balls, which I like!
8744And not only are you full of piss and vinegar but y'er a tough bitch which I LOVE!!"
8745He begins swatting the air, signaling for you to leave.
8746"You made my day blondie, now get out before I change my mind."
8747 
8748She bows down before him.
8749"Thank you!"
8750 
8751As the two of you are leaving she keeps caressing her right cheek.
8752"That went better than I expected."
8753 
8754"You could say that again."
8755--------------------------
8756As you are walking you begin to wonder the extent of damage she suffered from that.
8757You could help her but given your condition and the fact that you used your powers to construct your cane means your reserves of the Einherjar is already low and this could further delay your recovery.
8758 
8759>Heal her.
8760>Don't heal her
8761>Other? (Write-in)
8762--------------------------
8763-omitted one small post.
8764You look at her wincing and decide to speak up.
8765"How bad are your wounds?"
8766
8767She looks at you in surprise.
8768"It hurts but I'll get better.
8769Why are you asking?"
8770
8771"Do you want me to treat your wounds?"
8772
8773"Huh?"
8774
8775You lean heavily on your cane and extend your other hand.
8776As your open palm begins to glow mucus begins to seep from your pores.
8777You look at her and reach out towards her.
8778
8779"You can apply this to the wounded are and it'll get better."
8780
8781Looking at her you half expected her to refuse but you quickly change your mind as she begins to undo the zipper of her top.
8782She stops when she begins to reach her neck, revealing her mask which covers the entirety of her lower jaw and sports a set of teeth any predator would get jealous of.
8783Now that it's not obscured you can see the extent of damage she has suffered.
8784Her right cheek seems to have shattered pretty badly leaving a rather large, crater like hole from which many cracks spread throughout her mask.
8785From the cracks you can see blood flowing outward, not a whole lot but enough to be concerned about with such wounds.
8786
8787She reaches out and dips two fingers into the goo and begins to rub it in the fracture.
8788As it gets applied you can hear the typical sizzling sound accompanied by the high speed healing.
8789"This feels rather strange."
8790
8791"Is it getting better?"
8792
8793"Yes, it doesn't hurt as much.
8794Thank you."
8795
8796"You're welcome but please don't come to me with papercuts, I'm running on fumes already."
8797
8798"If so why didn't you use this to heal yourself?"
8799
8800"Isn't it obvious?
8801I did, but my wounds are much worse.
8802It'll take extensive care for them to heal even with my power."
8803
8804"Even still, a hollow with healing powers.
8805That's quite strange."
8806
8807"I heard this so much I was at one point considering making "Strange" my middle name."
8808--------------------------
8809After she finishes she then redoes her zipper, hiding her face once more.
8810She looks at you with genuine gratitude in her eyes.
8811"Thanks for allowing me to come with you.
8812I fear this could have gone ugly."
8813
8814"Yeah, we got lucky he is in what I assume to be a good mood.
8815Well, in any case I'll go and take a week long nap if you don't mind."
8816
8817But as you are about to go on your separate ways you can see none other than Aaroniero in the distance.
8818Somehow you doubt he will leave you alone.
8819Your suspicions are confirmed when he greets both you and Harribel and explains that he has news.
8820
8821"You couldn't have been five minutes slower Aaroniero?
8822I mean I'm really not in the mood for any of this."
8823
8824"Ah, I suppose then it's true.
8825I didn't think you'd live.
8826Good job."
8827
8828"Stop being smug with me Aaroniero and just spit out what you want."
8829
8830"Ah, yes.
8831I have relayed the news of you recruiting Ms Harribel here to our cause.
8832He was quite satisfied and he is currently on his way here in order to properly welcome her into the Espada.
8833In addition, he'd also like to handle the demotion of the soon to be Privaron Espada."
8834
8835You look over at Harribel and almost let out a curse.
8836"Well that's just great.
8837I suppose this means I won't have any time to rest."
8838
8839"I'm terribly sorry but he explicitly stated he has important news to share with all of us."
8840
8841"Well thanks for the heads up anyway.
8842When should we expect his arrival?"
8843
8844"In a few minutes."
8845
8846At that moment you felt like one of your veins was about to pop.
8847"And you couldn't notify us sooner?"
8848
8849"Don't hate the messenger."
8850
8851You look at Harribel and sigh.
8852"I suppose you'll meet the Big Boss sooner rather than later."
8853
8854"Should I be worried?"
8855
8856Aaroniero interjects.
8857"Of course not."
8858
8859After Aaroniero finished he lead you to the area which was already being prepared for your most esteemed guests arrival.
8860You are offered seats next to one another and it'll be your task to introduce her to Aizen.
8861--------------------------
8862It takes for a while for every Espada to appear and it takes mere minutes after that for your guests to appear.
8863To your and everyones surprise both of Aizens lackeys have also shown up.
8864Aizen takes his rightful place at the head of the table and his two men take each of his sides.
8865The glass wearing, slimy rat then gives you his usual creepy smile and greets you.
8866
8867"Welcome, my dear Espada!
8868It's been far too long since the last time I've seen you.
8869And it pleases me to see new faces here."
8870He shifts his eye to you.
8871"Kaizar, if you would be so kind."
8872
8873You get a good grip on your makeshift cane and try to stand up.
8874Aizen meanwhile looks at you quizzically.
8875"Lord Aizen allow me to introduce Tier Harribel former Vasto Lorde and currently awaiting your approval into the Espada."
8876
8877Harribel stands up and bows slightly.
8878"A pleasure to meet you Lord Aizen."
8879She then takes her seat once more, leaving you standing alone.
8880
8881Aizen looks at you and begins speaking.
8882"It fills me with immense joy to see you being such an asset to our cause.
8883All that time I've invested in you paid off."
8884He shifts his gaze to Harribel.
8885"As for you Harribel, I hope this is the beginning of a beautiful relationship.
8886From this moment onward you'll be taking Kaizars place as the Segunda Espada."
8887
8888In that moment you can hear someone slamming onto the table.
8889"Just a fuckin' moment!"
8890You can see Aimee Morris standing up from her seat furiously.
8891"Are you telling me some bimbo bitch just waltz in like that and she gets the place of 2nd?
8892I call bullshit on that!"
8893
8894Aizen barely acknowledges her existence, in fact barely raises his voice for that matter.
8895"If losing your position like that troubles you so much then all you have to do is challenge her to a duel to the death Aimee.
8896Or is that simply beyond your capabilities?"
8897
8898You can see that Aimee is perhaps angrier when you put her in her place.
8899But surprisingly she takes her seat and acknowledges Aizens order.
8900"U-understood Master Aizen..."
8901--------------------------
8902-omitted one small post.
8903"Well, now that this is sorted we'll have to address the elephant in the room before I reveal my grand surprise."
8904Aizen says as he looks over everyone until his eyes linger on one person.
8905"Marr..."
8906
8907Marr who has been half asleep up until this point opens an eye and looks at Aizen.
8908"Huh?"
8909
8910"I heard that you were causing problems to your fellows.
8911Care to explain that?"
8912
8913"I ain't gotta explain shit!
8914They were looking for trouble. They got one."
8915
8916"I'm sorry but that behavior is unacceptable."
8917
8918The titanic Marr stands up and begins walking towards Aizen.
8919As he walks he begins speaking.
8920"Oh yeah? What are you going to do about it?"
8921
8922Before he could reach him however an unexpected individual steps in between them.
8923It was Tōsen of all people.
8924
8925Marr looks at him and begins smirking.
8926"Seriously? You?!
8927Don't make me laugh."
8928
8929"Kaname, what are you doing?"
8930Aizen speaks, still as calm as ever.
8931
8932"I've had enough of this barbarian Captain.
8933Not only do I have to tolerate that animal Zaraki but this beast as well?
8934No! I had enough of such beasts and I must correct this injustice!"
8935He pulls out his sword and places his palm on the ring at its side.
8936"Bankai, Suzumushi Tsuishiki: Enma Kōrogi!"
8937
8938The one thought that crossed your mind was: Bankai?
8939And as that thought passed you noticed a pitch black void enveloping the entire area.
8940Soon you felt all of your senses being nullified one by one, sight, hearing, scent and even your Pesquisa.
8941
8942However this only lasted for a few moments and soon you saw the black dome slowly disappearing.
8943As your senses returned the first thing you saw were Marr and Kaname as he is being held up in the air by his throat.
8944You mutilated Tōsen in your mind several times but not even you wished this fate upon him.
8945
8946Marr on the other hand is absolutely livid.
8947"Really Aizen?! You have this lil' shit step up against ME?!"
8948He says as he tosses Kanames body to the side.
8949--------------------------
8950"I came here for one thing and one thing only WAR!"
8951Marr smashes his fist into the table breaking off one of its corners.
8952"And instead we sit around jacking off, playing house and SHIT!
8953WHY ARE WE EVEN WASTING OUR TIME WITH WEAKLINGS WHEN I'M HERE?!
8954You know what? Fuck it!
8955I'll just go and knock down the front door of those fuckers! Then I'll strangle everyone with their own guts ONE BY ONE!
8956But first, I'll mount your head on a pike as a lesson AIZEN! DON'T FUCK WITH ME!"
8957He raises his hand, ready to attack.
8958
8959In that moment you see Aizen reaching for his own sword.
8960You quickly poke Harribels side and try to convey to her that she should close her eyes.
8961"Shatter Kyōka Suigetsu!"
8962He speaks up and you shut your eyes quickly.
8963You can hear the sound of glass shattering and you open your eyes.
8964
8965Marr smashes down the chair where Aizen sat previously and then proceeds to laugh as if he hit his target.
8966In truth Aizen stands at his side and proceeds to sever all connective tissue in Marrs limbs.
8967Then he cuts open the main artery in Marrs neck.
8968When he sheats his sword you can feel that nagging feeling of yours disappear and everyone seemingly gets to their senses.
8969Everyone sees Marr decimated in an ever growing pool of his own blood.
8970
8971Aizen then delivers his speech.
8972"You have outlived your usefulness.
8973You might have been powerful but now we have better, safer alternatives.
8974I bid you farewell greatest warrior of Hueco Mundo. Rest in peace."
8975
8976Well this is an unexpected situation.
8977The man who broke your body is about to bleed out in front of you.
8978But you have options.
8979
8980>Stabilize Marrs wound. (Use your last drops of Einherjar to save his life. This will have a negative effect on you.)
8981>Say your goodbyes to him and watch.
8982>End his suffering (Kill him)
8983>Other? (write-in)
8984--------------------------
8985-omitted one small post.
8986-omitted one small post.
8987As you watch over Marr with his bloodshot eyes and unending rage you take pity on him.
8988You once more lean heavily on your cane and stand up.
8989
8990The Espada that you are friendly with but especially Harribel looks at you strangely.
8991"Kaizar..."
8992
8993You don't utter a word and slowly make your way to him.
8994He looks at you with the fury of a thousand white hot sans, unable to speak as he is choking on his own blood.
8995Given his large stature it's no wonder he has a lot of blood in his system.
8996You let go of your cane and try to stand on your own, it's straining your body but it's the least you can do.
8997
8998Everyone is looking at you expectantly as you reach under your coat for Basilisco.
8999You won't kill him with a shinigami sword, he was better than that.
9000As you grab your rather large knife and raise it above your head you eerily resemble an executioner.
9001
9002You take a good last look at him as he is coughing up blood.
9003It's strange because you can almost make out the words he is trying to say.
9004"K-Ki-"
9005But he always gets stopped by his gag reflexes.
9006You give a careful glance to Aizen to see a drop of sweat on his forehead, he is scared. But why?
9007
9008Regardless of that you say your last words to him.
9009"I'm sorry."
9010And you smash down with your sword, beheading him.
9011
9012His death was painless and almost instant as the feedback of his neck being cut induces brain death.
9013It's over, the oldest hollow just perished.
9014You take your scarf and let it soak in the blood that got on your blade, turning it red.
9015
9016After sheathing your sword you grab hold of your stick and shamble back to your seat, exhausted.
9017Doing all of that left you exhausted and you are glad that you can sit once more.
9018The others are all looking at you and eventually Aizen speaks up.
9019"How noble of you Kaizar, I thought you'd be glad that he is out of the picture."
9020
9021"We were not friends but everyone deserves that much. And even I can respect his strength.
9022If I was in his position I'd want the same treatment, that's it."
9023--------------------------
9024-omitted one small post.
9025As you say that you can see Marrs body slowly disintegrating into nothing.
9026Aimee speaks up in a cocky manner.
9027"HAH! Serves him right!
9028At least the bastard was self cleaning so we didn't have to deal with him!"
9029
9030Aizen looks up at Aimee and now at a second glance even that fraction of anxiety is gone from him.
9031"Oh?
9032Do you think you are out of the fray Aimee?"
9033
9034"What?"
9035
9036He looks at you.
9037"Kaizar, if it's not too much of a bother please fix up Kaname!"
9038
9039"My deepest apologies Lord Aizen, I'm afraid my body is in shambles after fighting Marr.
9040Using my healing powers now would have dire consequences."
9041This is nonsense of course as you simply can't be asked to fix him up.
9042If you healed Marr then you'd have no choice in the matter but as it stands he can suffer a little.
9043
9044"Ah I see...
9045Then before we rearrange the numbers of the Espada we have one more task at our hands if nothing unexpected happens."
9046He signals with his hands and figures begin to appear behind Aizen.
9047"My dear Espada, allow me to introduce your newest member and his associates.
9048They are but the first of many Arrancar that were created via a new and improved method of Arrancarification.
9049Their powers are enhanced beyond what you've grown accustomed to."
9050As he said that the figures finally emerge in the form of no less than six Arrancars.
9051"Please, welcome amongst your midst Grimmjow Jaegerjaquez."
9052
9053The blue haired Arrancar steps forward and raises his hand.
9054"So these are the guys?
9055So far not impressed Master Aizen!
9056Anyway, I'm the new boss around here so you'd better get used to me!"
9057He is indeed fiercely strong and much stronger than his Fracción but you'd bet anything he's not stronger than Harribel.
9058
9059Aizen begins clearing his throat.
9060"Actually Grimmjow you'll only be the Segunda."
9061
9062"WHAT?!
9063Bullshit!"
9064
9065"Harribel will be the new Primera."
9066
9067She nods.
9068"Understood."
9069
9070"As for Aimee, you'll receive your three digit number as Privaron Espada.
9071You'll no longer have any influence here."
9072
9073"U-understood..."
9074--------------------------
9075When that was done you received the new ranking of the Espada.
9076
90771.:Tier Harribel
90782.:Grimmjow Jaegerjaquez
90793.:Kaizar Soize
90804.:Nelliel Tu Odelschwanck
90815.:Aaroniero Arruruerie
90826.:Wang Lan
90837.:Dordoni Alessandro Del Socaccio
90848.:Escamas
90859.:Cirucci Sanderwicci
908610.:Gantenbainne Mosqueda
9087
9088Aimee has officially become Arrancar 101 and Grimmjows Fraccione each received their respective numbers after your friends.
9089Aizen shortly after disbanded the gathering and told you to continue as you were.
9090
9091For the next 3 years nothing worth mentioning happened.
9092In that time you...
9093
9094>(Pick 2 things to do in the timeskip, one major and one minor)
9095>Training
9096>Looking for more potential Arrancar.
9097>Hanging around with your friends.
9098>Other? (write-in)
9099--------------------------
9100-omitted one small post.
9101In the following years you took your time and made sure to make the best of it.
9102Most of your days flew by with you hardly doing anything other than training.
9103When you took a break from practice you usually spent it with your friends and family and you occasionally spent some time with the other people in Vanaheim.
9104
9105The funny thing is that seeing your dedication inspired Neliel who practically begged you to train with her.
9106It was just like in the old days, you and Neliel fighting one another.
9107Occasionally you managed to tear Harribel away from her Fracción for some welcome practice against a new opponent.
9108You even managed to guilt trip Apacci into helping you and alongside several other weaker Arrancar helped you in simulated group fights.
9109In such fights you managed to finally forge your two Fracción and Yata into a proper fighting force, Yata serves as the tactician while Pesci and Alex combine their abilities to produce deadly results in the shape of high speed shrapnel.
9110
9111The final result of this training was that you managed to put that cocky bastard Grimmjow in his rightful place, under You and Neliel in rank.
9112He was mad about it for a while and even threatened to challenge you but somehow as time passed he forgot about that whole thing.
9113Maybe he started hearing rumors about you?
9114
9115Amongst the Espada you actually managed to make some progress.
9116Out of the old trio only Dordoni speaks with you frequently, the other two think you are beyond them because of your rank.
9117You managed to get better acquainted with Aaroniero to the point where he shared some stuff about himself, turns out he wears his mask because the other Espada frequently bullied him for his appearance.
9118But to this day you haven't seen his face.
9119
9120Wang Lan took the death of Marr roughly, she was alone in that regard.
9121At the very least she was grateful that you gave him a painless death.
9122
9123Other than that not much has happened.
9124Oh yes, now that you think about it Yata made some dorky guy his assistant.
9125--------------------------
9126*What was his name again?*
9127
9128"SZAYEL YOU DICKLESS FUCK!
9129If I catch you sabotaging my experiments so they blow up in my face I'll make you shit out your internal organs!"
9130Yata is screaming mad about his new assistant.
9131
9132The pink haired Arrancar is supposedly the younger brother of Grimmjows Fracción Yylfordt.
9133The joke there is that he is way stronger than his older brother simply because of his intellect.
9134What you find funny is that they spend more time trying to kill each other than actually working.
9135You suspect that if they ever buried the hatchet they'd become an unstoppable force, thank fuck that'll never happen!
9136
9137You see black smoke coming from Yatas workshop as he is leaving the area while coughing heavily.
9138You can see cracks in his mask as well.
9139"Trouble with the lab?"
9140
9141"The only problem around here is that cancer infested fuck Szayel!
9142If he spent half as much energy at science than he does at jerking off then he'd have become a proper scientist by now!"
9143
9144"Okay then...
9145Have fun with that."
9146You leave him to clean up the mess his assistant made as you see Harribel and company approaching.
9147"Ladies!"
9148You bow before them.
9149
9150"Hah!
9151What's gotten into you ya bastard?!
9152What'll be next flowers?"
9153Apacci is ripping at you as usual, in recent times she became much more bearable as she understands borders now.
9154
9155You look over at Mila Rose who is looking at you expectantly.
9156"Yata is in his workshop if you want to pester him!"
9157You point in his direction.
9158
9159"Sweet!"
9160And with that she goes off.
9161
9162Now only you and Harribel are left.
9163"Where's Sung-Sun?"
9164You ask her.
9165
9166"Doing her hair, the usual.
9167Shall we?"
9168She signals with her hand and you follow her.
9169
9170It has become sort of a passtime to take leisurely strolls around the forest from time to time with her.
9171You only rarely talk on these walks and only about philosophy and such.
9172It feels nice being in the presence of someone and being comfortable in complete silence.
9173--------------------------
9174As you are walking you notice something, rather someone.
9175Alex is walking around as if she can't balance herself.
9176
9177She finds support in the form of a tree and stops.
9178After taking several deep breaths you can already see what's going to happen next.
9179She begins throwing up at the base of the vegetation.
9180
9181You sigh heavily as you look at Harribel.
9182"So much for a relaxing walk huh?"
9183
9184"Aren't you going to check on her?"
9185
9186"I will, if only to chastise her..."
9187You leave her behind to see to your little girl.
9188
9189You sigh as you look over her, she seems to be in a bad shape.
9190"How many times have I told you?
9191If you can't handle your drinks then don't drink. It's that simple."
9192
9193"S-shut u.."
9194She tries to tell you off but she throws up once more.
9195"I haven't drunk anything in months!"
9196
9197You raise an eyebrow at that.
9198"Months without water? Impressive!
9199Then you should stop being a glutton. What will Asher say if you become chubby?"
9200
9201"Kiss my ass!"
9202
9203You laugh a little as your teasing got the desired effect.
9204"But seriously if you don't feel well ask Yata for a checkup.
9205I know you hate needles but I've told you already, he doesn't use them always."
9206
9207"I guess you're right, I haven't been feeling well this whole day..."
9208
9209You put your hand on her forehead to check her temperature.
9210"Hmmm...
9211I don't feel anything, but if you are feeling that bad then go and ask him.
9212The worst thing he'll do will be injecting some Einherjar into you."
9213
9214"Okay then."
9215She sighs and then hugs you before she walks off.
9216
9217You return to Harribel who gives you a questioning look.
9218"What's the matter?"
9219
9220"She says she feels sick."
9221
9222"That's...
9223Unusual to say the least."
9224
9225"Yeah, told her to go see the doc."
9226
9227The two of you are looking at each other awkwardly.
9228Eventually Harribel speaks up.
9229"Well, now that this is ruined how about we do some actual Espada work for a change?"
9230
9231"What do you have in mind?"
9232
9233"I heard Neliel has found a promising Menos.
9234We could check him out."
9235
9236"I suppose it couldn't hurt.
9237Okay, let's do that."
9238--------------------------
9239"So what's the deal with the guy?
9240What have you heard?"
9241
9242"Just that he refuses to become an Arrancar unless Aizen is the one who does it.
9243Other than that I haven't heard anything."
9244
9245As you are approaching the area where Neliel is you can sense an unfamiliar power.
9246It's not much, not even impressive in Menos terms.
9247"How is this guy promising again?"
9248
9249"He's supposedly a very dangerous hollow who was on a rampage ever since he arrived in Hueco Mundo."
9250
9251"So just another mindless beast?
9252Where's the impressive part?"
9253
9254"Not a beast, a fully conscious man who kills without discrimination.
9255He is very aggressive and very conscious of his actions."
9256
9257"And he didn't get himself killed out there like that?"
9258
9259"That's the impressive part."
9260
9261When you arrive you can see the new individual is the center of attention.
9262Surrounded by a whole lot of Menos and even some Arrancars, all eyes on him.
9263The large bug like hollow looks at you and you see his hollow hole right where his left eye should be.
9264
9265A large praying mantis is now looking straight at you with his one working eye.
9266"Huh?
9267Who might you be, oozing with confidence like that?"
9268He asks you.
9269
9270"Kaizar Soize, Segunda Espada.
9271You?"
9272
9273"Nnoitora Gilga, the one who'll make you drop in rank."
9274He says in a cocky manner.
9275
9276"Ambitious."
9277You says as you overlook his deformed body.
9278Most hollows are symmetric and usually adhere to some logic or reason.
9279This guys shape seems to be for the lack of a better word, wrong.
9280
9281His aura is similar in nature.
9282It feels like he is in a constant state of bloodlust and his reiatsu reflects that.
9283Your guess is that his desire for killing was so powerful it warped and twisted his appearance into what you see.
9284But he is by no means impressive, you've met similar and stronger Menos before and they aren't exactly rare.
9285
9286>"So you refuse to be transformed into an Arrancar? Why?"
9287>"You want a fight? I'm free at the moment."
9288>Your curiosity is sated, leave.
9289>Other? (write-in)
9290--------------------------
9291-omitted one small post.
9292"Well, color me curious.
9293What's your deal? I've heard you refuse to tear off your mask on your own."
9294
9295"Damn straight!
9296I overheard some fodder talk about Aizen and his "special" method and I want in!"
9297
9298You give him a smirk.
9299"I'll tell you this now, there's only one Arrancar like that around here.
9300Want to know his ranking? It's two levels below me and I'm a natural Arrancar."
9301
9302"HAH!
9303Don't associate me with some weakling!
9304I am the strongest! And I'll prove it one way or the other!"
9305
9306"Those are some big claims you have there."
9307You reach for your sword and draw it.
9308"Want to put them to the test?"
9309
9310His mouth wide grin somehow gets even larger.
9311"You're on!"
9312
9313You look around to see the large crowd of hollows.
9314After sheathing your sword you speak up.
9315"Not here. There's an arena further down.
9316Meet me there!"
9317
9318"Tch...
9319Fine."
9320With that he is off.
9321
9322You plan on following him but first you pull Neliel aside.
9323"Hey, what's the meaning of this?
9324Him? Why?"
9325
9326Her expression is calm and serious this time.
9327"You'll see if you clash.
9328Other than that I won't say anything."
9329
9330"Well you are no help."
9331
9332"It would ruin the important part."
9333
9334You shrug.
9335"Whatever."
9336
9337You leave her and make off to the place of the challenge.
9338Quite a large crowd has gathered around and it seems they all came to see you rather than the new guy.
9339As you overlook your adversary you get why he has such a nasty reputation, his form is quite fierce indeed.
9340"Can we start already?!
9341I grow tired of this nonsense."
9342He says still as arrogantly as before.
9343
9344"Yeah."
9345
9346How will you fight him.
9347>Hand to hand combat.
9348>Sword.
9349>Tricks.
9350>Other? (write-in)
9351
9352Also roll 3d10.
9353DC is a modest 10 Crit is 24.
9354First three considered.
9355--------------------------
9356-omitted one small post.
9357You grab hold of your sword, sheath and all and toss it to the side.
9358You crack your knuckles in preparation for the upcoming battle.
9359
9360He looks at you, clearly unamusad.
9361"What's that?
9362Are you going to fight me with your HANDS?!"
9363
9364"Start complaining after you've seen me in action!"
9365You take a stance and beckon him with your palm.
9366
9367He angrily screams and begins rushing you with surprising speed and agility.
9368After a few swings with his sharp claws you kinda figure out his pattern and manage to simply avoid most of them.
9369When you see that he is open at the end of his attack chain you move in with a low punch to his torso as a counter attack.
9370
9371He notices you but rather than dodging begins to gloat.
9372"Idiot!
9373My carapace won't even get dented after just a p-"
9374
9375And in that moment your fists dig deep into his skin delivering the full force of your punch right into his gut.
9376After the shock spreads throughout his body he spits in surprise.
9377You jump away just in time to dodge his swing, as you watch the hole you just made in his armor quickly begins to heal.
9378"What was that?!"
9379He asks.
9380
9381You jump in place a few times and take a few practice swings.
9382"I knew a being far older and more powerful than you could comprehend.
9383He taught me a valuable lesson about hollow armor, it's great against slashing attacks like our natural enemy the shinigami but it's terrible against blunt force."
9384You take your ready stance as you lock eyes with him once more.
9385"Here goes!"
9386
9387And you dash off to him, this time it's you who is on the offensive.
9388His large insect like body doesn't allow him to dodge so he intercepts your attacks with his own but the blades simply bounce off your reiatsu infused fists.
9389After you clear his arms you swing and hit him straight in the stomach once more leaving a very similar hole in him to the last.
9390But as you wanted to resume attacking he kicks sand in your eye with one of his legs.
9391As you are blinded his arm swings towards you and hits your shoulder.
9392--------------------------
9393As the blade hits you can hear the usual sound of steel hitting steel.
9394The blade grinds against your skin but fails to pierce it.
9395You grab the blade and deliver your third punch.
9396This time he coughs up blood us well.
9397
9398He reels back and gains some distance, waiting for his high speed regeneration to kick in.
9399As the wound disappears he begins breathing heavily.
9400"Fuck... that...
9401MY TURN!"
9402
9403He lashes out at you and begins the same attack pattern he used before but this time he amps up the speed and reaches over 20 hits per second with his fierce barrage.
9404They don't do anything but this speed takes a while for you to adjust to.
9405When you finally do his hits stop landing once more.
9406As you dodge the blades and get behind his defenses to deliver your next attack something unexpected happens.
9407
9408An attack much faster and stronger than the last few comes flying toward you.
9409You worry that this might have the power to penetrate your Hierro so you fire off a Bala onto the incoming scythe and blow it away.
9410Now you finally get what Neliel meant, why he is here as a potential candidate.
9411He might be lacking in raw power but he makes up for that in the form of potential, in this short fight he already improved a little.
9412His untapped potential must be huge!
9413And now that you think about it something has been bothering you ever since the fight started, a strange and unfamiliar feeling is constantly in the back of your mind nagging you to no end.
9414You have no idea what it is but as the fight escalated alongside Nnoitoras reiatsu it got increasingly more frustrating.
9415
9416But with that said you grab hold of one of his legs and lift him up with that.
9417As he is swinging in the air you begin smashing him into the ground over and over again.
9418Eventually his body lays in a crater, cracks adorn his exoskeleton all over the place.
9419--------------------------
9420You sigh as you overlook his battered body and dust yourself off.
9421But as you are walking away you feel something tugging at your leg.
9422Nnoitora is trying to stop you with his claw.
9423"T-this.. is... not... over..."
9424
9425You look him deep in his only eye.
9426Underneath the mask, blood and dust you can see his still very much human-like eye.
9427As you gaze deeply into it the odd feeling returns to you again with a sense of clarity in the mix.
9428
9429"You want to finish this?"
9430
9431"Damn straight!"
9432
9433You kick his claw away and begin channeling massive amounts of reiatsu into your fist.
9434"Fine."
9435
9436With that you strike him down just as he told you to.
9437--------------------------
9438-omitted one small post.
9439=========== END THREAD ===========
9440German Hollow Quest 27
9441written by Spookyng
9442--------------------qst2txt--------------------
9443
9444After putting on the finishing touches on Nnoitora you stand up and start walking away from him.
9445In a few moments his eyes snap open and he quickly gets up to his feet.
9446He is grasping his chest, looking for the wounds he had mere moments ago.
9447"Guess my healing was quicker than I thought...
9448HEY YOU! WHERE DO YOU THINK YOU ARE GOING?!"
9449 
9450You turn around to face him and pull your hat over your eyes.
9451"What do you mean?
9452I finished it, it's over."
9453 
9454"The HELL it is!
9455I'm still standing!"
9456 
9457"Your don't remember?
9458Mere moments ago you died."
9459 
9460His sole eye widens.
9461"W-wha..."
9462 
9463"That strange empty feeling? That's death.
9464I know, disappointing isn't it? Humanity came up with all kinds of grand ideas about death and the afterlife in a desperate attempt to deny the truth, the empty void that is death.
9465In truth, it can happen so quickly you don't even realize it happened to you."
9466 
9467You can see Nnoitoras eye as he begins to comprehend the situation.
9468His pupils dilate as the pieces fall into place.
9469"That can't be..."
9470 
9471"As I struck you down you entered a state of clinical death, your breathing stopped and so did your heart.
9472The shock was enough so you even lost consciousness and if it weren't for my ability brain death would have followed shortly after."
9473 
9474His confusion slowly turns to anger as he begins to understand the sheer weight of your claim.
9475"THE HELL YOU DID!"
9476In that moment he begins charging a cero at the tip of his surprisingly long tongue.
9477"TAKE THIS!"
9478 
9479The yellow blast quickly gets closer to you but you simply reach out and crush the collected energy with your hand.
9480"I recommend you stop now.
9481Next time I won't bring you back."
9482 
9483His eyes tremble as you destroyed his last desperate attack.
9484"You are free to try again once we are on equal ground."
9485You then turn around but before you leave you give him a last word.
9486"But I must warn you, Aizen rarely shows his face around here so it could take years."
9487 
9488With that you leave him alone to think about the fight.
9489--------------------------
9490Before you return to Harribel you see Neliel supporting a tree.
9491You walk up close to her and you see that satisfied expression of hers.
9492 
9493"Is this your idea of a joke Neliel?"
9494 
9495With a coy smile she replies.
9496"I suppose you noticed it as well."
9497 
9498"An Adjuchas who harbors such hidden potential?
9499Yeah, it may take time but he'll definitely grow powerful if left to his own devices."
9500 
9501"That's not what I meant."
9502She closes her eyes as she keeps smiling to herself.
9503"He has the same look in his eyes as you do."
9504 
9505You turn away from her and begin walking away from her.
9506"I have no idea what you are talking about."
9507 
9508As you are walking away from her you keep thinking about the fight.
9509That strange and yet familiar feeling that simply couldn't leave you alone.
9510The whole time you felt like you were staring into a distorted mirror.
9511"Fuck you Neliel..."
9512You mutter to yourself.
9513 
9514As you are walking to Harribel she slowly opens her eyes.
9515"Impressive show."
9516 
9517"I'd call it tedious.
9518What's up?"
9519 
9520"Nothing.
9521I guess today is just doomed to be like this.
9522I suppose you'll want to check on Alex now, right?"
9523 
9524>"She's an adult and can take care of herself."
9525>"Sorry about this, but yeah I should."
9526>Other? (write-in)
9527--------------------------
9528-omitted one small post.
9529You scratch the back of your hand and apologize to her.
9530"Yeah, I'm sorry about that.
9531I promise I'll make it up to you somehow.
9532Now if you'll excuse me I'll be on my way."
9533
9534She nods.
9535"Fine, we'll see each other around.
9536Take care."
9537
9538With that you leave her alone and make your way to the laboratory in order to check up on Alex.
9539When you get there you get the full attention of both Yata and Alex.
9540They have an incredibly dire expression on their faces.
9541As you look them over you can feel confusion and fear overtake you as your mind begins to devote all of its processing power to come up with a list of horrible things that could have happened to Alex.
9542
9543Yata steps forth and grabs your shoulder.
9544"I think you should sit down for this one."
9545You look at him dumbfounded, seeing the cracks on his mask still remaining from this morning.
9546
9547He gets you a rolling chair and you sit down and begin bracing yourself for the news.
9548But he doesn't speak and instead he looks at Alex expectantly.
9549She looks at you and her lips begin to quiver.
9550"I-I'm pregnant..."
9551She says as she averts her eyes from you and instead looks at the ground.
9552
9553You open your mouth but you fail to produce any sound.
9554In an instant you can feel the immense pressure that was building inside of you leave you and in turn you feel like your body has gotten lighter than air itself.
9555You stand up from your chair and you can feel a tear forming right under your eye but you simply don't care.
9556
9557In that moment you feel...
9558>Happy
9559>Enraged
9560>Nervous
9561>Other? (Write-in)
9562--------------------------
9563-omitted one small post.
9564Your mind is currently blank, overloaded by happiness and the sheer magnitude of your confusion.
9565For a couple of moments you still can't produce any sound and the two hollows in your vicinity begin worrying.
9566This gets even worse when you begin laughing first quietly but your voice slowly begins to rise until you are pretty sure that every soul in Vanaheim can hear you and they probably soiled themselves.
9567
9568Yata begins to get nervous and actually asks you a question.
9569"A-are you alright?"
9570
9571After somewhat collecting yourself you look at him with an honest to god smile on your face.
9572"Alright?
9573I've never been happier!"
9574
9575You walk up to Alex and raise her up by her armpits just like you used to do when she was smaller and begin swinging her around.
9576"What's wrong Alex?
9577Liven up a bit! This is wonderful!"
9578
9579"L-let go of me you oaf!
9580This is a serious matter!"
9581She tries her hardest to object and eventually you let her go.
9582
9583Afterwards you have to sit back down because you are not confident that you could stay standing upright.
9584When you look at Alex you can see that she is actually still a bit worried about the situation but at least she calmed down after seeing your reaction.
9585But as you settle down and think about it you begin to realize how little sense this whole situation makes.
9586You look at her and begin speaking.
9587"So, wait I'm confused...
9588How did this happen exactly?"
9589
9590"W-well Asher is the father obviously."
9591
9592You begin stroking your chin and think about things for a second.
9593"So is it because he is a Fullbringer?"
9594
9595"What's a Fullbringer?"
9596Yata asks.
9597
9598"A spiritually aware human with hollow like powers.
9599They can interact with spirits."
9600
9601"Why haven't I heard about this before?"
9602
9603"Because I never told you?"
9604
9605"Not that!
9606Spiritually aware humans? Fascinating!"
9607
9608"You probably were aware but you only saw them in history books where they burned people at stakes for witchcraft.
9609Or people in straight jackets."
9610
9611"That just begs for too many questions."
9612--------------------------
9613"Aren't you forgetting something?!"
9614Alex shouts at you.
9615"Like this happening to me?!"
9616She says as she points at her stomach.
9617
9618You can see that she is incredibly nervous by the look on her face.
9619You walk up to her and hug her while also patting her head.
9620"Come now, there's no reason to worry about!"
9621
9622"B-but I have no idea what I'd have to do and I mean a baby?!
9623I can't go five steps without getting into trouble."
9624
9625"You worry too much pumpkin.
9626We'll be here for you and you can ask us for help anytime."
9627
9628She sighs while leaning to you.
9629"And we didn't do anything differently from before...
9630Just look at this mess...
9631At least you took it better than I expected."
9632
9633"What's that?"
9634
9635"Nothing!"
9636She abruptly speaks up.
9637
9638"Did you think I'd go and beat the shit out of Asher for this or what?"
9639
9640"Don't deny that you weren't considering it!"
9641
9642"Only for a few moments but I always stopped before it came to skinning him alive.
9643Besides, I probably knew about that stuff even before you did."
9644
9645"Keep dreaming pops!"
9646
9647"Fine, don't believe me."
9648With that however you let go of her.
9649
9650She seems to be a bit relieved now but obviously she is still nervous.
9651In that moment Yata begins poking your shoulder.
9652You turn to face him and he begins to speak up.
9653
9654"I don't mean to interrupt this vomit enducingly adorable scene but we have some complications.
9655How do you intend to deal with this situation?
9656I mean I haven't seen a pregnant arrancar before but I have no doubt in my mind that it's possible.
9657But still, this isn't exactly the safest place for a child.
9658Or what do you expect me to do? Make her baggy clothes to cover up her growing belly?"
9659
9660That's a good question.
9661>"That's not actually a bad idea. We are mostly spanish, give her a poncho."
9662>"I'm the Segunda, if anyone so much as looks at her funny I'll break their spine!"
9663>Sending her to the Living Realm might be the best solution.
9664>Other? (write-in)
9665--------------------------
9666-omitted one small post.
9667That made you think of something.
9668"Yata..."
9669
9670He looks at you with anticipation.
9671"Yeees?"
9672
9673"How is that pet project of yours coming along?"
9674
9675He begins scratching his head.
9676"Unless Szayel raided my prototype then it should be ready for field testing.
9677But it's still not perfect."
9678
9679"Can you make a poncho or something out of it?
9680We are spanish to a degree so nobody would bat an eye at it."
9681
9682"To cover her form?
9683That alone will be hardly enough."
9684
9685With that you turn your attention to Alex.
9686"I suggest you spend some time in the Living World for a while."
9687
9688"H-huh?
9689But you said you'll help me..."
9690
9691"You can come visit any time.
9692But if you stay there in order to do some recon under my orders then you'll be much safer.
9693If we limit peoples exposure of your situation things won't get as heated.
9694And if Yata makes some less revealing clothes then no one will notice the difference.
9695We will also visit you plenty of times in order to "collect your reports"."
9696
9697"A-and what about when the baby comes"
9698
9699"We'll worry about that when the time comes.
9700For now it'll be better if you just lay low and if we are lucky the baby will be impossible to tell apart from an Arrancar.
9701And at that point people will just assume it was a one night stand with some random Arrancar."
9702
9703"But I don't want them to think that of me!"
9704
9705"Would you rather risk exposing Asher?"
9706
9707She stays quiet after that and quietly pouts.
9708After a weary sigh she begins speaking once more.
9709"Fine...
9710So what's this secret project of yours Yata?"
9711
9712He doesn't answer but begins fiddling around some random piles of stuff he has.
9713After searching for a few moments he pulls out a white fabric that's not too different from the cloth he normally uses for uniforms.
9714"I've been trying to replicate Aizens reiatsu suppressing cloaks for a while now.
9715Sadly this is as far as I got.
9716It's hard to reverse engineer something without an actual copy of the stuff..."
9717--------------------------
9718She looks at it clearly unimpressed.
9719"Is that it?
9720Reiatsu suppressing clothes?"
9721
9722He is clearly annoyed at this.
9723"It's not as easy as you might think.
9724All I had is Kaizars mucus and even then it's hard to actually preserve the little bastards living in there.
9725But I digress, the fabric actually siphons reiatsu from the user in order to create a partial cloaking field.
9726Unlike Aizens, my variant actually weakens you considerably, you won't even be able to protect yourself if you wear it."
9727
9728"So what's the upside?"
9729
9730"It's still a prototype damn it!
9731I said it's ready for testing, nothing more!
9732Coming up with this stuff is hard you know!"
9733
9734You put your hand on Alex' shoulder to reassure her.
9735"You still know how to hide yourself right?"
9736
9737"S-sure, but I was never really good at it."
9738
9739"I'm certain that if we combine the cloak with your talent then it'll be good."
9740
9741"If you say so."
9742
9743You gave Yata the order and he proceeded to create reiatsu suppressing clothing specifically made for Alex.
9744When done it took the appearance of a rather large poncho which would cover up her growing belly to a point.
9745And just as Yata promised the signature of Alex got considerably weaker thanks to it.
9746It took some fine tuning but you managed to hone the technique of Alex and her reiatsu became so weak that you could easily mistake it to one of the small rodents lurking around Vanaheim.
9747
9748After it was done you told her to take it off and say her goodbyes to her friends.
9749When it came to parting it was difficult but you reassured her that you'll see each other plenty of times.
9750
9751For the following 9 months you have some extra time on your hands.
9752How do you spend it?
9753(Pick 1)
9754
9755>Training.
9756>Making friends.
9757>Playing grandfather with Asher and Alex.
9758>Whipping Nnoitora into shape.
9759>Other? (write-in)
9760--------------------------
9761-omitted one small post.
9762After Alex left and you were about to go and drink yourself silly but something unexpected happened.
9763A familiar mantis is standing in front of you with his single eye staring deep into your soul.
9764His aura didn't change at all, in fact you'd say he is still as full of himself as he was before.
9765
9766But something is still off as he begins to speak.
9767"You...
9768You said you'll give me power.
9769Don't leave me hangin' like that you bastard."
9770
9771Your cheerful eyes change to a more serious state.
9772"So you've changed your mind after all?"
9773
9774"What you said...
9775Waitin' for years for some pompous asshole? No thanks.
9776Now hurry up and let's do this! I've had enough of this shit."
9777
9778You walk up to touching distance to him and look him straight in the eye.
9779"And you think I'll just give it to you like that?"
9780
9781"What?!"
9782
9783"Everything comes with a sacrifice. Wise words."
9784You point up to his face and begin poking his mask.
9785"I'll tear that thing off of you in an instant but it has a price attached to it."
9786
9787"Tch...
9788And what would that be?!"
9789
9790"Simple.
9791In turn for giving you the same power that I have, I'll destroy you!"
9792His eyes widen.
9793"I'll push you through Hell itself and you'll break.
9794Once you are broken, I'll take the pieces and forge you into a proper killing machine!"
9795You extend your open arm to him.
9796
9797He looks down at it and after a little consideration he puts one of his large scythe like claws in your hand.
9798You get a good grip on the thing until it draws your blood and shake it.
9799With a fiendish grin you look at him.
9800"It's a deal then."
9801
9802You let go of him and signal him to follow you.
9803He gives you a questioning look.
9804"Just where are you taking me?"
9805
9806"We need one more person for the procedure.
9807A man you'll have to get used to, the good doctor himself."
9808
9809"Why?"
9810He asks, his voice filled with annoyance.
9811
9812"Because I assume you'll want to wear clothes once you become human right?"
9813
9814"H-huh?
9815Y-yeah... right."
9816--------------------------
9817After gathering Yata and walking Nnoitora through the steps of Arrancarification you leave him alone at his request.
9818It takes him actual hours to start up the process but once he is done it's over in under two minutes.
9819When that's done Yata enters the area and begins tailoring him a set of clothes.
9820
9821First it's Yata who comes out with quite a strange look on him.
9822"What's the matter?"
9823You ask him.
9824
9825"I-I don't even... whatever! Forget it!"
9826
9827After that you can see a now humanoid Nnoitora standing in front of you with the most bizarre appearance you've seen in a while.
9828His "sword" is probably one of the more unique ones, looking like a half circle at the end of a quite long rod with a long chain at it's other end.
9829The weapons blade seems to have edges both at the inner and outer cirlces and you'd guess it's supposed to be used like an axe.
9830But it's not the Zanpakutō that is the most outlandish, it's his actual clothing.
9831You almost laughed out loud when you saw it.
9832
9833In a moment of weakness you turn to Yata and begin questioning him.
9834"H-hey, what's the deal with that?
9835Why did you fuck with the poor bastard like that?"
9836
9837"Don't look at me!
9838He said, and I quote, "Make it look like a spoon".
9839When I presented this to him he called it Perfect."
9840
9841Nnoitora meanwhile gives you an annoyed look.
9842"Did ya' have your laugh?
9843If so then how about that rematch you promised me?"
9844
9845After collecting yourself and coughing a few times you answer him.
9846"Of course.
9847And I apologize, that was immature of me.
9848Yeah, let's have that rematch."
9849
9850After leaving Yata to his own devices you lead Nnoitora back to where you literally killed him this morning.
9851Both of you take your places and ready yourselves, this time you don't have such a large audience as before.
9852
9853How will you fight?
9854>Properly, with a sword.
9855>Once more with hand to hand combat.
9856>With wits and clever tactics.
9857>Other? (write-in)
9858
9859Also start rolling 3d10.
9860First three considered.
9861DC is 18, Crit 25
9862--------------------------
9863-omitted one small post.
9864You look around at the empty seats and then give the order to Nnoitora.
9865"This is fine.
9866Now bring it Nnoitora!"
9867
9868"Hah!
9869Prepare yourself!"
9870He begins charging you with his strange weapon.
9871
9872As he is swinging that ridiculously large thing you wonder what purpose would such a clumsy weapon serve.
9873But rather than giving it more thought you shoot a Bala right at the blade, hoping to deflect it like you did with his claws before.
9874
9875"You think that'll work?!"
9876He shouts and then swiftly changes lowers the weapon so the Bala flies safely above it.
9877
9878That's a problem, you didn't plan on him being capable of reacting the the speed of a Bala.
9879Apaccis technique might not be too strong but it's speed should be fast enough that no normal person could track its movement.
9880You have no choice but to use sonído in order to avoid the attack and to get behind Nnoitora.
9881
9882What you did not expect was for him to react even to that by simply keeping up the swing of his weapon.
9883As he turns 180 degrees to his right side and you feel the weapon digging into your side you figure out why exactly his weapon is so strangely shaped.
9884Nnoitora has only one eye and therefore lacks depth perception, so the weapon has to cover as wide of an area as possible.
9885You underestimated him because of his goofy appearance and fell right into his trap.
9886
9887The blade cuts your coat and grinds against your Hierro.
9888As sparks begin to fly around you are sent flying right out of the arena.
9889"Oh no you don't!"
9890Nnoitora says as he uses his own Sonído in order to bounce you right back into the stadium, this time the blade drew some blood as well.
9891
9892As you stand up and dust yourself off you can see his mile wide grin getting even wider.
9893"What's wrong tough guy?
9894I thought you were going to break me?
9895Or is it the fact that you just can't handle me now that I'm at your level?"
9896But as he finishes his sentence he sees your wound closing.
9897"What the?!"
9898--------------------------
9899"Fuente de la juventud.
9900The same technique I used to heal your wounds.
9901And to answer your other question, no."
9902You begin reaching for Basilisco.
9903"You just proved that you are not one to be taken lightly."
9904As you draw your sword and let it shine in the moonlight you can feel yourself being overcome with a lust for battle.
9905"And I'll say this one more time.
9906COME AT ME LIKE YOU MEAN IT!"
9907
9908You take off and close the distance between the two of you.
9909With your current mindset you decided to attack that weapon head on.
9910As the two blades encircle you you swing down with your sword and clash with Nnoitora, your spiritual pressures flow into one another and you can see electric discharges happening around you.
9911
9912The two of you simply grin at one another for a while constantly shifting the flow of the clash.
9913With a confident glint in his eyes Nnoitora places both hands on his weapon and begins pushing with full force.
9914In turn you grab Basilisco with both hands and start shoving him back.
9915But it's futile you are at a complete standstill.
9916
9917"Tell me Nnoitora, how did all this power fit into your scrawny ass?"
9918
9919"You're one to talk!
9920For an egotistic bastard you are actually full of piss and vinegar!"
9921
9922But as the two of you struggle you manage crouch down and push his weapon upward.
9923As the large construct goes high into the air you cut Nnoitora right in half right at the middle.
9924While Basilisco grinds against his Hierro you can see sparks flying everywhere and as your cut ends the only visible damage he suffered was to his jacket which has been cut right open.
9925
9926Nnoitora looks up after the confusion is settled and shouts in a cocky manner.
9927"HAHAHAHA!
9928Looks like you are unable to cut me!
9929Your promise of breaking me must have been a joke!"
9930He says as he pats his chest.
9931
9932His attitude managed to annoy you and you deliver a horizontal swipe right across his face which he manages to dodge by ducking.
9933Once again the only thing you managed to damage was his attire.
9934At least his spoon is gone.
9935--------------------------
9936With his well developed upper body exposed like that and his now torn clothes he is actually much more intimidating than he was before.
9937And it's true that his more than silly appearance threw you off guard.
9938You take a good look at him with his new style.
9939"You should be thankful Spoony, I gave you a pretty good makeover after all!"
9940
9941He touches the remnants of the spoon and stares you down.
9942"How long do you want to keep up this charade?
9943I came here for a fight and NOT beauty tips!"
9944He says as he raises his weapon once more.
9945
9946What do you do now?
9947>Keep fighting at this level and see if you can break through
9948>Start using the heavy artillery (Cero and such)
9949>Release your sword.
9950>Other? (write-in)
9951
9952Also regardless of the choice, Roll 3d10.
9953DC of 16, Crit 24
9954
9955Taking first 3
9956--------------------------
9957-omitted one small post.
9958"Tell me something..."
9959
9960"Huh?"
9961
9962"What do you think about Neliel?"
9963
9964He looks like he is surprised about the question.
9965"None of your damn business, that's what."
9966
9967You begin running your finger along the edge of Basilisco.
9968"She said something interesting to me regarding you.
9969And now I'm beginning to see what she meant by that.
9970Apparently she believes us to be similar..."
9971
9972"So what?"
9973
9974"In what regard do you think she meant that?"
9975
9976"Huh?"
9977
9978"I'll show you in a moment."
9979With that you let go of your sword and ready it.
9980
9981You raise the blade to shoulder height end pull it back with one hand.
9982In a moment you burst forward at an incredible speed while you begin pushing your sword forward.
9983Before the take off however Nnoitora saw a glint of murderous intent in your eye.
9984It shocked him a bit but he still managed to raise his weapon to intercept the tip of your sword.
9985
9986Unfortunately for him the two blades met in an incredibly unfavorable position for him and as you keep pushing his Zanpakuto is showed into his chest.
9987And your momentum shows no sign of stopping, you keep pushing forward and eventually Nnoitoras feet leave the ground.
9988With one last shove you send your opponent flying backwards.
9989
9990By the time he manages to stand up you already used Sonído to cover the distance between you.
9991"Danza de la Serpiente Profana"
9992In that moment you unleash a flurry of slashes at your opponent.
9993With each swing your whole body turns and contorts in seemingly impossible manners, covering a wide area around you and showering Nnoitora with a storm of deadly slashes.
9994For every two seconds you spend on the ground there's a moment where your entire body is turning around its axis in the air, creating an unpredictable combination attack.
9995
9996At first you could hear several clanking noises as the two weapons collide.
9997Ten at first, then twenty, then forty.
9998Eventually the weapon is swept aside by the storm of blows and you begin hitting Nnoitora himself.
9999--------------------------
10000When hitting him it felt exactly like hammering a solid mass of iron.
10001You could hear his remarks at first as your hits failed to do damage but as you kept beating on him you felt the blade sink in for a moment.
10002Nnoitora wanted to sweep you away with his arm after he got cocky about his Híerro but the moment your sword dug into his skin he retreated instead.
10003
10004As he is jumping back he pulls on the chain attached to his weapon and snatches it up from the ground.
10005He licks the cut wound on his left wrist and then looks at you.
10006"How?"
10007His voice was filled with silent rage.
10008
10009You begin passing the sword around in between your hands.
10010You finish up your flourish with a downward swipe and look Nnoitora in the eye.
10011"There's no such thing as an impervious defense.
10012If you can figure out the optimal cutting angle, the exact speed and strength you require and if you have a durable blade you can cut practically anything.
10013By cutting you dozens of times I figured out the toughness of your Hierro by trial and error."
10014You raise your sword once more.
10015"I suggest you start paying attention.
10016The next one will be deeper."
10017
10018"You think you can cut me now?"
10019
10020"I'm saying you can't rely on cheap tricks anymore!
10021Either you'll get good with that thing or I'll turn you into minced meat!"
10022
10023Both of you raise your weapons once more.
10024And for the next hour and a half you did nothing but beat one another to a pulp.
10025By the time you finished both of you were completely exhausted.
10026
10027Fighting Nnoitora was a demanding exercise as both of you were more than fine with using underhanded tactics during your fight.
10028You began seeing just how much the poor bastard resembles you on a bad day.
10029A really bad day when someone took your scotch and replaced it with a bottle of piss.
10030But you have to admit, letting your bottled up aggression out felt good.
10031
10032Now as you are laying next to him exhausted both mentally and physically (mostly mentally) you ask him.
10033"So...
10034Satisfied?"
10035
10036He pants heavily.
10037"S-Shut up!"
10038--------------------------
10039For the following 9 months you spent much of your time in such practice fights with Nnoitora, trying to both improve his technique and mutually relieving your bloodlusts.
10040The training part was easy as he picked stuff up at a surprising rate and he also spent much of his free time training alone.
10041You guess that it's his obsession with being or rather becoming the strongest that drives him.
10042
10043When not with you he performed odd jobs around the place and often went out into the wilderness to kill hollows by the dozens.
10044Every time he left Vanaheim Neliel followed him around like his shadow and often stepped in where his life was in danger.
10045It also became apparent to you that he hated her for some reason and he often tensed up when in her presence.
10046
10047But you can't say that he made no improvements.
10048He found an Adjuchas who for some reason began to basically worship him and followed him around.
10049His name is Tesra Lindocruz and you sometimes referr to him as Nnoitoras Fracción despite Nnoitora not being an Espada.
10050
10051You made a mental note to yourself to talk with both of them as you were uncertain of Spoonys mental stability.
10052
10053On another note Alex had no complications up until now with her pregnancy.
10054She sometimes came to Vanaheim when she felt homesick and you also visited her and Asher.
10055Asher was obviously very tense about the whole situation and you don't think he'll loosen up until the baby actually arrives.
10056
10057Yata and Pesci actually congratulated you for becoming a grandfather and they both commended your foresight for getting rid of Alex before she got moody.
10058In that regard Asher got the punishment you meant for him in the form of Alex with her mood swings.
10059
10060You were lazing around in your hammock when you received word from Yata.
10061"It has begun!"
10062He shows you his Denreishinki.
10063
10064Who will you take with you to the Human World? (aside from Yata)
10065>Pesci
10066>Harribel
10067>Neliel
10068>Nnoitora
10069>Nobody
10070>Other? (write-in)
10071--------------------------
10072-omitted one small post.
10073>>48572165
10074Yeah turns out Harribel and Neliel both got exactly 10 votes.
10075
10076I'd roll a dice but at this point I don't see much point.
10077If anyone is against the idea of both coming then leave a reply to this in 5 minutes.
10078
10079If the vocal majority doesn't want that I'll do a dice
10080--------------------------
10081Yata quickly tells you to gather whoever you want to bring while he gets his already prepared supplies from his workshop.
10082After rounding up Pesci, Neliel and Harribel you gather at the edge of Vanaheim where Yata is waiting for you.
10083With the Garganta you all traverse to the human realm and on the way you give everyone enough mucus to suppress their reiatsu.
10084
10085When your rather large group arrives at the temple they all begin to wonder why you brought them here.
10086Pesci knows the situation but he never once came to Asher so he was not aware of the whole priest thing.
10087You signal everyone to follow your lead as you enter Ashers room where Alex is sitting on the bed, clearly in labor and clutching Ashers hand as hard as she can.
10088You'd make a comment about how his fingers appear to be ground to dust but you have other things on your mind right now.
10089
10090As you stepped in Ashers eye flare up.
10091"Oh thank God you're here!"
10092
10093"Wow you are thinking about work even now Asher?"
10094In that moment you felt something hit you on the head, it appears to be a small antique clock that Alex threw at your head.
10095
10096"SHUT THE FUCK UP AND GET THIS THING OUT OF ME!"
10097She screams at full blast.
10098Little does she know is how nervous you actually are and that you are trying to keep it together by cracking jokes.
10099
10100Asher begins to panic and ask random things.
10101"So wait, which one of you is supposed to help deliver the baby?
10102A-a-and what should I get? Warm water? Towels?"
10103
10104Harribel looks at Alex and begins to grasp the situation.
10105"Oh my God..."
10106
10107Meanwhile Neliel is simply staring in silence and she appears to have dropped her jaw.
10108
10109Yata steps forward and begins unpacking his stuff.
10110"I'm the Doctor around here.
10111And unless you have ghost variant of any of those I'd say it's useless.
10112Just keep doing what you are doing now, at least you'll be out of the way then."
10113
10114"O-okay..."
10115Asher keeps holding Alex' hand and tries to occupy her as much as possible while Yata does his thing.
10116--------------------------
10117In that moment however another heavy object comes flying toward you.
10118You swiftly dodge it and it breaks against the wall.
10119"GET THE FUCK OUT!
10120THIS ISN'T A ZOO!"
10121Alex shrieks in between screams.
10122
10123You lead the two ladies outside and close the door behind you.
10124They sit down on the ground and you follow suit.
10125Neliel is still beyond shocked by what's happening and you doubt that she could converse with you.
10126Harribel on the other hand keeps staring at the door diligently.
10127
10128After getting bored with staring at the woodwork she looks at you.
10129"So care to enlighten us?"
10130
10131"I'm sorry wha-"
10132You zoned out there for a moment but you manage to gather yourself.
10133"Erm... sure.
10134That boy in there is Asher, my son in law.
10135He is a spiritually aware human who can see and interact with spirits.
10136He's a priest in this church and he's secretly the husband of Alex, he is the father of the child."
10137
10138Neliel finally snaps out of her confusion.
10139"Excuse you?!
10140And you kept all of this a secret up until now?
10141And wait wait WAIT! That's why Alex was gone for 9 months?!"
10142She slaps herself on the head.
10143"I'm an idiot!"
10144
10145Harribel just keeps staring at you quietly.
10146"And you are saying that's possible?
10147A bond between a human and a hollow like that?"
10148
10149You laugh awkwardly.
10150"Hah yeah... apparently."
10151You begin to tighten your clutch on your own knees as you are sitting in a lotus position.
10152
10153Harribel notices your arm twitching on your leg and puts her own on top of it.
10154She looks deep into your eyes with her azure eyes.
10155"Are you alright?"
10156
10157"Y-yeah, of course!
10158Why wouldn't I be?"
10159You let out an awkward laugh once more but this time it's quieter.
10160Harribels touch managed to soothe you just a bit.
10161
10162You swallow hard as you can hear Pesci screaming like a pig about to be cut down.
10163"OH GOD WHY ARE YOU MAKING ME WATCH THIS?!
10164THIS IS DISGUSTING AND I ATE PEOPLE BEFORE!
10165I WASN'T THERE WHEN MY CHILDREN WERE BORN DAMN IT!"
10166
10167You can hear Yata shouting at him.
10168"Shut up you oaf and keep your spirit fire stable!"
10169--------------------------
10170https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jFSUhsrEZ3E
10171
10172After listening for Alex' signature banshee howls for what felt like an eternity the three of you keep staring at the door expecting the constant onslaught of shouts to subside.
10173The waiting is nerve wrecking but after a while you can hear Alex getting quieter and your heart begins to sink when you don't hear any baby cries.
10174
10175The door slowly opens and Yata steps through while he is cleaning his hand with a towel.
10176He signals with his hands for you to enter but you are hesitant to stand up.
10177It's only after Harribel notices that and begins leading you inside, you feel much better with her around.
10178
10179As you enter you dread what you'll find but you can feel the weight lifting when you notice Alex nursing what appears to be a baby.
10180She looks at you with exhausted but happy eyes and invites you closer.
10181
10182You can't bring yourself to take a closer look but look at the face of Yata, Pesci and Asher and you see that they are all indeed happy.
10183After swallowing hard you lean in close as Alex reveals the infant.
10184He appears to be much more developed than a regular human, if you didn't know you'd guess him to be a few months old.
10185
10186As the newborn looks up at you it becomes apparent that he has almost no hollow like features, no hole, no mask.
10187He looks like a regular human baby.
10188And as he looks at you with its tired eyes it begins curiously reaching toward you.
10189You reach out and let him grab a hold of your index finger.
10190
10191In that moment your heart melts and your tears begin flowing down across your face.
10192You hold your daughter close to you as you revel in this wonderful feeling.
10193When you look up you can see everyones relieved and happy expressions.
10194
10195You look into the babys eyes and speak up.
10196"What's his name?"
10197
10198Alex and Asher look at each other.
10199"Dante."
10200--------------------------
10201In that moment you can hear the baby cooing and you can't help but smile as hard as you can.
10202But something happens.
10203
10204https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y_sKa3OuMRI
10205
10206You begin to feel a rising spiritual pressure unlike any you've felt before.
10207White liquid begins to flow out of the babys chest and flows through the air until it reaches his face where it begins to envelop his head.
10208It forms into a complete hollow mask and when it's finished the once cute and adorable sound the baby made begins to distort into something bone chilling.
10209
10210"What.. is this?!"
10211You mutter.
10212--------------------------
10213And with this I'll be finishing off todays episode.
10214Thank ya'll for participating.
10215
10216Twitter:@SpookyngQM
10217Askfm:@Spookyng
10218
10219You can find the pastes on my twitter page which I'll update tomorrow.
10220Archive's up, have a nice God Damned day!
10221--------------------------
10222-omitted one small post.
10223-omitted one small post.
10224-omitted one small post.
10225=========== END THREAD ===========
10226German Hollow Quest 28
10227written by Spookyng
10228--------------------qst2txt--------------------
10229
10230You look in horror as white liquid bursts forth from your grandsons chest.
10231The substance flows in the air as if it was submersed in water and begins to gather near his face.
10232As the pale, featureless mask forms you hear a single distorted cry from the child and you can feel chills running up along your spine.
10233 
10234https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=21IBMY8Ky1Q
10235 
10236Tremendous amounts of spiritual energy begin to leak from the newborn child, Dante.
10237As you look around the room you can see the terrified expression on everyones faces.
10238The quakes quickly grow weaker and eventually stop as the baby slowly drifts to sleep and his reiatsu fades.
10239 
10240After the apocalypse abruptly stopped the silence is almost deafening.
10241The only things you can hear are the strange noises your friends are making with their gaping mouths and the still distorted breathing of the baby.
10242 
10243"WHAT THE FUCK WAS THAT?!"
10244Asher screams at the top of his lungs.
10245 
10246In response to that everyone either starts covering his mouth or hushes him as hard as they can.
10247"Are you nuts boy?!
10248Who knows what happens when it wakes up again?"
10249Pesci quietly whispers into Ashers ear.
10250 
10251Everyone is looking at the child, still mortified.
10252In that moment however Alex glares daggers at Pesci.
10253"He's not a thing!
10254His name is Dante, remember that!"
10255She speaks in a strangely calm tone and yet it carries more weight than anytime she curses endlessly.
10256 
10257Pesci looks at her confused.
10258"Alex, please!
10259I love you as if you were my own girl but I beg of you!
10260You can't possibly believe that thing to be a child!
10261I almost passed out just by being near it!"
10262 
10263While the two of them are arguing Yata looks like his eyes might have rolled back into his sockets.
10264"Oooohohohoho...
10265This is going to be maaaarvelous!"
10266 
10267You carefully remove your finger from the babys sleeping hand and look at Harribel who is looking at you with saddened eyes
10268"I'm... not sure what to say."
10269 
10270Neliel meanwhile looks at the baby with fear in her eyes.
10271--------------------------
10272As this is going on you can see Yata creeping up to Alex.
10273"Come ooon baby~
10274Time for your examination."
10275 
10276Alex hugs Dante tightly.
10277"Don't you dare!"
10278 
10279But Yata is relentless.
10280"Why?
10281Don't you want me to take a look at him?
10282Who knows what sort of complications have arisen with his sudden transformation?
10283It's for the best my dear uhuhuhuhu~."
10284 
10285She looks worried but after sighing she gives in.
10286"Fine but so much as a strand of hair on him-"
10287 
10288"Don't worry! I got this!"
10289He says as he confidently reaches out for the child.
10290 
10291In that moment however you can see Dantes eyelids slowly opening and see him quickly grabbing Yatas finger.
10292The young child gives off an innocent laughter which is then distorted by his mask.
10293Meanwhile Yata is screaming like someone is skinning him alive which excites the baby, causing him to laugh even harder.
10294 
10295You swear you could hear crunching noises and somehow you doubt Yata has a secret supply of biscuits under his sleeve.
10296By the time he manages to pull free of the young hollows grab the imprint of the small fingers is clearly visible on the elongated digits of his hand.
10297He wiggles the clearly broken finger and it goes limp.
10298Just as that happens his high speed regeneration kicks in and the wound slowly starts to heal.
10299Yatas screams of pain are clearly very amusing for the child.
10300 
10301"Oh wow.
10302This actually hurts! A lot!
10303Incredible!"
10304He says as he is hissing in agony.
10305"I'm so sorry Alex but he'll bite your tits off when he begins teething."
10306Alex gives an embarrassed or perhaps worried look to Dante who is now very cheerful after the sudden interruption of his nap.
10307 
10308As you are wondering about the situation you feel a hand grabbing your shoulder.
10309Turning around revealed Harribel looking into your eyes.
10310"Kaizar...
10311Are you feeling alright?
10312You don't look so good. Do you need to sit down?"
10313 
10314You grab her hand and lower it down.
10315After holding it for a few brief moments you let go and give her a smile.
10316"I'm fine, don't worry about me."
10317--------------------------
10318You look at Dante then Alex and finally Asher who is losing his mind right now.
10319"I can't believe this..."
10320He caved in under the pressure and is looking down at the ground.
10321 
10322You pat his head to get his attention.
10323"You okay?"
10324 
10325He looks up to you.
10326"How could I be?
10327I mean look at this! This is insane."
10328 
10329"Asher!"
10330Alex shouts at him.
10331 
10332"He was a spirit from the start so it would have surprised me if nothing like that happened."
10333 
10334"B-but what do we do now?"
10335 
10336>"Let Grandpa try something."
10337>"You are the scientist Yata, what do you say?"
10338>"Harribel, can you help?"
10339>"Asher you are his father, man up!"
10340>Other? (write-in)
10341--------------------------
10342-omitted one small post.
10343"Well it's obvious isn't it?"
10344
10345He looks up to you.
10346"Huh?"
10347
10348You lean close to Alex.
10349"Can I hold him for a moment?"
10350
10351She looks at you a bit confused.
10352"S-sure..."
10353
10354After taking the child from her you try your best to hold Dante firmly.
10355Since he was excited already he seems to be ecstatic about being near his grandfather.
10356"There, there.
10357You are not a monster. You are just my grandson!"
10358
10359You raise him up to your face and see him reaching for your gills.
10360When he touches them he gently starts tugging your mask.
10361With a soft chuckle you let him play with it some more. Unlike with Yata he shows no interest in being rough with you.
10362You hold the baby close to you in a gentle hug and start crying once more with joy.
10363With a mile wide smile you slowly and gently pry him away from your mask.
10364"Come now Dante.
10365It's not fair if grandpa hogs you all for himself."
10366
10367With that you walk up to Asher with your grandson laying in your hands.
10368He looks up at you with a scared expression.
10369But you turn Dante to look at his father and hear his adorable but a bit creepy cooing sounds.
10370"What's that?
10371You want to go to Dad?"
10372
10373As you extend your arm to Asher so he can take his son away he shows signs of anxiety.
10374"I-I'm not sure I can-"
10375
10376But you cut him off.
10377"Asher..."
10378
10379"B-but-"
10380
10381"No buts!
10382You are his father, so start acting like one.
10383As of now, he is the most important thing in your life.
10384You got that?"
10385You speak to him in a stern tone.
10386
10387He swallows hard and finally gathers the courage to take him away from you.
10388At first he holds him in an awkward manner but after you correct his posture he gets a bit better.
10389You can hear the babys laughter as his father is holding him.
10390Meanwhile Asher looks up to you with eyes full of tears.
10391
10392"Thank you!"
10393
10394"Anytime."
10395
10396As you say that however something strange happens to Dante yet again.
10397His mask begins bubbling and turns into liquid once more.
10398The former mask flows near the extended hands of Dante and begin forming into a flat, coin like circle.
10399--------------------------
10400When the substance takes shape Dante raises it up to his mouth and tries biting it.
10401Without teeth he keeps sucking on it.
10402As shocked you are from this you try to keep your calm.
10403At least his face is visible once more.
10404
10405Yata practically begins salivating.
10406"H-hey Kaizar..."
10407
10408"Yeah?"
10409
10410"Try taking it away from him!"
10411
10412"Wha- WHY?"
10413
10414"I wanna take a closer look!"
10415
10416"Then do it yourself!"
10417
10418He raises his index finger which is still bent in all kinds of awkward places.
10419"No."
10420
10421You swallow hard and reach for the strange, featureless coin.
10422But as you are getting closer Dante raises his hands, he is lending it to you.
10423You grab it but make sure not to take it too far away from him.
10424
10425After examining it for a moment you speak up.
10426"This is-"
10427But as you said that it liquefies in your hand and flows back to Dante.
10428This time it re-enters the hole in his chest and he begins giggling as you wonder about what just happened.
10429
10430Yata looks at you expectantly.
10431"Well what was it?!"
10432
10433You turn to look at him.
10434"It was still his mask but it took on a different shape."
10435
10436"And it reentered his hole?
10437Oh I am going to have several days worth of stuff to do with this!"
10438
10439"Like I'll let you!"
10440Alex shuts him off but Yata raises a strand of hair.
10441"When did you-"
10442
10443"You assumed I didn't already take samples during birth?
10444Please!"
10445
10446But as this is going on you see Dante slowly drifting to sleep as his father is rocking him back and forth.
10447It seems all the excitement tired him out.
10448
10449https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1uLPjiITqqY
10450
10451As they exchange a quick glance you see Alex and Asher are both very happy now.
10452You put your arms around Yatas and Pescis neck and begin leading them out.
10453"Come on guys, let's leave these two together.
10454We'd just spoil the moment for them."
10455
10456As the two ladies leave the room and you nudge Yata and Pesci out you can hear a faint voice from behind you.
10457"Dad..."
10458You turn around and see Alex smiling at you.
10459"Thank you."
10460
10461You pull your hat over your eye.
10462"Any time."
10463And you close the door.
10464--------------------------
10465When you go out you can't see anyone.
10466It seems they all went outside to get some fresh air.
10467After leaving the church the smell of fresh rain hits you.
10468You see the dew glistening faintly on the grass.
10469
10470As you observe you see Pesci talking Yatas ear off about baby related stuff, Neliel crouching next to a wall, staring outward and Harribel standing under a tree, waiting for you to go over to her.
10471You sigh once and make the decision.
10472
10473>Go to your buddies.
10474>Go to Harribel.
10475>Go to Neliel.
10476>Other? (write-in)
10477--------------------------
10478-omitted one small post.
10479As you are walking up to Harribel you can see her closing her eyes.
10480You lean next to the tree as well and once you are stable you begin speaking.
10481"What a day huh?"
10482
10483"You could say that."
10484The two of you are leaning against the tree at a ninety degree angle so neither of you can see the other.
10485"That...
10486I'm not sure how to describe that."
10487You can hear the sound of cloth rubbing against something.
10488
10489"Yeah...
10490Too bad about all this rain huh?"
10491You say as you rub the tears away from under your eye.
10492
10493For a moment you could swear you hear Harribel sniffing.
10494"Yeah...
10495I think I might be catching a cold if this keeps up."
10496
10497You look forward and see what few drops of water fall from the trees crown.
10498"Sorry about not telling you before it's just...
10499I had to be careful..."
10500
10501"No worries.
10502I'm not sure how I would have handled this situation either."
10503There is a brief pause where neither of you speak.
10504
10505"Are you alright?"
10506You ask Harribel.
10507
10508"Y-yeah..."
10509Her voice cracks a little.
10510"It's just... I'm moved...
10511That's all."
10512
10513You look down to the ground and feel a little ashamed.
10514The only thing you can think about is how this might have awakened some unpleasant memories in her.
10515"Harribel, I-I'm sorry.
10516I didn't mean to hurt you like that.
10517But I thought that... well, I don't know what I thought.
10518I was... scared."
10519You take a moment to regain your composure and then walk around to face her.
10520As you look into her eyes you can see that they are obviously red.
10521"I couldn't do this alone and because of that I brought you along.
10522If I caused you pain then I beg of you to forgive me!"
10523You bow before her.
10524
10525At first she is taken back by your actions but after a few moments you can feel her hand on your shoulder.
10526She tugs you to make you stand upright and looks into your eye.
10527"You are mistaken.
10528I'm not mad at you. In fact, I'm happy.
10529I'm glad you brought me with you. I'm happy that I got to see something so beautiful."
10530--------------------------
10531She grabs your hand and slowly moves it to her pants.
10532As she guides your hand to lower it you can see something appearing.
10533Her hollow hole is right in front of you, where her womb would be.
10534She then hides it once more and removes your hand from her waist.
10535But as she does that she keeps holding your hand.
10536
10537https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zTGPg95I7Vg
10538
10539"Even if I can never experience it myself.
10540You can see Harribel letting a single tear trickle down her face.
10541
10542Perhaps this is the first time you've ever seen her expressing herself so openly.
10543What do you do?
10544
10545>Kiss her. (Relationship)
10546>Stay there and comfort her for a while. (Friendship)
10547>Leave for the others.
10548>Other? (write-in)
10549--------------------------
10550-omitted one small post.
10551-omitted one small post.
10552-omitted one small post.
10553You look into her eyes and begin leaning forward.
10554You entwine your fingers as you get closer.
10555At first she is a bit taken back but she slowly gives in and you see her unzipping her top to reveal her jaw.
10556The sharp rows of teeth slowly open up to reveal her mouth.
10557
10558As your lips touch you are both lost in the moment.
10559Both of your minds are filled to the brim with emotions.
10560But as the passionate moment slowly fades you pull free from her and keep looking into her pristine blue eyes and in turn she does the same.
10561
10562After a brief and quiet moment she speaks up.
10563"What now?"
10564
10565You chuckle softly.
10566"Whatever we want."
10567
10568She slowly goes into a tight hug and you return her affection.
10569In that brief moment where you can feel every fiber of her being and your hearts beat as one you feel such happiness you thought was unattainable for you.
10570But it seems that even after everything that might have happened, everything that you might have done, you can still feel as if you were alive.
10571For almost twenty years you felt like you were in a deep dark hole that you couldn't truly crawl out of up until now.
10572
10573"I love you."
10574You whisper into her ear.
10575
10576"I love you too."
10577
10578After you managed to get back to your senses you made up your mind to keep this a secret just for a while.
10579Neither of you want to steal the spotlight from Asher and Alex.
10580You walk back with Harribel to Pesci and Yata, who are still arguing with each other.
10581
10582"Oh...
10583Hi Boss!"
10584Pesci greets you when he sees you arriving.
10585"What's up?"
10586
10587"Not much.
10588Had to talk things through.
10589Why were you guys having such a heated discussion?"
10590
10591"Oh I was just planning the preparations we have to do for Dante."
10592
10593"And this oaf is boring me to death with it."
10594Yata grumbles.
10595
10596"Actually we'll have to talk about that..."
10597You speak up.
10598
10599"Why Boss?"
10600
10601"I'll tell you later.
10602But first I'll get Neliel."
10603With that you leave the three of them to get your friend.
10604--------------------------
10605When you walk up to Neliel you can see her crouching next to a wall and staring blankly into space.
10606It doesn't look nearly as bad from up close as before, perhaps she managed to recover while you were busy with Harribel.
10607
10608"What's up?"
10609
10610"Not much."
10611She says as she keeps looking forward.
10612"Been thinking about this whole thing.
10613If you told me yesterday all of this I'd have laughed at you."
10614Her expression is a bit dull, not her usual calm and collected expression but far from her incredibly cheerful self.
10615
10616You crouch down next to her.
10617"The funny thing is that I'm in the same boat.
10618Yesterday I had no idea all of this would happen."
10619
10620"But you knew about the whole situation, didn't you?"
10621
10622"That changes little when you remember Dantes reiatsu."
10623
10624"True...
10625So who's the boy?"
10626
10627"I met him when he was but a child.
10628You could say that we are friends."
10629
10630She rolls her eyes at you.
10631"And when were you going to tell me?"
10632
10633"Neliel..."
10634
10635"Don't you "Neliel" me!
10636I thought we were friends!"
10637
10638"We are!"
10639
10640"Then?"
10641
10642"He's a spiritually aware human who'd no doubt taste very nice for a hollow."
10643
10644"And your point is?"
10645
10646"Every time I told someone about his existence I endangered him.
10647I don't envy the living but we still have no business meddling in their lives."
10648
10649"And they have messing around with us?"
10650
10651"That's my point.
10652He only became like this because of an accident I caused. He is my responsibility.
10653And don't get me wrong, I trust you-"
10654
10655"So then wh-"
10656
10657"Would you trust Pesche or Dondochakka with something like that?"
10658
10659At first it looks like she is going to retort but judging by her index finger which she is currently lowering she managed to see your point.
10660Neliel starts pouting like a child would.
10661"Still, I don't like it!"
10662
10663You stand up and begin dusting your coat off.
10664As you reach out to help her up you begin speaking.
10665"I'll make it up to you somehow."
10666
10667She looks up.
10668"You promise?"
10669
10670You sigh.
10671"Sure."
10672
10673She then takes your hand.
10674"So, what now?"
10675--------------------------
10676After taking Neliel back to the others, all eyes are on you.
10677
10678"What now Boss?"
10679Pesci asks.
10680
10681"Yata, when we get back I want you to analyze the sample from Dante.
10682I want to make sure my grandson is healthy, figure out what's going on with him."
10683
10684"You got it!"
10685
10686"Neliel, I can only ask you to not reveal anything you've seen here.
10687Can I trust you?"
10688
10689She returns to her usual calm self and begins speaking.
10690"Yes, don't worry about it.
10691I'll do it for Alex' sake, she'll have enough problems as is."
10692
10693As for you Pesci.
10694>He prepares Vanaheim for Dantes arrival.
10695Dante comes to Hueco Mundo
10696>He'll bring stuff from back home.
10697Dante stays in the Living World.
10698>Other? (write-in)
10699--------------------------
10700-omitted one small post.
10701-omitted one small post.
10702"Pesci, you have perhaps the most important job of them all.
10703Prepare a suitable place for the baby in Vanaheim."
10704
10705"Erm, sure Boss but can I have a question?"
10706
10707"What is it?"
10708
10709"Why isn't he good here?"
10710
10711"Alex will have to jump between the two worlds anyway.
10712And this way we won't have to worry about the shinigami or the quincy."
10713
10714"If you say so..."
10715
10716After you agreed on that Pesci and Yata returned to Hueco Mundo while the three of you went and explained the situation to Alex and Asher.
10717Alex was particularly angry about it.
10718"And you just made that decision for us?!"
10719She asks.
10720
10721"And besides, I want to do my part when it comes to raising him!"
10722Asher also speaks up against you.
10723
10724"Let me finish."
10725You try to calm both of them down.
10726"I'm not saying he'll stay there permanently.
10727You can bring him over here as much as you want.
10728But it'd be the safest if he staid in Hueco Mundo with his kin, he's still a spirit.
10729And such massive power will attract both feral hollows, quincies AND shinigami all at once with how uncontrolled it is."
10730You put a hand on Ashers shoulder.
10731"I understand how you feel my boy and believe me it hurts me to say this.
10732But look at the bright side, you'll still have plenty of time with him.
10733Right Alex?"
10734
10735She gives Asher a smirk.
10736"You won't get away from the chores of raising a child you lazy bastard!"
10737
10738You look at Alex.
10739"Sorry sweetie.
10740I'm just trying to do my best."
10741
10742"Don't worry.
10743I calmed down a bit now. I get your point.
10744And I can come here with Dante anytime I want, right?"
10745
10746"Of course."
10747
10748"Then I'm fine with it."
10749--------------------------
10750Alex looks at Neliel for a moment.
10751"By the way Neliel.
10752There was something I wanted to ask from you."
10753
10754Neliel is blinking at her confused.
10755"From me?
10756What?"
10757
10758"We talked things through with Asher and we made a decision.
10759Would you be the Godmother of Dante?"
10760
10761Everyone in the room stares at her blankly.
10762Meanwhile Neliels face grows beet red and she begins spurting a bunch of nonsense repeatedly.
10763"M-m-m-m-m-me?
10764Why? And it's so sudden, I'm not sure that-"
10765And you stopped listening to her gibberish halfway through.
10766
10767"Really Alex?
10768You sure?"
10769You ask her.
10770
10771She nods.
10772"I've known her for a long while and I couldn't think of a better candidate for that."
10773She then looks at Harribel and winks once.
10774
10775In that moment you felt sweat pouring down from your forehead.
10776Asher is looking at you dumbfounded and Alex is laughing hysterically.
10777--------------------------
10778>>48691346
107791.)
10780Kaizar and Harribel have been taking walks together for years now.
10781Both of them had the hots for each other, but neither of them made a move.
10782She was aware of all of that
10783
107842.)
10785She noticed the slight changes on both Kaizar and Harribel.
10786--------------------------
10787For a few days you let Alex stay in the Living World while she recovers.
10788When you returned people started asking about the sudden disappearance of the 3 strongest Espada but you dodged their questions and stated that you went away to investigate a lead.
10789
10790After Pesci managed to fabricate a baby room in the house of Alex with Yatas help she finally came home with Dante.
10791At first people got really excited about a baby suddenly appearing.
10792Many people asked questions, all of them received the same story you all practiced:
10793Alex got pregnant from an Arrancar, she decided to go to her formal home in the living world to give birth to the child there.
10794Cirucci and Alistair both almost shat themselves at these news.
10795
10796After about a week of making stupid sounds for the baby people got bored with the whole concept of having a baby as it kept soiling itself and cried most of the time.
10797And luckily for you Yatas reiatsu suppressing clothing managed to give the impression that Dante is not as freakishly strong as he actually is.
10798The only people still interested in him are Pesche and Dondochakka who never get bored of making dumb expressions and weird sounds.
10799
10800Other than that you enjoyed helping Alex out with her chores and spoiling your grandson rotten.
10801Dante also got slowly accustomed to a small core group and he doesn't harm those people, usually.
10802Alex' adoptive sisters also help out a great deal, well Mila Rose does.
10803Apacci means well, but she doesn't know how to handle a child and Sung-Sun doesn't like to dirty herself.
10804Harribel acts as a sort of Grandmother figure and Neliel is actually a pretty nice godmother.
10805
10806But as much as you wished otherwise you still had work to do.
10807Things to do with the Espada, scouring the wastes for recruits and last but definitely not least: Training with Nnoitora.
10808--------------------------
10809As you are dazing off and wondering about what to play with Dante you can feel your enemies sword hitting your own.
10810Flying backwards in the air you manage to regain your footing.
10811
10812"What was that?"
10813Nnoitora asks you with a disappointed face.
10814"That kid has barely been here for a month and since then you lost your edge."
10815He says as he licks the blade of his weapon, which has actually begun to sprout a second blade arching towards the handle.
10816
10817You crack your neck as you raise your sword once more.
10818"Sorry.
10819I'll stop daydreaming now!"
10820
10821After an hour of ferocious combat both of you are sitting on two large rocks battered and bruised.
10822"Lost my edge huh?"
10823
10824"Shut up!"
10825He says as he pours a bucket of water on himself.
10826"Damn this hurts!"
10827Tesra then quickly hurries to him to take his bucket and refill it.
10828The man has really began shadowing Nnoitora now that you think about it.
10829
10830"Nnoitora..."
10831
10832"What?"
10833
10834"You've been challenging me since the day you came here.
10835And you do the same with Neliel..."
10836
10837He looks at you, un-amused.
10838"Yeah?
10839Your point?"
10840
10841You are not sure what to do with him.
10842He was always rather problematic and your answer might upset him.
10843>Keep prying
10844>Let it go
10845>Other? (write-in)
10846--------------------------
10847-omitted one small post.
10848After a heavy sigh you make up your mind and speak up.
10849"Why do you want to die?"
10850
10851His eyebrow twitches as you speak up.
10852"Why you ask?
10853Isn't it obvious? It's my goal!
10854Killing EVERYONE I meet with one blow! Men, women, children and the elderly doesn't matter who!
10855And that's the way I want to die. In a pool of my and my enemies blood."
10856
10857"Yes, but why?"
10858
10859"Tch...
10860It's always the same with you isn't it? Pondering on the "why"s instead of doing things."
10861He looks down at the ground before him with an almost tired expression.
10862"Because this world sucks. Life itself is a joke.
10863I took it up as my goal to kill everyone I meet to release them from this cesspit of misery.
10864In the end I found myself enjoying the killing more and more."
10865
10866"You got drunk on your bloodlust."
10867
10868"Yeah...
10869It's intoxicating isn't it?
10870All that fighting, the blood, the rush of adrenaline. The only time I feel alive anymore is when I'm killing.
10871So yeah, being swiftly slain at the top of a mountain of blood and corpses. That's the way I'd want to go."
10872He gazes at you.
10873"And there is nothing worse than when someone is giving me their sympathy.
10874Every time they look at me with pity in their eyes. It feels like they are kicking you while you are down.
10875No emotions, no looking down on anyone and certainly no shitty, useless compassion."
10876
10877You slam the tip of your sword in the ground and use it to help yourself up.
10878After you walk up to Nnoitora you lay your hand on his shoulder.
10879"What the hell happened to you?"
10880
10881He looks at you with eyes filled with disgust.
10882"You really wanna know?
10883It's not a fuckin' pretty story I can tell you that."
10884
10885"Still, I'd like to hear it."
10886
10887He sighs before answering.
10888"Fine but on one condition.
10889You leave me the fuck alone afterwards.
10890I like you because you are a "No nonsense" type of guy but this is still pushing it."
10891
10892"Fine, I won't pry anymore if that's what you want."
10893--------------------------
10894"Then I hope you are comfortable 'cause this is a long one."
10895
10896"I have time."
10897
10898"Ughhhh...
10899Fine.
10900Back when I was alive... I used to be a priest."
10901
10902Your eyes go wide.
10903"No way."
10904
10905"Yeah.
10906In fact I was the only priest in a small town in Spain.
10907I believed in the word of God and all that jazz.
10908Hell, I used to know the Bible pretty much by heart.
10909I offered spiritual guidance and relief to the folk there, it was a simple life but I liked it.
10910Or so I thought."
10911
10912"What happened?"
10913
10914He lifts up his eye-patch revealing his hollow hole.
10915"I was shown just how blind I was."
10916He says as he points at the hole with his thumb.
10917"On one faithful night I was taking a midnight stroll.
10918I couldn't sleep, happened a lot.
10919While minding my own business I came around a man raping a prostitute while he was holding a knife to her throat.
10920I could smell him from a mile away. I still can't stand the smell of alcohol to this day."
10921
10922"Jesus Christ..."
10923
10924"Don't invoke the son of the Lord just yet, that comes later.
10925I wanted to stop him. Who wouldn't, right?
10926So I rushed in like an idiot and got the bastards knife stuck in my eye.
10927After cutting my throat as well he began running for it but not before stabbing the woman in the chest as well.
10928I could see her dying as I kept bleeding out."
10929
10930He then stands up and jams his weapon into the ground.
10931After he places both of his hands on the end of his sword he rests his chin atop it and continues.
10932
10933"Due to my traumatic event I was stuck in the Living World for quite a while.
10934You can imagine my shock when I discovered the obvious lack of the pearly gates.
10935At first I thought this must be limbo and I simply must wait for my judgment, but that never fuckin' happened.
10936So I became a spirit who wandered the town and got to see humanity in all of its disgusting glory.
10937I could still remember how people confessed their sins and I absolved them.
10938And I got to watch them committing those same sins over and over and over again."
10939--------------------------
10940"With everything laid out for me like that, as I realized that the very thing I devoted my entire life to was a lie, as I witnessed the scum that is humanity itself, reveling in their filth and sin all day along.
10941I finally saw myself for the blind fool that I was and after spending years in the Living World watching the world going from horrible to even worse I became a hollow and the rest is history."
10942
10943Your mouth is agape after his story.
10944He raises his weapon and swings it onto his shoulder.
10945"So that's why I kill everyone on sight. The bastards should be thanking me for giving them the sweet release of death.
10946And that's why I've never released my sword, not once. Because deep down I long for that same kindness."
10947
10948"So after all that you lost yourself in your own latent bloodlust?"
10949
10950"Yeah.
10951That's the whole story.
10952Now if you'll excuse me I'll go bash my head in with a rock or something."
10953
10954"Hold on a minute!"
10955
10956"What?
10957You said that I'm off the hook yourself!"
10958
10959>"You told yours, now it's my turn."
10960>Share some wisdom with Nnoitora (write-in)
10961>He can go
10962>Other? (write-in)
10963
10964Depending on how good you answer his attitude might change.
10965--------------------------
10966-omitted one small post.
10967-omitted one small post.
10968-omitted one small post.
10969"You told yours and now it's my turn."
10970
10971"Wha-?"
10972
10973You pull Basilisco free from its scabbard and swing it around, creating a huge gust of wind around you.
10974As the wind whips up the sand beneath your feet you begin speaking to Nnoitora, your voice muffled to everyone but him.
10975"You claim you saw the worst humanity has to offer, and you'd be right!
10976I killed innocent without batting an eyelash, murdered children at a word and oversaw the extermination of an entire group based on their origins.
10977There are more people that probably died because of me than you ever knew.
10978Oh and by the way, if you still don't get it then allow me to give you a name: Siegfried Krieger, Hauptscharführer of the SS!
10979And here's another one for you!"
10980You breathe in deeply and shout.
10981"MEND AND MAIM! BASICILSCO!"
10982
10983https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v2307ts8Nzw
10984
10985You don't even bother suppressing your reiatsu and it erupts like a geyser of energy.
10986The very air shakes a little as your true form is revealed.
10987You speak in a calm but harsh tone.
10988"I knew a being like you once.
10989He was stronger than all Arrancars, possibly all hollows combined.
10990Want to know what happened to him? He got his throat cut open.
10991Now, if you want to die so badly then release your damn sword!"
10992
10993He grips his weapon so hard you can see blood coming from his wrist.
10994Yellow reiatsu begins to gather around him and he raises his sword.
10995"PRAY! SANTA TERESA!"
10996In a burst of reiatsu he emerges with in his released form.
109974 arms, each wielding a scythe and two horns protruding from his head.
10998
10999The two of you don't waste any more words and clash.
11000You can't even remember how it went, your mind shut off as El Salvaje and The Psycho clashed.
11001The end result is that both of you are laying in a pool consisting of both of your blood.
11002You are so tired you can barely speak.
11003"The world is shit and so are the people.
11004And when I look up into the sky I see nothing.
11005Because no God could be called benevolent in such a world."
11006--------------------------
11007https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=z3Vw2_mAxzk
11008
11009"But you know what?
11010If what we do is the only thing that matters in The World, then I say we do some good.
11011Now you don't have to believe me, or like me for that matter.
11012I just ask that you think about things.
11013Yeah, your life was wasted. So make this one count."
11014
11015He grunts, too tired to speak properly.
11016"Ugh...
11017Shut up..."
11018
11019You can hear something clatter on the ground and the sound of water splattering.
11020"MASTER NNOITORA!"
11021
11022*Ah, it's only Tesra.*
11023
11024"Don't worry,
11025He's alive. Battered and broken, but alive."
11026You speak as you try to raise your head to look at him.
11027But when you see his face you freeze in place.
11028
11029Your mouth slowly opens and you begin muttering to yourself.
11030"Oh just fuck you Alex..."
11031--------------------------
11032-omitted one small post.
11033-omitted one small post.
11034-omitted one small post.
11035-omitted one small post.
11036=========== END THREAD ===========
11037German Hollow Quest 29
11038written by Spookyng
11039--------------------qst2txt--------------------
11040
11041After a particularly nasty roughhousing with Nnoitora you managed to get up from the pool of blood in which you were lying.
11042You made sure to focus your healing on your legs so walking wouldn't be impossible for you but even with that you still have to rely on your swordcane to not fall over.
11043 
11044As you are standing up you can still see Tesra dragging Nnoitora out of the pool.
11045With an outstreched hand you begin generating your healing salve and let it drop into Tesras palm.
11046He looks up to you and asks.
11047"What's this?"
11048 
11049"It's medicine, apply it directly to the wounds and he should get better in a few minutes."
11050 
11051After realizing what you just did he deeply bows before you.
11052"Thank you very much Lord Kaizar!"
11053 
11054As you look over to Nnoitora you can almost hear how pitiful he thinks Tesra is.
11055You bash in the back of Tesras head and begin growling.
11056"What do you think you are doing?!"
11057 
11058He reels back in surprise and answers as he is caressing the back of his head.
11059"I-I'm sorry?"
11060 
11061With an angry glare you stare him down.
11062"I didn't give it to you just so you'd thank me!
11063And besides, you are an Arrancar and the Fracción of a soon to be Espada.
11064So grow a spine Tesra!"
11065 
11066Upon hearing that you can see Nnoitora stands with the support of his scythe.
11067"Oy...."
11068With a fast slash his blade flies across your cheek and leaves a barely noticeable scar.
11069Nnoitora begins speaking while panting heavily, as the attack required way too much effort from him.
11070"Only I can talk like that to MY subordinate!
11071You got that?"
11072 
11073You pull your hat over your eyes as you turn around and speak up while trying to conceal your coy smile.
11074"Yes.
11075My apologies."
11076With that you begin slowly walking off into the center of Vanaheim while dragging your bad leg.
11077--------------------------
11078As you slowly limp to your destination you notice several hollows and arrancars eyeing your bloody and tattered clothes.
11079With a heavy sigh you quietly mutter to yourself.
11080"Another set of perfectly good clothes ruined..."
11081 
11082After a while you arrive at your destination.
11083A rather large rock sitting within a circle of azure trees where a single ray of moonlight illuminates the whole thing.
11084Sitting on a rock you can see your old friend Neliel reading a book which she probably stole from the living world.
11085After hissing a lot trying to climb the rock with a bad leg you finally reach the top.
11086 
11087Neliel looks at you with surprised eyes.
11088"What happened to you?"
11089 
11090"Nnoitora..."
11091 
11092"Oh, I see."
11093She sets her book aside and stands up to talk with you.
11094"How can I help you?"
11095 
11096You take a quick glance at the book on the ground.
11097"Good read?"
11098 
11099She nods.
11100"It's called To Kill a Mockingbird.
11101I took notice of it when we went to the living world with Alex."
11102 
11103"Neat.
11104So how do you do it?"
11105 
11106"I-It's not about that..."
11107 
11108"And with that all of my interest in it is gone."
11109 
11110She sighs and gives you a disappointed look.
11111"You came all the way here just to insult my book?"
11112 
11113"Oh no I was just curious.
11114But would you mind if I sat down? Nnoitora decided to be a bitch and kept cutting my tendons and now it hurts like hell."
11115While trying to find a comfortable position to sit in Neliel begins talking.
11116 
11117"You know, I feel your reiatsu so rarely that every time I do it surprises me."
11118 
11119"Yeah, well it sometimes scares even me but whatever.
11120What I wanted to talk with you was actually something much more serious."
11121 
11122"Do tell."
11123 
11124"I think I finally managed to make some real progress with Nnoitora
11125And I believe I might have found the final piece of the puzzle after fighting him."
11126You look over Neliel as her eyes light up.
11127 
11128"Really?
11129And I was getting he might never learn!
11130Thank God!"
11131 
11132You begin scratching the back of your head uncomfortably.
11133--------------------------
11134But Neliel doesn't pay attention to you and springs up.
11135"I think I'll go and congratulate him!
11136Thanks for helping with him Kaizar, I owe you one."
11137 
11138You grab her ankles and signal her to sit back down.
11139"You see, that's what I wanted to ask.
11140You've been shadowing Nnoitora for a while now, correct?"
11141 
11142She nods.
11143"Yes.
11144I took him with me on some patrols and I even followed him when he left on his own."
11145 
11146"And what did you actually do with him?"
11147 
11148She blinks in surprise.
11149"Not much.
11150I scolded him sometimes and sometimes I stepped in on his fights when it was necessary."
11151 
11152You raise your finger to get her attention.
11153"Did you harshly berate him or was it just a light scolding?"
11154 
11155"I sometimes called him a child if that cuts it..."
11156 
11157You slap yourself on the forehead as your suspicions are confirmed.
11158Neliels word "child" made it all clear. She genuinely cared about Nnoitoras safety and like any mother would she went out of her way to help him.
11159Too bad that with his personality that was the worst thing she could have done.
11160With her overly nice attitude and Nnoitoras messed up world view, conflicting emotions arose within him and in time they would have developed into something catastrophic.
11161 
11162You have to correct this error.
11163But how will you tell her?
11164 
11165>Tell her everything in detail.
11166>Elude to things, don't say anything flat out.
11167>Order her to leave him alone.
11168>Let her continue as is.
11169>Other? (write-in)
11170--------------------------
11171-omitted one small post.
11172"You see, that's the whole problem..."
11173You say while scratching the back of your head, trying to find the right way to phrase this.
11174"I get what you're trying to do, I really do. But it's likely to do more harm than good.
11175Nnoitoras world view is so warped and alien to our own that your interactions with him were more harmful than anything.
11176Your "nice" attitude towards him and how you followed him around, ready to help most definitely "confused" him."
11177And you pause right there, letting things sink in for Nel.
11178
11179She pauses for a moment before speaks up.
11180"A-are you suggesting he had feelings towards me?"
11181
11182Your heart skips a beat as she spoke up.
11183You worry that she might have figured things out but you quickly get rid of those thoughts.
11184After all, there's no way she realized the whole thing. It was probably just a lucky guess.
11185
11186"I honestly have no idea but I can't deny it for sure.
11187What I'm saying is that you awoke various mixed emotions within him and that caused him to be volatile.
11188I'm suggesting that you should probably give him a wide berth until some major change occurs in him.
11189Too much niceness is something he won't even know what to do with, and his default reaction to everything is violence."
11190
11191Neliel seems to be lost in thought as she is weighing her options.
11192After a sigh she speaks up.
11193"Alright.
11194But you have to promise me to watch out for him in my stead.
11195He is still too green to be left alone."
11196
11197You don't really like that idea but you don't have much of a choice.
11198It's either that or not doing anything at all.
11199"Fine.
11200I'm probably the only person he can tolerate anyway."
11201
11202"Was that everything you wanted?"
11203
11204"Huh?
11205Oh yeah, I'll leave you to your mockingbirds and stuff."
11206You wave her a goodbye as you leave.
11207"Take care Nel."
11208
11209"Thanks, you too."
11210With that she returns to her book while you are walking off.
11211
11212Hopefully with her not interfering with Nnoitoras development he'll come to terms with his life.
11213--------------------------
11214After that particularly awkward talk you slowly shambled home to get a nice rest and allow the Einherjar to do their job.
11215When you were in top shape you returned to your daily routine of playing around with your grandson.
11216
11217As you are tossing Dante into the air you can hear Alex groaning in the background.
11218"How do you still have energy for that?"
11219
11220"What do you mean?"
11221
11222"We've been up all night yesterday.
11223I can barely keep my eyes open..."
11224
11225"Nobody said raising him would be easy."
11226You say as you throw the infant into the air and have his laughs fill the room.
11227"Besides, this is the best part! There's no way I'm leaving this out!"
11228It's true that Alex used to be so energetic it was annoying but even she is tired from Dante.
11229While he is in perfect health he has quite mischievous tendencies.
11230
11231As you are having fun with your grandson you can hear someone closing in on you.
11232A pair of arms appear from behind and reach ahead for Dante while you feel the individual snuggling up to you.
11233Harribel takes the infant from your hands lifts him up.
11234
11235You turn around to look at her with your grandson in her hands.
11236"I know you love caring for him but at least wait until its your turn."
11237
11238She looks happy as she is rocking him back and forth.
11239As Dante calms down Harribel turns her attention to you.
11240"Actually you have a guest."
11241
11242You raise an eyebrow at that.
11243"Really?
11244Who?"
11245
11246In that moment you see someone appearing in the door frame.
11247His body is so large he has to lower his head to fit in.
11248"Yo."
11249Nnoitora greets you with a hand casually raised.
11250
11251"Nnoitora?
11252That's a surprise."
11253You say as you are standing up.
11254"Please, come in."
11255
11256He looks around and sees Alex, Harribel and Dante and he makes a weird expression. Embarassment?
11257"I'm not sure that's a good idea.
11258I just came to have a talk. That's all."
11259
11260"Well we can talk in here as well.
11261So come, have a seat."
11262
11263"Erm...
11264Fine."
11265He says as he enters reluctantly.
11266--------------------------
11267Both of you sit down at opposite ends of the table and stare each other down.
11268Eventually the situation gets too awkward and Nnoitora speaks up out of desperation.
11269"I just came to talk about last time."
11270He looks down at the table with his sole eye.
11271"I thought long and hard about what you said.
11272I even rolled around at night without any sleep because of it.
11273While I won't say shit like "thanks" or "sorry" I'll acknowledge what you said and I'll try to be less of an ass."
11274He looks up at you.
11275"So, we cool?"
11276
11277You lean back on your chair and look at him.
11278"We were always cool.
11279While we don't always see eye to eye I consider you my ally Nnoitora.
11280And even if not much changes you won't lose anything by trying, right?"
11281
11282"Yeah..."
11283
11284In that moment you can see something interesting happening.
11285Dante is reaching for Santa Teresa while cooing in excitement, his hands are almost touching the edge of the blade.
11286You also notice Nnoitora acknowledging the babys presence.
11287This might pose danger to the baby, then again he is quite resilient for an infant.
11288
11289>Let things develop on their own.
11290>Intercept and separate the two.
11291>Other? (write-in)
11292--------------------------
11293-omitted one small post.
11294You don't really want to interfere as you are curious about what would happen.
11295
11296As Dante is reaching ever forward and gets dangerously close to the blade however something happens.
11297Nnoitora grabs the shaft and pulls the weapon aside.
11298"That's dangerous you dummy!"
11299He looks at the baby with angry eyes.
11300"You touch that and it cuts you! You got a deathwish or something?"
11301
11302In that moment you can see large tears forming under the babys eyes and he begins sobbing.
11303Nnoitora doesn't know how to react to this and pulls Santa Teresa even further away.
11304"N-no means no!"
11305But as the sobbing is slowly transforming into a full cry something changes in Nnoitoras expression.
11306
11307"Fine, fine! You win!"
11308He then slowly extends his weapon toward Dante but only the edgeless side.
11309
11310Dantes cries disappear almost as quickly as they came and he touches the weapon.
11311As he is touching the surface of Santa Teresa his glee returns and begins laughing once more.
11312While Dante keeps smearing his own tears across the metal Nnoitora looks at him awkwardly.
11313.
11314https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k6LCykRfXL8
11315
11316"C-can I pet him?"
11317He asks Harribel, nervously.
11318
11319She looks at him confused and then looks at Alex.
11320"Just don't let him grab anything on you, especially your fingers."
11321She says without really paying attention to things.
11322
11323As Nnoitora is slowly ruffling the white hair of Dante he begins speaking.
11324"Hah, that's nonsense!"
11325He then begins poking the babys stomach with his finger, almost taunting it to grab a hold of it.
11326"What's the worst that co-"
11327
11328And in that moment Dante catches him and gives a good squeeze to one of Nnoitoras digits.
11329"HOLY-"
11330He looks in surprise but he quickly regains his composure.
11331"Damn, that's an iron grip for something so small."
11332
11333You are honestly surprised his finger didn't break, then again Nnoitoras Híerro is notoriously tough
11334--------------------------
11335But eventually you take pity on the poor bastard and go to fetch your grandson.
11336"Now, now Dante!
11337No touching without permission!"
11338
11339You pick him up and carefully pry his grip open, freeing Nnoitora in the process.
11340The imprint of the infants hand is clearly visible on his finger.
11341"Damn!
11342What do you feed this kid?"
11343He says with a smile as he is shaking his hand up and down.
11344
11345"What's wrong Spoony?
11346The big, mean arrancar has a soft spot for children in his heart."
11347
11348With an audible snicker he speaks up.
11349"Who knows?"
11350He begins walking outside but gives you a final glance before leaving.
11351"Oh and by the way... Do I have you to thank for getting Neliel off my back?"
11352
11353"Perhaps."
11354
11355"I see.
11356Well, sorry to trouble you."
11357
11358"Hey, come by any time.
11359I'm sure Dante would like it."
11360You shout after him as he leaves.
11361
11362Your daughter gives you a strange look.
11363"Why can't you ever find the normal ones Dad?"
11364
11365"Oh?
11366Are you saying you'd rather not have met me?"
11367
11368"Point taken."
11369
11370For two whole years afterwards you spent the majority of your time either with Harribel or with Dante.
11371The only remotely Espada like task you did was training with Nnoitora.
11372He even grew almost fond of Dante as he visited him a few times, alongside Tesra.
11373
11374As for Dantes development.
11375The rate at which he learned things was quite fast but not something you'd call supernatural, he was just very clever.
11376His first word was said to Tier and it was "Nana", needless to say she enjoyed that quite a lot.
11377It wasn't surprising since she was his nannie for most of the time and the only person who spent more time with him was Alex.
11378What you also found out was that his powers were in fact quite undeveloped at his birth and they have been growing ever since.
11379You also managed to figure out the exact nature of his abilities.
11380It seems like he is capable of freely controlling the substance in his chest, transforming it into practically anything from a hollow mask to a replica zanpakutō.
11381
11382But all is not well, as you feel something approaching
11383--------------------------
11384While you are visiting Yatas lab you hear a loud explosion followed by a loud scream.
11385"FUCK!"
11386
11387Similar things were quite commonplace in his workshop but usually he is not so angry when he messes up.
11388You can see a scruffy japanese man with long hair tumbling out of the pitch black smoke, pouring out of the lab.
11389He is completely naked and has the look of a man who'd rather not have woken up this morning.
11390
11391"Yo."
11392
11393Your eyes almost fall out of their sockets as you recognize the voice.
11394"YATA?!
11395WHAT HAPPENED?!"
11396
11397"I was examining Dantes samples when it blew up in my face."
11398
11399"And you TRANSFORMED?!"
11400
11401"Yeah...
11402It seems like it kickstarted the arrancarification process."
11403In that moment he looks to the side.
11404"I'm gonna KILL that faggot!"
11405
11406"Szayel?"
11407
11408"Szayel!
11409Anyway, what did you want?"
11410
11411"Oh, erm...
11412I just wanted to ask for a new set of diapers.
11413But I can't stay for long, I have to go for the meeting."
11414
11415"Aizen?"
11416
11417"Aizen..."
11418
11419"Okay, I'll see what I can do.
11420But first I'll make some clothes."
11421
11422"Yeah... do that."
11423
11424Before you head out you have some time to meet up with someone.
11425>Go to the meeting.
11426>Go to Harribel
11427>Go to Nnoitora
11428>Other? (write-in)
11429--------------------------
11430-omitted one small post.
11431After leaving the naked Yata alone you went out to find Harribel.
11432
11433While walking you began thinking about the sudden appearance of Aizen.
11434Usually he disappears for a few decades and only comes back after giving you a notice in advance.
11435But this time he simply showed up in Vanaheims doorstep.
11436
11437"Odd."
11438You mutter to yourself as you enter Harribels house.
11439
11440As you step forth you see the Tres Bestias doing their usual stuff, bickering.
11441When you get in they briefly stop and greet you.
11442
11443"Yo, Kaizar!"
11444Apacci greets you loudly.
11445
11446"Hey girls.
11447Where's Harribel?"
11448
11449"In her room.
11450She should be ready any minute."
11451Mila Rose speaks up.
11452
11453"Oh, this reminds me.
11454Mila Rose, Yata said he wants you to go over to his place and that it's urgent."
11455
11456She looks up in confusion.
11457"Really?"
11458
11459"Yeah.
11460He said it's of the utmost importance that you get there, RIGHT NOW!"
11461
11462Upon hearing that she quickly begins running out with a worried expression.
11463As she leaves Apacci sees your fiendish grin.
11464"What did you do?"
11465She asks.
11466
11467"I either made or ruined their day.
11468We'll see.
11469In any case you said Harribels in her room right?"
11470With that you began walking to her door and started opening it.
11471
11472"Yeah but you can wa-"
11473
11474In that moment you open the door and you can see Harribels bare body on full display.
11475Your eyes meet at one point but it doesn't last long as your eyes run along the curves of her frame.
11476As your brain is finally processing the situation you awkwardly begin mumbling.
11477
11478"S-sorry!"
11479And you slam the door with such force that it breaks the hinges.
11480"SHIT!"
11481You fumble for a while with the now broken door as you try to put it back to cover the now empty door frame.
11482After that embarrassing display you go to the entrance of the building while Apacci is laughing at you hysterically.
11483
11484"My, my.
11485To think that the second most powerful individual in the forest would become so meek in the presence of a woman whose naked body he has already seen plenty of times."
11486Sung-Sun chastises you.
11487--------------------------
11488As you are adjusting your red scarf to cover up your face you begin speaking, trying to safe face.
11489"You may criticize me all you like.
11490But I'll let you know something.
11491I was always a reserved man and as such I've kept my distance from women most of my time.
11492And my father told me that women deserve the utmost respect and I lived by his words my entire life.
11493Truth be told I was never good with women because of these reasons so when I finally..."
11494You actually realized what you were about to say and managed to stop yourself.
11495"Anyway, the moral of the story is this.
11496If I have to bear your remarks for always treating Harribel with the respect she deserves then I'm fine with it."
11497
11498Apacci snorts as she keeps laughing.
11499"Nice try there but we won't let you off the hook that easily.
11500I mean look at you! Your face is redder than your scarf!"
11501
11502But in that moment Harribel shoves her former door aside and comes out, fully clothed.
11503"That's enough you two!
11504The man has enough problems without you."
11505
11506Apacci gives her a wide grin.
11507"Of course Mistress!"
11508
11509Harribel reaches around you and gives you a tight hug.
11510"You cut off your sentence there..."
11511
11512"You noticed huh?"
11513
11514"Obviously, now out with it."
11515
11516"All I wanted to say is...
11517That I know how difficult I am to be around. 
11518And if someone is willing to stay with me despite all that I'll treasure them 'till the day I die."
11519
11520Harribel looks deep into your eyes and gives you a kiss.
11521Apacci meanwhile is pointing at her throat while making gagging noises.
11522
11523When your lips part Harribel speaks.
11524"Shall we go?"
11525
11526You then embrace her and speak up.
11527"They can wait a minute."
11528--------------------------
11529When you arrive at the location everybody can be seen waiting for you.
11530Nnoitora is looking at you.
11531"You two took your sweet time."
11532
11533"Apologies.
11534One of my associates had an accident and I had to attend."
11535You speak to everyone, especially Aizen who is sitting at the head of the table as always.
11536
11537"It's alright Kaizar.
11538Please, take a seat.
11539We have important things to discuss."
11540
11541The two of you take a seat next to each other, so you'll have to be extra careful not to reveal anything.
11542Being seated by your number is problematic.
11543
11544Aizen stands up and begins his usual speech.
11545"My dear Espada.
11546It feels like it's been forever since the last time I was here.
11547Please, be so kind and report your progress to me."
11548
11549Now this process is usually handled by Aaroniero who has a pretty good memory.
11550But if you leave him to his own devices he might reveal things you'd rather not.
11551
11552>Let Aaroniero do the report.
11553>Take the initiative.
11554>Other? (write-in)
11555--------------------------
11556-omitted one small post.
11557You don't have anything against Aaroniero but you can't allow him to reveal everything in detail.
11558As you stand up all eyes are on you and you can hear Neliel whispering something.
11559"What are you doing?"
11560
11561After clearing your throat you begin speaking.
11562"Since the last time you were here Lord Aizen we were hard at work.
11563We had two main goals, to increase our numbers and to improve the combat power of our forces.
11564Though we successfully increased the number of Adjuchas class menos and Arrancars we couldn't increase our efficiency.
11565At the moment our numbers are above 1500 this includes anything from common hollows to arrancars with the exception of any Vasto Lorde."
11566
11567"I see.
11568That's indeed a formidable fighting force."
11569Ichimaru speaks up.
11570
11571"I'm afraid not Sir.
11572Most of these hollows either have very low power or have abilities that are not suitable for combat."
11573
11574"That's hard to believe since Hollows are natural killing machines.
11575Wouldn't you agree Captain Aizen?"
11576Kaname interjects.
11577
11578"While that assumption is correct the fact remains.
11579Most hollows are born with ability which allows them to survive in harsh environments.
11580That focus means that they might be capable but their powers are unusable in large crowds.
11581Any hollow with poison based abilities must not be taken into consideration as in an all out war such things would pose a threat even to our forces.
11582And after careful screenings it's regrettable but only about a third of our population is in possession of abilities suited for large scale fights."
11583
11584Aizen takes a more relaxed position and supports his chin with one of his hands.
11585"So what are you suggesting Kaizar?
11586You want me to give up two thirds of my army just because they are uncomfortable to fight with?"
11587--------------------------
11588-omitted one small post.
11589-omitted one small post.
11590You decided to raise up your hand.
11591Aizen gives you a curious look.
11592
11593"Kaizar?
11594Why the sudden change of heart?
11595Did the position become more tempting with the competition?"
11596
11597"I believe it's better if we have options.
11598No offense Neliel but choosing the best of 2 is better than being stuck with one thing."
11599
11600"Erm... O-okay I guess."
11601
11602Aizen looks at you, clearly interested.
11603"Now tell me Kaizar.
11604Why are you the better choice? Since you seem to value such concepts so much."
11605
11606"I have former military training.
11607When I was alive I used to be a military officer."
11608
11609"Hmmmm...
11610And you think you can apply that to training hollows?"
11611
11612"It's better than nothing."
11613
11614"Very well Kaizar.
11615From now on you'll handle the organizing of the army.
11616However I'd like you to continue your report."
11617
11618"Of course Lord Aizen.
11619Sorry Nel."
11620
11621"It's okay."
11622
11623"Now other than these Lord Aizen we didn't have any major breakthroughs.
11624However we managed to find a possible recruit into the Espada."
11625
11626Ichimarus looks up.
11627"Oh?
11628Really now?"
11629
11630You signal with your hand and Nnoitora steps forward.
11631"His name is Nnoitora Gilga.
11632He was a promising Adjuchas formerly."
11633
11634As everyone looks at Nnoitora they show mixed emotions.
11635The shinigami are not really impressed by him, especially Kaname.
11636Amongst the Espada he is not well known with the exception of Neliel and Harribel.
11637While the lower ranking Espada look at him with worry, especially Gantenbainne, the others are trying to size him up.
11638Wang Lan however doesn't care about him either way.
11639
11640But just as you were about to continue his introduction someone speaks up.
11641"This scrawny bastard? HAH!
11642Don't make me laugh!"
11643Grimmjow begins criticizing Nnoitora.
11644
11645"What did you just say?"
11646
11647Grimmjow stands up.
11648"You heard me right!
11649I'm not impressed by what I see.
11650We have the Segunda introducing you as "promising" and yet all I see is just another bottom feeder."
11651
11652You look at grimmjow menacingly.
11653"Did you not take your medication today Grimmjow?"
11654--------------------------
11655-omitted one small post.
11656He looks at you with eyes filled with hunger.
11657"I've been humiliated by you before but fine, I'll accept that you are stronger than me.
11658But you bring this scrawny bastard here like he is hot shit!
11659If he is so impressive then he can surely take me right, RIGHT?!"
11660
11661"Stand down Grimmjow!"
11662You shout at him.
11663
11664"Why should I?"
11665He looks over to Aizen.
11666"Hey! Master Aizen, it's okay if I decide whether or not this guy is cut out to be Espada, right?"
11667
11668He just looks at him with an amused look on his face.
11669"Do as you please, Grimmjow.
11670But don't kill him. We shouldn't waste an Espada level Arrancar, no matter how ranked they might be."
11671
11672Grimmjow turns to you.
11673"See?
11674No harm done! The boss said so!"
11675He begins cracking his knuckles.
11676"Hah! This'll be fun!"
11677
11678Nnoitora looks at you.
11679With a sigh you give him a nod.
11680
11681He begins grinning with that huge mouth of his and starts talking to Grimmjow.
11682"So you want to take this somewhere else or-"
11683
11684And in that moment you see Grimmjow stabbing Nnoitora in the gut with his sword.
11685You can hear the steel grinding against Nnoitoras abs.
11686Grimmjow looks up in horror as he finds the Híerro too hard to penetrate.
11687"W-what?"
11688
11689"Wrong answer!"
11690With a loud boom he disappears and reappears at Grimmjows side.
11691He then shoves Santa Teresa into Grimmjows side and sends him flying for a very long distance.
11692
11693While in the air Nnoitora follows him with a Sonído and appears above him.
11694Grimmjow in response fires off a Cero at Nnoitora almost instinctively.
11695However the crimson blast is countered by a yellow Cero fired from the tip of Nnoitoras tongue.
11696
11697As the blue haired arrancar crashes into the ground you can feel the earth shake a little.
11698You can hear Grimmjows cursing all the way here.
11699
11700"Shit! Shit! Shit! Shit! SHIT!"
11701
11702Nnoitora stands over him, triumphantly.
11703"For the past few years...
11704I fought against the same man you just submitted to."
11705He swings Santa Teresa over his shoulder.
11706"I'll be taking your title now. Be glad I won't take your life."
11707--------------------------
11708As Nnoitora walks away from his opponent you can see everyones expressions drastically change.
11709Not only was he not weak but he reached the upper tier of the Espada that the others could only dream of.
11710
11711He casually sits down at Grimmjows place and puts his leg on the table.
11712"The name is Nnoitora Gilga. Remember it!"
11713
11714Aizen looks at you amused.
11715"What did you say where did he come from?"
11716
11717"Neliel discovered him."
11718
11719"And he is this strong as a natural arrancar...
11720Or are you hiding something, Kaizar?"
11721
11722"It looks like I've been found out.
11723Indeed, I've been personally training him.
11724He was a ruthless and powerful killing machine when he came here.
11725Now he is basically the same but he can control and focus his aggression."
11726
11727"I see.
11728In any case, I welcome you to our table Nnoitora.
11729Now that that's settled I believe it's time to discuss the reason for which I came here."
11730Aizen begins clearing his throat.
11731"My dear Espada.
11732We have grown much over the decades and our might has reached the point where none could oppose us.
11733And yet... There are those that don't accept us as the rightful rulers of this realm.
11734Indeed, these heretics must be punished accordingly.
11735My dear, dear Espada... Today, we go to war.
11736To a war for Hueco Mundo!"
11737--------------------------
11738-omitted one small post.
11739-omitted one small post.
11740=========== END THREAD ===========